Public Review Draft
May 2026
Title 9
Development Code
City of Cathedral City
Prepared for:
City of Cathedral City
Planning Department
68700 Avenida Lalo Guerrero
Cathedral City, CA 92234
760-770-0340
[email protected]
Prepared by:
Mintier Harnish
1415 20th Street
Sacramento, CA 95811
[email protected]
www.mintierharnish.com
Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
ii
Title 9 – Planning and Zoning
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
MAY 2026
Table of Contents
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions
Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code .............................................. 1-3
9.05.010 Title .......................................................................................................................... 1-3
9.05.020 Purpose, Intent, and Authority ................................................................................. 1-3
9.05.030 Applicability of the Development Code ................................................................... 1-4
9.05.040 Organization of the Development Code .................................................................. 1-4
9.05.050 Relationship to Prior Codes ..................................................................................... 1-5
9.05.060 Relationship to the General Plan............................................................................. 1-5
9.05.070 Relationship to Specific Plans ................................................................................. 1-5
9.05.080 Severability, Partial Invalidation of the Development Code .................................... 1-6 Chapter 9.10 Interpretation of the Development Code ................................................................. 1-8
9.10.010 Purpose ................................................................................................................... 1-8
9.10.020 Rules for the Construction of Language .................................................................. 1-8
9.10.030 Rules for Interpretation and Conflict ........................................................................ 1-9
9.10.040 Land Use Determination .......................................................................................... 1-9 Chapter 9.15 Zoning Districts and Zoning Map ........................................................................... 1-12
9.15.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 1-12
9.15.020 Establishment of Zoning Districts .......................................................................... 1-12
9.15.030 Zoning Map ............................................................................................................ 1-13
9.15.040 Boundaries of Zoning Districts .............................................................................. 1-14 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
iii
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and
Development Standards
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts ..................................................................................... 2-4
9.20.010 Purpose and Intent of the Residential Zoning Districts ........................................... 2-4
9.20.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Residential Zoning Districts ................... 2-4
9.20.030 Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts ........................................ 2-7 Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts .................................................................................... 2-11
9.25.010 Purpose and Intent of the Mixed Use Zoning Districts .......................................... 2-11
9.25.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Mixed Use Zoning Districts .................. 2-11
9.25.030 Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts ...................................... 2-15
9.25.040 Other Applicable Mixed Use Zoning District Regulations ..................................... 2-17 Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts ................................................................................. 2-20
9.30.010 Purpose and Intent of the Commercial Zoning Districts ........................................ 2-20
9.30.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Commercial Zoning Districts ................ 2-20
9.30.030 Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts .................................... 2-24 Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts ...................................................................... 2-27
9.35.010 Purpose and Intent of the Industry and Office Zoning Districts ............................. 2-27
9.35.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Industry and Office Zoning Districts ..... 2-27
9.35.030 Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts ......................... 2-32 Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ................................................................... 2-35
9.40.010 Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ......................... 2-35
9.40.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts . 2-36
9.40.030 Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ...................... 2-37 Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts ........................................................................................ 2-40
9.45.010 Purpose of Chapter ............................................................................................... 2-40
9.45.020 General Provisions ................................................................................................ 2-40
9.45.030 Hillside Protection Overlay Zoning District ............................................................ 2-40
9.45.040 Limited Height Overlay Zoning District .................................................................. 2-41
9.45.050 Public/Institutional Housing Overlay Zoning District.............................................. 2-42
9.45.060 Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District .................................................................... 2-43 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
iv
Division 3 – General Development Standards
Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development .................... 3-6
9.50.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 3-6
9.50.020 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 3-6
9.50.030 Height Measurements and Exceptions ................................................................... 3-6
9.50.040 Parcels and Parcel Area Measurements ................................................................. 3-7
9.50.050 Setback Measurements and Exceptions ................................................................. 3-8
9.50.060 Sight Distance Triangle ......................................................................................... 3-10 Chapter 9.55 Landscaping .......................................................................................................... 3-14
9.55.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-14
9.55.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-14
9.55.030 Landscaped Area Requirements ........................................................................... 3-14
9.55.040 Landscaped Area Maintenance ............................................................................. 3-17
9.55.050 Public Education .................................................................................................... 3-17 Chapter 9.60 Residential Open Space ........................................................................................ 3-19
9.60.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-19
9.60.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-19
9.60.030 Design of Open Space .......................................................................................... 3-19
9.60.040 Residential Open Space Requirements ................................................................ 3-20 Chapter 9.65 Shade .................................................................................................................... 3-23
9.65.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-23
9.65.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-23
9.65.030 General Provisions ................................................................................................ 3-23
9.65.040 Shade in Parking Areas and Facilities .................................................................. 3-26
9.65.050 Shade in Public Spaces ........................................................................................ 3-27 Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access .............................................................................. 3-30
9.70.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-30
9.70.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-30
9.70.030 General Parking Requirements ............................................................................. 3-31
9.70.040 Number of Parking Spaces Required .................................................................... 3-32
9.70.050 ADA Accessible Parking Spaces Required ........................................................... 3-35
9.70.060 Electric Vehicle (EV), Bicycle, and Non-Vehicular Modes of Transportation ........ 3-35
9.70.070 Parking Area Location and Design Standards ...................................................... 3-38 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
v
9.70.080 Parking Area and Facility Landscaping and Screening ........................................ 3-41
9.70.090 Space-Efficient Parking ......................................................................................... 3-41
9.70.100 Parking Area Maintenance .................................................................................... 3-41
9.70.110 Site Access and Drive Aisles ................................................................................. 3-41
9.70.120 Shared and Joint Use Parking Facilities ............................................................... 3-42
9.70.130 Off-Street Loading Spaces .................................................................................... 3-43
9.70.140 Modification of Parking Requirements .................................................................. 3-44
9.70.150 Valet Parking ......................................................................................................... 3-45
9.70.160 Parking Overlay Exemptions ................................................................................. 3-45
9.70.170 Transportation Demand Management .................................................................. 3-45 Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls .................................................................................................. 3-51
9.75.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-51
9.75.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-51
9.75.030 Height Limitations .................................................................................................. 3-51
9.75.040 Materials ................................................................................................................ 3-52
9.75.050 Required Fencing .................................................................................................. 3-53 Chapter 9.80 Trash and Recycling Enclosures ........................................................................... 3-56
9.80.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-56
9.80.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-56
9.80.030 Location ................................................................................................................. 3-56
9.80.040 General Enclosure Standards ............................................................................... 3-57
9.80.050 Nonconforming Properties ..................................................................................... 3-57 Chapter 9.85 Screening .............................................................................................................. 3-59
9.85.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-59
9.85.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-59
9.85.030 Required Screening ............................................................................................... 3-59 Chapter 9.90 Accessory Structures ............................................................................................ 3-62
9.90.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-62
9.90.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-62
9.90.030 Relation to Existing Structures and Uses .............................................................. 3-62
9.90.040 Development Standards ........................................................................................ 3-62
9.90.050 Storage Containers ............................................................................................... 3-64 Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting .................................................................................................... 3-66 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
vi
9.95.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-66
9.95.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-66
9.95.030 Outdoor Lighting on Public Property ..................................................................... 3-66
9.95.040 Exempt Lighting ..................................................................................................... 3-66
9.95.050 Required Outdoor Lighting .................................................................................... 3-67
9.95.060 Lighting and Glare Standards ................................................................................ 3-68
9.95.070 Upward/Searchlight Display Lighting .................................................................... 3-70
9.95.080 Director Authority ................................................................................................... 3-70
9.95.090 Conflict with Other Laws ........................................................................................ 3-71 Chapter 9.100 Performance Standards ........................................................................................ 3-73
9.100.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-73
9.100.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-73
9.100.030 Performance Standards ........................................................................................ 3-73 Chapter 9.105 Signs ...................................................................................................................... 3-78
9.105.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 3-78
9.105.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 3-79
9.105.030 General Regulations and Standards ..................................................................... 3-79
9.105.040 Sign Review and Approval Procedures ................................................................. 3-80
9.105.050 Exempt Signs ........................................................................................................ 3-82
9.105.060 Prohibited Signs .................................................................................................... 3-84
9.105.070 Standards for Specific Types of Signs .................................................................. 3-85
9.105.080 Temporary Sign Regulations ................................................................................. 3-89
9.105.090 Special Sign Regulations ...................................................................................... 3-90
9.105.100 Maintenance, Replacement, and Removal ........................................................... 3-94
9.105.110 Nonconforming Signs ............................................................................................ 3-94
9.105.120 Violation of Chapter and Appeals .......................................................................... 3-94 Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development............. 3-97
9.110.010 General Standards ................................................................................................ 3-97
9.110.020 Multi-Unit Residential Development Design Standards ........................................ 3-98
9.110.030 Mixed-Use Development Design Standards ....................................................... 3-105 Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses
Chapter 9.130 Standards for Specific Land Uses ........................................................................... 4-5
9.130.10 Purpose, Intent, and Applicability ............................................................................ 4-5 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
vii
9.130.20 Accessory Uses ....................................................................................................... 4-6
9.130.30 Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU And JADU) ...................................................................................................................... 4-10
9.130.40 Alcoholic Beverage Manufacturing ........................................................................ 4-18
9.130.50 Antennas ............................................................................................................... 4-19
9.130.60 Bed and Breakfast Inn ........................................................................................... 4-19
9.130.70 Car Wash ............................................................................................................... 4-20
9.130.80 Eating and Drinking Establishment, Bar ................................................................ 4-21
9.130.90 Emergency Shelters .............................................................................................. 4-22
9.130.100 Home Occupations ................................................................................................ 4-23
9.130.110 Mobilehome Parks ................................................................................................. 4-25
9.130.120 Recreational Vehicle (RV) Parks ........................................................................... 4-26
9.130.130 Retail Sales, Grocery Store Small/Neighborhood Market ..................................... 4-35
9.130.140 Retail Sales, Restricted ......................................................................................... 4-36
9.130.150 Senior Housing ...................................................................................................... 4-39
9.130.160 Sexually Oriented Businesses ............................................................................... 4-40
9.130.170 Single-Room Occupancy (SRO) ........................................................................... 4-41
9.130.180 Solid Waste Management: Community Composting, Recycling Facilities, and Recycling Centers ................................................................................................. 4-43
9.130.190 Time-Share Use or Occupancy of Land ................................................................ 4-45
9.130.200 Two-Unit Residential Developments and Urban Parcel Splits .............................. 4-46
9.130.210 Vehicle Sales, Used and Vehicle Rental Facility, Passenger and Recreational ... 4-50
9.130.220 Vehicle Fueling Stations ........................................................................................ 4-51
9.130.230 Vehicle Repair Shop .............................................................................................. 4-53 Chapter 9.120 Standards for Temporary Land Uses .................................................................... 4-57
9.120.10 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 4-57
9.120.20 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 4-57
9.120.30 Types of Temporary Land Uses ............................................................................ 4-57 Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses ............................................................................................ 4-60
9.125.00 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 4-60
9.125.10 Relationship to Other Laws ................................................................................... 4-60
9.125.20 Permit Required..................................................................................................... 4-60
9.125.30 Application and Processing Procedures ............................................................... 4-61 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
viii
9.125.40 Findings for Approval ............................................................................................ 4-62
9.125.50 Development and Location Standard .................................................................... 4-63
9.125.60 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 4-64
9.125.70 Limited City Liability ............................................................................................... 4-66
9.125.80 Inspections ............................................................................................................ 4-66
9.125.90 Enforcement .......................................................................................................... 4-67 Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus ....................................................................................................... 4-69
9.130.00 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 4-69
9.130.10 Authority and Conflicts .......................................................................................... 4-69
9.130.20 Eligibility and Types of Bonuses and Incentives ................................................... 4-69
9.130.30 Waivers .................................................................................................................. 4-71
9.130.40 Parking .................................................................................................................. 4-71
9.130.50 Application Submittal and Processing ................................................................... 4-72
9.130.60 Severability ............................................................................................................ 4-75 Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommunications ............................................................................... 4-77
9.135.10 Purpose and Applicability ...................................................................................... 4-77
9.135.20 Exemptions ............................................................................................................ 4-77
9.135.30 Permits Required ................................................................................................... 4-79
9.135.40 Application Submittal Requirements ..................................................................... 4-81
9.135.50 Findings ................................................................................................................. 4-81
9.135.60 General Development Standards .......................................................................... 4-81
9.135.70 Nonconforming Provisions .................................................................................... 4-84
9.135.80 Exceptions ............................................................................................................. 4-85
9.135.90 Standard Conditions of Approval........................................................................... 4-85
9.135.100 Conditions of Approval for Section 6409(a) Modifications .................................... 4-89
9.135.110 Timing of Review ................................................................................................... 4-92
9.135.120 Peer Review .......................................................................................................... 4-92
9.135.130 Decision ................................................................................................................. 4-92
9.135.140 Revocation ............................................................................................................. 4-93
9.135.150 Appeal ................................................................................................................... 4-93 Division 5 – Subdivision Regulations
Chapter 9.140 General Provisions .................................................................................................. 5-5
9.140.010 Title, Citation, Authority, and Incorporation by Reference ...................................... 5-5 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
ix
9.140.020 Purpose ................................................................................................................... 5-5
9.140.030 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 5-5
9.140.040 Parcels Created Prior to July 14, 1971 ................................................................... 5-6
9.140.050 Maps Required ........................................................................................................ 5-6 Chapter 9.145 Tentative Parcel Maps and Tentative Tract Maps ................................................... 5-9
9.145.010 Purpose ................................................................................................................... 5-9
9.145.020 Form and Contents .................................................................................................. 5-9
9.145.030 Determination of Complete Application ................................................................... 5-9
9.145.040 Referral .................................................................................................................. 5-10
9.145.050 Review and Action ................................................................................................. 5-10
9.145.060 Automatic Approval if No Action ............................................................................ 5-10
9.145.070 Required Finding for Tentative Maps .................................................................... 5-10
9.145.080 Grounds for Denial ................................................................................................ 5-11
9.145.090 Appeals of Tentative Parcel Maps and Tentative Tract Maps .............................. 5-11
9.145.100 Expiration of Approved Tentative Parcel Maps and Tentative Tract Maps ........... 5-11
9.145.110 Correction and Amendment of Approved Tentative Parcel Maps and Tentative Tract Maps ............................................................................................................................... 5-12 Chapter 9.150 Parcel and Final Maps ........................................................................................... 5-14
9.150.010 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 5-14
9.150.020 Filing of Maps ........................................................................................................ 5-14
9.150.030 Waiver of Parcel Map ............................................................................................ 5-14
9.150.040 Final Tract and Parcel Map Filing .......................................................................... 5-15
9.150.050 Final Tract and Parcel Map Review and Approval ................................................ 5-15
9.150.060 Corrections or Amendments .................................................................................. 5-16 Chapter 9.155 Certificates of Compliance .................................................................................... 5-19
9.155.010 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 5-19
9.155.020 Application Requirements ..................................................................................... 5-19
9.155.030 Time Limits for City Review ................................................................................... 5-19
9.155.040 Certificate of Compliance ...................................................................................... 5-20
9.155.050 Conditional Certificate of Compliance ................................................................... 5-20
9.155.060 Recordation and Compliance with Conditions ...................................................... 5-20
9.155.070 Effect of Parcel or Final Map ................................................................................. 5-20 Chapter 9.160 Reversion to Acreage ................................................................................................ 5-22 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
x
9.160.010 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 5-22
9.160.020 Initiation of Proceedings ........................................................................................ 5-22
9.160.030 Data Required for a Reversion to Acreage ........................................................... 5-22
9.160.040 Public Hearing ....................................................................................................... 5-23
9.160.050 Required Findings ................................................................................................. 5-23
9.160.060 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 5-23
9.160.070 Effective Date ........................................................................................................ 5-23 Chapter 9.165 Merger of Parcels .................................................................................................. 5-25
9.165.010 Merger of Contiguous Parcels ............................................................................... 5-25
9.165.020 Required Mergers .................................................................................................. 5-26
9.165.030 Unmerger of Parcels ............................................................................................. 5-26 Chapter 9.170 Lot Line Adjustments ............................................................................................. 5-28
9.170.010 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 5-28
9.170.020 Permitted Lot Line Adjustments ............................................................................ 5-28
9.170.030 Procedures ............................................................................................................ 5-28
9.170.040 Recording with County Recorder .......................................................................... 5-29 Chapter 9.175 Airspace Subdivisions, Common Interest Subdivisions, and Condominium Conversions ........................................................................................................... 5-31
9.175.010 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 5-31
9.175.020 Airspace Subdivisions and Common Interest Subdivisions .................................. 5-31
9.175.030 Condominium Conversions ................................................................................... 5-32 Chapter 9.180 Subdivision Design Standards .............................................................................. 5-37
9.180.010 Conformance ......................................................................................................... 5-37
9.180.020 Public Street Design .............................................................................................. 5-37
9.180.030 Private Streets ....................................................................................................... 5-38
9.180.040 Street Grades ........................................................................................................ 5-39
9.180.050 Street Alignment .................................................................................................... 5-39
9.180.060 Alleys ..................................................................................................................... 5-39
9.180.070 Lots ........................................................................................................................ 5-39
9.180.080 Property that Shall Be Included ............................................................................. 5-40
9.180.090 Required Access ................................................................................................... 5-40
9.180.100 Design of Subdivision to Provide for Future Passive or Natural Heating or Cooling Opportunities ......................................................................................................... 5-41 Chapter 9.185 Dedications and Reservations .................................................................................. 5-43 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xi
9.185.010 Dedications ............................................................................................................ 5-43
9.185.020 Acceptance and Rejection of Dedications ............................................................. 5-43
9.185.030 Certificate for Dedications-Reconveyance ............................................................ 5-43
9.185.040 Reservations .......................................................................................................... 5-44
9.185.050 Standards for Reservations ................................................................................... 5-44
9.185.060 Reservation Procedure .......................................................................................... 5-44 Chapter 9.190 Improvements ........................................................................................................ 5-46
9.190.010 Requirements ........................................................................................................ 5-46
9.190.020 Improvement Plans ............................................................................................... 5-46
9.190.030 Security for Improvements .................................................................................... 5-46
9.190.040 Lien Agreement as Security .................................................................................. 5-49 Chapter 9.195 Violations and Enforcement .................................................................................. 5-54
9.195.010 Generally ............................................................................................................... 5-54
9.195.020 Illegal Subdivision – Notification of Director Required .......................................... 5-54
9.195.030 Illegal Subdivision -Permit Issuance Prohibited .................................................... 5-54 Chapter 9.200 Definitions .............................................................................................................. 5-56
9.200.010 Definitions .............................................................................................................. 5-56 Division 6 – Application Processing Procedures
Chapter 9.205 General Provisions .................................................................................................. 6-6
9.205.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 6-6
9.205.020 Additional Permits May Be Required....................................................................... 6-6 Chapter 9.210 Application Processing Procedures......................................................................... 6-8
9.210.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 6-8
9.210.020 Preliminary Review .................................................................................................. 6-8
9.210.030 Application Preparation and Filing .......................................................................... 6-9
9.210.040 Fees ......................................................................................................................... 6-9
9.210.050 Application Review ................................................................................................ 6-10
9.210.060 Public Notice .......................................................................................................... 6-11
9.210.070 Hearing Procedure ................................................................................................ 6-12 Chapter 9.215 Design Review....................................................................................................... 6-14
9.215.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-14
9.215.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-14 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xii
9.215.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-15
9.215.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-15
9.215.050 Design Review Criteria .......................................................................................... 6-16
9.215.060 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-16 Chapter 9.220 Zoning Clearance .................................................................................................. 6-18
9.220.010 Purpose and Intent [Source: NEW] ....................................................................... 6-18
9.220.020 Applicability [Source: NEW] ................................................................................... 6-18
9.220.030 Review Authority [Source: NEW]........................................................................... 6-18
9.220.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review [Source: NEW] ................................. 6-18 Chapter 9.225 Minor Use Permit ................................................................................................... 6-21
9.225.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-21
9.225.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-21
9.225.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-21
9.225.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-21
9.225.050 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-22
9.225.060 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-22
9.225.070 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-22 Chapter 9.230 Conditional Use Permit .......................................................................................... 6-25
9.230.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-25
9.230.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-25
9.230.030 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-25
9.230.040 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-25
9.230.050 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-26
9.230.060 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-26 Chapter 9.235 Temporary Use Permit .......................................................................................... 6-28
9.235.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-28
9.235.020 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-28
9.235.030 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-28
9.235.040 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-28
9.235.050 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-29
9.235.060 Public Notice and Hearing ..................................................................................... 6-29
9.235.070 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-29 Chapter 9.240 Home Occupation Permit ...................................................................................... 6-31 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xiii
9.240.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-31
9.240.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-31
9.240.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-31
9.240.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-31
9.240.050 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-32
9.240.060 Violation and Revocation of Permit ....................................................................... 6-32 Chapter 9.245 Planned Unit Development .................................................................................... 6-34
9.245.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-34
9.245.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-34
9.245.030 District Regulations ............................................................................................... 6-34
9.245.040 Procedures ............................................................................................................ 6-35
9.245.050 Required Findings ................................................................................................. 6-35
9.245.060 Lapse of Permit Approval ...................................................................................... 6-36
9.245.070 Extension of Time .................................................................................................. 6-36
9.245.080 Amendments ......................................................................................................... 6-36 Chapter 9.250 Reasonable Accommodation ................................................................................ 6-38
9.250.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-38
9.250.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-38
9.250.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-38
9.250.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 6-39
9.250.050 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-39
9.250.060 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-39
9.250.070 Post-Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-40 Chapter 9.255 Variances ............................................................................................................... 6-42
9.255.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-42
9.255.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-42
9.255.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-42
9.255.040 Procedure .............................................................................................................. 6-42
9.255.050 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-42
9.255.060 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-43
9.255.070 Post Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-43 Chapter 9.260 Administrative Adjustment ..................................................................................... 6-45
9.260.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-45 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xiv
9.260.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-45
9.260.030 Review Authority.................................................................................................... 6-45
9.260.040 Procedure .............................................................................................................. 6-45
9.260.050 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-46
9.260.060 Conditions of Approval .......................................................................................... 6-46
9.260.070 Post Decision Procedures ..................................................................................... 6-46 Chapter 9.265 Permit and Approval Implementation, Time Limits, And Extensions .................... 6-49
9.265.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-49
9.265.020 Findings and Decision ........................................................................................... 6-49
9.265.030 Effective Dates ...................................................................................................... 6-50
9.265.040 Permits to Run With the Land ............................................................................... 6-51
9.265.050 Changes to an Approved Project .......................................................................... 6-51 Chapter 9.270 Permit Modification and Revocation ...................................................................... 6-54
9.270.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 6-54
9.270.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 6-54
9.270.030 Initiation ................................................................................................................. 6-54
9.270.040 Hearing and Notice Required ................................................................................ 6-54
9.270.050 Required Findings ................................................................................................. 6-54
9.270.060 Appeals .................................................................................................................. 6-55 Division 7 – Development Code Administration
Chapter 9.295 Administrative Responsibility And Review Authority ............................................... 7-4
9.295.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 7-4
9.295.020 City Council ............................................................................................................. 7-4
9.295.030 Planning Commission .............................................................................................. 7-4
9.295.040 Community Development Director .......................................................................... 7-5
9.295.050 Administrative Responsibility Overview .................................................................. 7-5 Chapter 9.280 Development Code and Zoning Map Amendments ................................................ 7-9
9.280.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 7-9
9.280.020 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 7-9
9.280.030 Initiation ................................................................................................................... 7-9
9.280.040 Processing and Review ........................................................................................... 7-9
9.280.050 Planning Commission Recommendation .............................................................. 7-10
9.280.060 City Council Action ................................................................................................ 7-10 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xv
9.280.070 Criteria For Zoning Map Amendments .................................................................. 7-10
9.280.080 Criteria For Zoning Text Amendments .................................................................. 7-11 Chapter 9.285 Specific Plans ........................................................................................................ 7-13
9.285.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 7-13
9.285.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 7-14
9.285.030 Initiation ................................................................................................................. 7-14
9.285.040 Processing and Review ......................................................................................... 7-14
9.285.050 Specific Plan Contents .......................................................................................... 7-14
9.285.060 Planning Commission Hearing and Recommendation ......................................... 7-15
9.285.070 City Council Hearing and Action............................................................................ 7-15
9.285.080 Specific Plan Adoption .......................................................................................... 7-15
9.285.090 Specific Plan Amendment or Repeal..................................................................... 7-16 Chapter 9.290 Development Agreements ..................................................................................... 7-18
9.290.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 7-18
9.290.020 Authority and Scope .............................................................................................. 7-18
9.290.030 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 7-18
9.290.040 Notice and Public Hearing ..................................................................................... 7-19
9.290.050 Planning Commission Hearing and Recommendation ......................................... 7-19
9.290.060 City Council Hearing and Action............................................................................ 7-19
9.290.070 Approval of Development Agreement ................................................................... 7-20
9.290.080 Recordation ........................................................................................................... 7-20
9.290.090 Amendment and Cancellation ............................................................................... 7-20
9.290.100 Periodic Review and Changes to Legislation ........................................................ 7-20
9.290.110 Development Agreement Terms and Conditions .................................................. 7-21 Chapter 9.295 Nonconformities..................................................................................................... 7-24
9.295.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 7-24
9.295.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 7-24
9.295.030 General Nonconforming Provisions....................................................................... 7-24
9.295.040 Nonconforming Lots .............................................................................................. 7-25
9.295.050 Nonconforming Uses ............................................................................................. 7-25
9.295.060 Nonconforming Structures ..................................................................................... 7-26
9.295.070 Nonconforming Site Improvements ....................................................................... 7-28
9.295.080 Nonconformity With Performance Standards ........................................................ 7-28 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xvi
Chapter 9.300 Appeals and Calls for Review ............................................................................... 7-30
9.300.010 Purpose and Intent ................................................................................................ 7-30
9.300.020 Applicability ............................................................................................................ 7-30
9.300.030 De Novo Review by City Council of Planning Commission Action ....................... 7-30
9.300.040 Application Filing, Processing, and Review .......................................................... 7-31 Division 8 – Definitions
Chapter 9.305 Terms and Definitions ............................................................................................. 8-4
9.305.010 Purpose and Intent .................................................................................................. 8-4
9.305.020 Applicability .............................................................................................................. 8-4
9.305.030 “A” Land Use Definitions ......................................................................................... 8-4
9.305.040 “B” Land Use Definitions ......................................................................................... 8-6
9.305.050 “C” Land Use Definitions ......................................................................................... 8-7
9.305.060 “D” Land Use Definitions ......................................................................................... 8-8
9.305.070 “E” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-10
9.305.080 “F” Land Use Definitions ........................................................................................ 8-11
9.305.090 “G” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-12
9.305.100 “H” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-12
9.305.110 “I” Land Use Definitions ......................................................................................... 8-12
9.305.120 “J” Land Use Definitions ........................................................................................ 8-13
9.305.130 “K” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-13
9.305.140 “L” Land Use Definitions ........................................................................................ 8-13
9.305.150 “M” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-14
9.305.160 “N” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-15
9.305.170 “O” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-15
9.305.180 “P” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-15
9.305.190 “Q” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-18
9.305.200 “R” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-18
9.305.210 “S” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-21
9.305.220 “T” Land Use Definitions ........................................................................................ 8-26
9.305.230 “U” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-27
9.305.240 “V” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-27
9.305.250 “W” Land Use Definitions ...................................................................................... 8-28
9.305.260 “X” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-28 Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xvii
9.305.270 “Y” Land Use Definitions ....................................................................................... 8-28
9.305.280 “Z” Land Use Definitions ........................................................................................ 8-28
Table of Contents
Public Review Draft – May 2026
xviii
This page is intentionally left blank
1 Title 9 – Planning and Zoning
Division 1 – Introductory
Provisions
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
MAY 2026
Table of Contents
Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code .................................................... 1-3
9.05.010 Title ................................................................................................................................ 1-3
9.05.020 Purpose, Intent, and Authority ....................................................................................... 1-3
9.05.030 Applicability of the Development Code ......................................................................... 1-4
9.05.040 Organization of the Development Code ........................................................................ 1-4
9.05.050 Relationship to Prior Codes ........................................................................................... 1-5
9.05.060 Relationship to the General Plan................................................................................... 1-5
9.05.070 Relationship to Specific Plans ....................................................................................... 1-5
9.05.080 Severability, Partial Invalidation of the Development Code .......................................... 1-6 Chapter 9.10 Interpretation of the Development Code ....................................................................... 1-8
9.10.010 Purpose ......................................................................................................................... 1-8
9.10.020 Rules for the Construction of Language ........................................................................ 1-8
9.10.030 Rules for Interpretation and Conflict .............................................................................. 1-9
9.10.040 Land Use Determination ................................................................................................ 1-9 Chapter 9.15 Zoning Districts and Zoning Map ................................................................................. 1-12
9.15.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 1-12
9.15.020 Establishment of Zoning Districts ................................................................................ 1-12
9.15.030 Zoning Map .................................................................................................................. 1-13
9.15.040 Boundaries of Zoning Districts .................................................................................... 1-14
Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code
1-2
Chapter 9.05
Purpose and Applicability of
the Development Code
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.05
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-3
Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the
Development Code
Sections
9.05.010 Title
9.05.020 Purpose, Intent, and Authority
9.05.030 Applicability of the Development Code
9.05.040 Organization of the Development Code
9.05.050 Relationship to Prior Codes
9.05.060 Relationship to the General Plan
9.05.070 Relationship to Specific Plans
9.05.080 Severability, Partial Invalidation of the Development Code
9.05.010 Title
Title 9 of the Cathedral City Municipal Code, containing the City of Cathedral City’s zoning and subdivision regulations, shall be known as the “ Cathedral City Development Code”, herein referred to as the “Code.” A copy of this Code and the Zoning Map, together with a record of all amendments, shall be kept on file by the City Clerk. [Source: NEW]
9.05.020 Purpose, Intent, and Authority
The purpose of the Code is to protect and promote the public health, safety, and general welfare, and to implement the policies of the General Plan. More specifically, the Code is intended to: [Source:
9.02.010, NEW]
A. Purpose and Intent. This Code is intended to provide a precise guide for the physical development of the City in order to:
1. Preserve the character and quality of residential neighborhoods;
2. Result in neighborhoods that are diverse and offer opportunities for all income levels and lifestyle options;
3. Foster convenient, harmonious, and workable relationships among land uses;
4. Achieve the arrangement of land uses described in the General Plan;
5. Improve the quality of life, business climate and built environment of Cathedral City ;
6. Remove barriers typically present for developers and those choosing to invest in the community;
7. Prevent excessive population densities and overcrowding of land or structures;
8. Ensure the provision of adequate open space for light, air, and fire safety; and Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code
1-4
9. Ensure that service demands of new development will not exceed the capacities of existing streets, utilities, or public services.
B. Authority. This Code is enacted based on the authority vested in the City by the State of California, including but not limited to the State Constitution; the Planning and Zoning Law (Government Code Sections 65000 et seq.); and the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code Sections 21000 et seq.).
9.05.030 Applicability of the Development Code
A. The provisions of this Code apply to all properties within the municipal boundaries of Cathedral City. The City should strive to follow all the requirements contained in the Code. However, on occasion with written authority from the City Manager to waive or modify the provisions of the Code in regard to any real property, facilities and/or improvements owned by the City. [Source:
9.02.020, modified]
B. No building, structure, or part thereof, shall hereafter be constructed, altered, or used, and no parcel of land shall be further developed, except in conformity with the provisions of this Title.
Furthermore, these provisions apply to any changes in occupancy of a structure or building. [Source: 9.02.020, modified]
9.05.040 Organization of the Development Code
A. Division 1. Introductory Provisions establishes the overall organization and applicability of the Code.
B. Division 2. Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards establishes the permitted or conditionally permitted land uses in each zoning district and includes any special requirements applicable to specific uses. This Division also establishes the development standards specific to each zoning district (e.g., regulations that control the height, bulk, location, and appearance of structures).
C. Division 3. General Development Standards contains zoning regulations which apply citywide (zoning regulations not specific to a particular zoning district or land use).
D. Division 4. Standards for Specific Land Uses establishes the specific and unique development and operational standards for specific land uses in the City.
E. Division 5. Subdivision Regulations contains procedures for the division of land within the City.
These provisions implement and supplement the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act concerning the design and improvement of subdivisions and regulating other divisions of land within the City including the form and cont ent of all maps and the procedure to be followed in securing official approval.
F. Division 6 . Application Processing Procedures establishes the processing procedures for required permits and entitlements. These regulations include the purpose and applicability of each permit/entitlement, application requirements, filing procedures, and applicable conditions of approval.
G. Division 7. Development Code Administration contains procedures for the administration of the Code, including requirements for development agreements, amendments, appeals of zoning decisions and calls for review, and enforcement.
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.05
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-5
H. Division 8. Definitions includes a list of terms used in the Code, with cross -references and definitions.
9.05.050 Relationship to Prior Codes
The provisions of this Code, as it existed before the effective date of Ordinance No. 2026 -XXX are repealed and superseded as provided in the ordinance enacting this Title. No provision of this Code shall validate or legalize any land use, structure, or subdivision constructed, created, established, or maintained in violation of the City of Cathedral City Development Code as they existed before repeal by the ordinance enacting this Code, except as addressed by nonconformities created by this Code, in compliance with Chapter 9.290 (Nonconformities). [Source: NEW]
9.05.060 Relationship to the General Plan
A. General Plan Consistency. All actions and procedures pertaining to the granting or denial of various permits or other entitlements provided for by this Code shall be consistent with all applicable goals, policies, and land use arrangements established by the General Plan . [Source: NEW]
B. Inconsistencies Between the General Plan and the Code. Where inconsistencies are found to exist between the General Plan and this Code, the Code shall control the use and development of the land until the City Council amends the Code to achieve consistency with the existing General Plan. [Source: NEW]
9.05.070 Relationship to Specific Plans
A. Code as an Implementation Method. This Code is a method used by the City to implement the goals, policies, and programs of any adopted Specific Plan. [Source: NEW]
1. Specific Plan. A Specific Plan is a comprehensive, long -range, general policy statement for an identified limited area within the City. The Specific Plan designates appropriate locations and densities/intensities for residential, mixed use, commercial, industrial, and open space uses for that limited area.
2. Compliance with Adopted Specific Plan Required. In compliance with Government Code Section 65455, all zoning, tentative maps, parcel maps, and public works projects shall be consistent with adopted Specific Plans for that limited area.
B. Consistency with the Adopted Specific Plans. The City Council intends that this Code be consistent with the adopted Specific Plans, and that any development, land use, or subdivision approved in compliance with this Code shall also be consistent with the adopted Specific Plan for that limited area. A propose d use shall be considered compatible, conforming, and consistent with the adopted Specific Plan when all the following conditions exist: [Source: NEW]
1. Compatible. The proposed use is compatible with the description of the Land Use designation in which the use is located, as shown by the Land Use Map, and as described in the text of the Specific Plan;
2. Conformance. The proposed use is in conformance with the goals, policies, programs, and maps, and the intent of the Specific Plan; and
Chapter 9.05 Purpose and Applicability of the Development Code
1-6
3. Consistent. The proposed use is to be established and maintained in a manner which is consistent with the Specific Plan and all applicable provisions contained in the Specific Plan.
C. Where Inconsistencies Exist. Where inconsistencies do exist between the Specific Plan and this Code, the Specific Plan shall control the use and development of the land until the City Council adopts an amendment to achieve consistency with the existing or current Specific Plan. [Source: NEW]
9.05.080 Severability, Partial Invalidation of the Development Code If any portion of this Code is held to be invalid, unconstitutional, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the determination shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Code. The City Council hereby declares that this Code and each division, chapter, section, subsection, paragraph, and portion thereof is adopted without regard to the fact that one or more portions of this Code may be declared invalid, unconstitutional, or unenforceable. [Source: NEW] Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.10
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-7
Chapter 9.10
Interpretation of the
Development Code
Chapter 9.10 Interpretation of the Development Code
1-8
Chapter 9.10 Interpretation of the Development Code
Sections
9.10.010 Purpose
9.10.020 Rules for the Construction of Language
9.10.030 Rules for Interpretation and Conflict
9.10.040 Land Use Determination
9.10.010 Purpose
The purpose of this Chapter is to specify the authority and procedures for clarifying any ambiguity in the regulations of this Code, and to ensure its consistent interpretation and application. [Source: NEW]
9.10.020 Rules for the Construction of Language
In addition to the general provisions of the Cathedral City Municipal Code, the following rules of construction shall apply to this Code: [Source: NEW]
A. The Specific Controls the General. Specific provisions take precedence over general provisions. When two statutory provisions of this Title conflict (one being general and the other specific) the City shall apply the more specific provision as an exception to the general provision. [Source: NEW]
B. Unless otherwise stated, the following conjunctions shall be interpreted as follows: [Source:
NEW]
1. “And” indicates that all connected words or provisions shall apply;
2. “Or” indicates that the connected words or provisions may apply singly or in any combination; and
3. “Either ... or” indicates that the connected words or provisions shall apply singly but not C. Terminology. When used in this Code, the following rules shall apply: [Source: NEW]
1. Language. When used in this Code, the word "shall" is always mandatory and not discretionary. The word “should” is not mandatory but is strongly recommended. The word "may" is permissive.
2. Tense. The present tense includes the past and future tenses; and the future tense includes the present.
3. Number. The singular number includes the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the natural construction of the word indicates otherwise.
4. Local Reference. The word "City" as used in this Code shall mean the City of Cathedral City and all public officials, bodies, and agencies references in this Code are those of the City, unless otherwise specified.
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.10
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-9
5. Definitions. All terms used in this Code shall be defined in Division 8 (Definitions) and/or as determined/interpreted by the Director.
D. In case of conflict between the text and a diagram, the text controls. [Source: NEW] E. A reference to a public official in the City is to that person who performs the function referred to and includes a designated designee of such official. [Source: NEW] F. All references to days are to calendar days unless otherwise indicated. [Source: NEW] G. Section headings shall not be deemed to govern, limit, modify or in any manner affect the scope, meaning or intent of any Section. [Source: NEW]
H. The words activities and facilities include any part thereof in combination. [Source: NEW]
9.10.030 Rules for Interpretation and Conflict
A. General Consistency and Common Conflict. The provisions of this Title are not intended to interfere with or void any easements, covenants, or other existing agreements which are more restrictive than the provisions of this Title. When the provisions of this Title impose more restrictive regulations upon buildings or structures, or on the use of lands, or require larger open spaces, yards, or setbacks or otherwise establish more restrictive regulations than are imposed or required by any other law, title, ordinance, code or regulation, the provisions of this Title shall govern. [Source: 9.04, NEW]
B. Clarification of Ambiguity. If ambiguity arises concerning the application of the provisions of this title it shall be the duty of the Planning Commission to ascertain all pertinent facts and by resolution of record set forth the findings and the interpretations. [Source: 9.04, NEW] C. Application of More Restrictive Requirements. Nothing in this Title shall be deemed to affect, annul or abrogate any other ordinances pertaining or applicable to the properties and areas affected by this Title. In the event that a conflict does arise, the more restrictive requirement shall apply. [Source: 9.04, NEW]
D. Clarifications. Any party seeking clarification of any provision of Title, may submit the request to the Planning Department in writing. If the staff determination does not adequately clarify the provision, the subject party may seek further clarification from the Planning Commission. The decision of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council whose determination shall be final. [Source: 9.04, NEW]
E. State Law Requirements . Where this Code refers to provisions of State law (e.g., the California Government Code, Subdivision Map Act, Public Resources Code, etc.), the references shall be interpreted to be to the applicable State law provisions as they may be amended from time to time. [Source: NEW]
9.10.040 Land Use Determination
A. Purpose and Intent. In order to ensure that this Title will permit compatible uses in each zoning district, and recognizing that not every possible land use can be identified in this Title and because new land uses evolve over time, the staff and/or the Planning Commission, upon its own initiative or upon written request, shall determine whether a use not specifically listed as a permitted, accessory or temporary use in any zoning district shall be deemed a permitted use Chapter 9.10 Interpretation of the Development Code
1-10
or conditional use in one or more zoning districts. The determination shall be based upon the similarity to uses specifically listed in the zoning district. The procedures of this Section shall not be substituted for a Code amendment procedure as a means of adding new uses to the list of permitted or conditional uses. [Source: 9.06]
B. Staff Level Review. Application for a determination shall be submitted to the Planning Department and include a detailed description of the proposed use and any other such information as may be required to facilitate the determination. [Source: 9.06] C. Investigation and Notification. Staff will review and compare the proposed use characteristics with the General Plan goals and objectives as well as the purposes of the various land use ordinances and must find: [Source: 9.06.030, modified]
1. The proposed use must be compatible with surrounding uses and shall be of a similar or less intensive nature than uses being compared within the zoning district. Use characteristics to be evaluated shall include, but are not limited to: typical development requirements such as access and parking demands, building enclosure and outdoor use, environmental impacts (i.e., noise, dust, odor, vibration, heat, glare, presence and handling of hazardous materials, etc.), nature of business (wholesale, retail, servic e, manufacturing, etc.), construction type, and typical public service demands (water, sewer, fire protection, etc.).
2. The use in question meets the purpose and intent of the zoning district in which it is proposed.
3. The use in question meets and conforms to the applicable goals and objectives of the General Plan.
D. Planning Commission Review.
1. Any determination on a proposed unlisted use may be referred to the Planning Commission as a public hearing item if the Director determines on a case -by-case basis that the public interest would be better served by such referral. [Source: 9.06.040]
2. Staff determinations may be appealed by the applicant to the Planning Commission by filing a written request along with the established City fee with the Planning Commission within 10 business days of the date of the staff determination. The Planning Commission shall consider the appeal as a public hearing item. [Source:
9.06.040]
3. The Planning Commission shall base their decision on the criteria in Section
9.10.040.C. The determination of the Planning Commission shall be effective 10 calendar days after the date of decision unless appealed to the City Council, by written appeal filed with the City Clerk, whose decision shall be final. [Source: 9.06.040] E. Appeals. Any applicant or aggrieved person may appeal any determination of the Planning Commission for consideration by the City Council in accordance with Chapter 9.295 (Appeals and Calls for Review) of the Code. Any appeal must be submitted in writing within 10 days of the decision of the Planning Commission and be accompanied by the payment of a fee as determined in the adopted fee schedule adopted by the City Council. [Source: 9.06.050]
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.15
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-11
Chapter 9.15
Zoning Districts and Zoning
Map
Chapter 9.15 Zoning Districts and Zoning Map
1-12
Chapter 9.15 Zoning Districts and Zoning Map
Sections
9.15.010 Purpose and Intent
9.15.020 Establishment of Zoning Districts
9.15.030 Zoning Map
9.15.040 Boundaries of Zoning Districts
9.15.010 Purpose and Intent
A. Purpose. This Chapter establishes the zones applied to property within the City and adopts the City’s Zoning Map. [Source: NEW]
B. Intent. The City Council hereby adopts the City of Cathedral City Zoning Map (hereafter referred to as the "Zoning Map"), which is on file with the Planning Department. The Zoning Map is hereby incorporated into this Code by reference as though it were fully incl uded here. [Source: NEW]
9.15.020 Establishment of Zoning Districts
A. General. The City shall be divided into zoning districts which implement the General Plan. The zoning districts shown in Table 9.15-01 (Zoning District Classifications) are hereby established and shall be shown on the Zoning Map. [Source: NEW]
B. Base Zoning Districts . Every parcel shall have a base zoning district that establishes the primary type and intensity of land use allowed, along with development standards for that particular type and intensity of land use. [Source: NEW] C. Overlay Zoning Districts. An overlay zoning district supplements the base zoning district for the purpose of establishing special land use allowances or limitations or development standards and regulations for a particular area in addition to the provisions of the underlying base zone. In the event of conflict between the base zoning district regulations and the overlay zoning district regulations, the provisions of the overlay zoning district shall apply. [Source:
NEW]
Division 1 – Introductory Provisions Chapter 9.15
Public Review Draft – May 2026
1-13
Table 9.15-01
Zoning District Classifications
9.15.030 Zoning Map
The boundaries, designations, and locations of the zones established by this Code shall be shown upon the map(s) entitled "Zoning Map" and referred to in this Code as the Zoning Map. Any additional maps (e.g., setback map, height map) adopted shall also be a part of this Code by reference. This Code, together with the Zoning Map, is adopted in compliance with current State planning, zoning, and development laws. Amendments to the existing zone boundaries of any identified zones shall be made Zoning District
Zoning
Map
Symbol
Density
(dwelling units per acre)
Minimum | Maximum
Non-
Residential
FAR
Zoning
District
Color
Corresponding General Plan
Land Use Designation(s)
Open Space
Residential OS-R 1 du/20ac - Hillside Reserve (HR)
Residential Estate RE 0 du/ac to 2 du/ac - Estate Residential (RE) Low Density
Residential R4.5 2 du/ac to 4.5 du/ac - Low Density Residential (RL) Low-Medium
Density
Residential
R10 4.5 du/ac to 10 du/ac -
Medium Density Residential (RM)
Medium Density
Residential R20-L 11 du/ac to 20 du/ac - Medium-High Density Residential (RMH)
Medium-High
Residential R20-H 11 du/ac to 20 du/ac - Medium-High Density Residential (RMH)
High Density
Residential R24 20 du/ac to 24 du/ac - High Density Residential (RH) Mixed-Use
Downtown MU-DT 20 du/ac to 36 du/ac 0.80 Downtown Commercial (DTC) Resort Residential RR 3 du/ac to 6.5 du/ac - Resort Residential (RR) General
Commercial GC - 0.35 Neighborhood Commercial (NC)
General Commercial (CG)
Professional Office PO - 0.50 Business Park (BP)
Industrial I - 0.50 Industrial (I)
Parks and Open
Space P/OS - -
Parks and Public Open Space (OS-P)
Open Space – Private
Open Space – Other
Open Space-Watercourse (
Specific Plan SP - - Hatched Consistent with all General Plan Land Use Designations
Hillside Protection
Overlay -HP - - Hatched -
Limited Height
Overlay -LH - - Hatched -
Public/Institutional
Housing Overlay -P/IH - - Hatched -
Specific Plan
Overlay -SP - - Hatched -
Chapter 9.15 Zoning Districts and Zoning Map
1-14
by ordinance in compliance with Chapter 9.275 (Development Code and Zoning Map Amendments ). [Source: 9.02.030]
9.15.040 Boundaries of Zoning Districts
The boundaries of each zoning district shall be established by ordinance adopted by the City Council, following a recommendation from the Planning Commission, adopting or amending the official zoning map. It is the intent to place zoning boundaries along identifiable geographic features such as property lines, streets, drainage channels, etc. Where uncertainty exists in relation to the boundaries of any zoning district shown upon the official zoning map or any part or unit thereof, the following rules shall apply: [Source: 9.02.040, NEW]
A. Where boundaries are indicated that approximately follow street and alley lines or lot lines, such lines shall be construed to be the zoning boundaries.
B. When property is not part of an approved subdivision map and a zoning boundary divides a lot, the boundary, unless indicated by dimensions, shall be determined by scale.
C. Where a public street or alley is officially vacated or abandoned, the area comprising the vacation shall acquire the underlying zoning classification.
D. Areas of dedicated streets or alleys and railroad rights -of-way, other than such as are designated on the zoning map as being classified in one of the zoning districts provided in this Title, shall be deemed to be unclassified and, in the case of streets, permitted to be used only for purposes lawfully allowed in conjunction with the abutting property and, in the case of railroad rights-of-way, permitted to be used sole ly for the purpose of accommodating tracks, signals, other operative devices and the movement of rolling stocks. 1 Title 9 – Planning and Zoning
Division 2 – Zoning Districts
Regulations and Development
Standards
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
MAY 2026
Table of Contents
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts ........................................................................................... 2-4
9.20.010 Purpose and Intent of the Residential Zoning Districts ................................................. 2-4
9.20.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Residential Zoning Districts ......................... 2-4
9.20.030 Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts .............................................. 2-7 Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts .......................................................................................... 2-11
9.25.010 Purpose and Intent of the Mixed Use Zoning Districts ................................................ 2-11
9.25.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Mixed Use Zoning Districts ........................ 2-11
9.25.030 Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts ............................................ 2-15
9.25.040 Other Applicable Mixed Use Zoning District Regulations ........................................... 2-17 Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts ....................................................................................... 2-20
9.30.010 Purpose and Intent of the Commercial Zoning Districts .............................................. 2-20
9.30.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Commercial Zoning Districts ...................... 2-20
9.30.030 Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts .......................................... 2-24 Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts ............................................................................ 2-27
9.35.010 Purpose and Intent of the Industry and Office Zoning Districts ................................... 2-27
9.35.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Industry and Office Zoning Districts ........... 2-27
9.35.030 Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts ............................... 2-32 Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ......................................................................... 2-35
9.40.010 Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ............................... 2-35
9.40.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ....... 2-36 Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts
2-2
9.40.030 Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ............................ 2-37 Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts .............................................................................................. 2-40
9.45.010 Purpose of Chapter ..................................................................................................... 2-40
9.45.020 General Provisions ...................................................................................................... 2-40
9.45.030 Hillside Protection Overlay Zoning District .................................................................. 2-40
9.45.040 Limited Height Overlay Zoning District ........................................................................ 2-41
9.45.050 Public/Institutional Housing Overlay Zoning District.................................................... 2-42
9.45.060 Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District .......................................................................... 2-43
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.20 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-3
Chapter 9.20
Residential Zoning Districts
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts
2-4
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts
Sections
9.20.010 Purpose and Intent of the Residential Zoning Districts
9.20.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Residential Zoning Districts
9.20.030 Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts
9.20.010 Purpose and Intent of the Residential Zoning Districts This Chapter lists the land uses that may be allowed within the residential zon ing districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), determines the type of land use permit s and approvals required for each use, and provides basic standards for parcel layout and building size. The purposes of the individual residential zoning districts and the way they are applied are as follows. [Source: NEW]
A. Open Space Residential (OS -R). The OS-R zoning district is intended to preserve sensitive environmental areas while allowing very low density residential development. This zoning district includes lands that may have topographic, hydrologic, aesthetic or other constraints to development. The allowable density ranges from zero to one dwelling unit per 20 acres. The OS-R zoning district is consistent with the Hillside Reserve (HR) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.44.010, modified]
B. Residential Estate (RE). The RE zoning district is intended t o provide areas for larger parcel subdivisions with very low densit y single-family residential development . This zoning district includes lands that may have topographic or other natural constraints to development . The allowable density ranges from zero to two dwelling units per acre . The RE zoning district is consistent with the Estate Residential (RE) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source:
9.12.010, modified]
C. Low Density Residential Zoning District (R 4.5). The R4.5 zoning district is intended to provide areas for a range of lower density residential development and compatible community facilities. The allowable density ranges from two to 4.5 dwelling units per acre. The R4.5 zoning district is consistent with the Low Density Residential (RL) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.14.010, modified]
D. Low-Medium Density Residential Zoning District (R10). The R10 zoning district is intended to provide areas for a variety of medium densit y residential development and compatible community facilities. This zoning district serves as a transition between lower - and higher- density residential neighborhoods. The allowable density ranges from 4.5 to 10 dwelling units per acre. The R10 zoning district is consistent with the Medium Density Residential (RM) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.18.010, modified] E. Medium Density Residential Zoning District (R20-L). The R20-L zoning district is intended to provide areas for a variety of medium to medium-high density residential development and compatible community facilities. This zoning district is typically located in proximity to Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.20 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-5
neighborhood-serving commercial uses, maximizing pedestrian and other multi -modal access to nearby services. The allowable density ranges from 11 to 20 dwelling units per acre . The R20-L zoning district is consistent with the Medium-High Density Residential (RMH) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.16.010, modified] F. Medium-High Residential Zoning District (R20-H). The R20-H zoning district is intended t o provide areas for a variety of medium-high density residential development and compatible community facilities. This zoning district is typically located in proximity to neighborhood - serving commercial uses, maximizing pedestrian and other multi -modal access to nearby services. The allowable density ranges from 11 to 20 dwelling units per acre. The R20-H zoning district is consistent with the Medium-High Density Residential (RMH) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.20.010, modified]
G. High Density Residential Zoning District (R 24). The R24 zoning district is intended to provide areas for a variety of high density residential development and provide space for community facilities needed to complement urban residential areas. This zoning district is typically located in proximity to neighborhood-serving commercial uses, maximizing pedestrian and other multi-modal access to nearby services. The R24 zoning district is consistent with the High Density Residential (RH) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.22.010, modified]
9.20.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Residential Zoning Districts A. Table 9.20-01 Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts. Table 9.20-01 (Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts) identifies the uses of land allowed within each residential zoning district , and the land use permit required to establish each use. [Source:
NEW]
B. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not listed in Table 9.20-01 (Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts) may be allowed consistent with Section 9.10.040 (Land Use Determination) . [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Use Regulations. The far-right column in Table 9 .20-01 (Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific use listed.
Land use regulations and allowable use provisions in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
D. Zoning Clearance Required. Each land use specified Table 9.20-01 (Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts) as allowed-by-right “P” shall require the issuance of a Zoning Clearance in compliance with Chapter 9.160 (Zoning Clearance).
E. Design Review Required. In addition to the permit requirements established in Table 9.20-01 (Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts) , Design Review may be required in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source: NEW] F. Specific Plans. Properties within an adopted Specific Plan area may be subject to additional design and development standards. Where conflicts arise between the Development Code and the Specific Plan, the Specific Plan criteria and standards shall apply. See Section 9.40.010 (Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ) and Section 9.45.060 (Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District). [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts
2-6
Table 9.20-01
Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by Zoning District Specific Use
Regulations
OS-R RE R4.5 R10 R20-L R20-H R24
Residential Uses
Community Care Facility,
Small (6 or fewer persons) P P P P P P P
Community Care Facility,
Large (7 or more persons) - - MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP
Day Care Center - - CUP MUP MUP MUP MUP
Dwelling
Dwelling, Single-unit P P P P P - -
Dwelling, Two-unit - P P P P - -
Dwelling, Three-unit - - - P P - -
Dwelling, Four-unit - - - P P P -
Dwelling, Five or More
Units - - - P P P P
Dwelling, Accessory
Dwelling Unit (ADU) P P P P P P P
Dwelling, Junior
Accessory Dwelling Unit
(JADU)
P P P P P P P
Dwelling, Live-Work Unit - - - MUP MUP MUP MUP
Emergency Shelter - - - - - P - Section 9.130.90
(Emergency Shelter)
Employee Housing
Employee Housing, 6 or
Fewer Dwellings P P P P P P P
Employee Housing, More
Than 6 Dwellings - - - P P P P
Family Day Care Home P P P P P P P
Low Barrier Navigation
Center - - - P P P P
Mobilehome Park - - - CUP CUP CUP - Section 9.130.110
(Mobilehome Parks)
Single Room Occupancy
Housing - - - P P P P Section 9.130.170 (Single
Room Occupancy (SRO))
Transitional and Supportive
Housing P P P P P P P
Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Cemetery CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP
Parking Facility - - CUP
- - - - Section 9.70.040(D)
(Regulations For Specific
Uses)
Place of Assembly (7,000
square feet or smaller) - - CUP MUP MUP MUP MUP
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.20 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-7
9.20.030 Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts A. Table 9.20.01 Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts. Subdivisions, new land uses and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by Zoning District Specific Use
Regulations
OS-R RE R4.5 R10 R20-L R20-H R24
Place of Assembly (over
7,000 square feet) - - CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP
Public Uses and Structures P P P P P P P
Public Utility Facility and
Infrastructure MUP MUP - MUP MUP MUP MUP
Small Wireless
Telecommunication Facility MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
Large Wireless
Telecommunication Facility CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP CUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
School
School, Private Primary or
Secondary - MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP MUP
School,
Art/Dance/Martial
Arts/Music
- - - - - - P
Commercial Uses
Artist Studio - - P P P P P
Fitness Center or Gym, Small
(5,000 square feet or
smaller)
- - - - - - P
Recreation and Entertainment Facility
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Indoor
CUP - - - - - -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Outdoor
CUP - - - - - -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Golfing Facility
CUP - - - - - -
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood (6,000
square feet or smaller)
- - MUP P P MUP MUP
Section 9.130.130 (Retail
Sales, Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood)
Medical and Veterinary Uses
Hospital - - - - CUP CUP
Accessory Uses
Community Garden P P P P P P P Section 9.130.20 (Accessory Uses)
Chapter 9.20 Residential Zoning Districts
2-8
designed, constructed, and established in compliance with the requirements in Table 9.20.01 (Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts). [Source: NEW] B. Specific Regulations. The far -right column in Table 9.20.01 (Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts ) indicate s additional regulations that apply to the specific development feature or zoning district listed. Development standards in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
C. Other Applicable Regulations. Development shall comply with all other regulations of this Development Code, including, but not limited to, standards in Division 3 (General Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.20 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-9
Table 9.20-02
Development Standards for Residential Zoning Districts
[Source: 9.12.050 – 9.12.080, 9.12.140, 9.14.050 – 9.14.080, 9.14.140, 9.16.050 – 9.16.080, 9.16.140, 9.18.050 – 9.18.080, 9.18.140, 9.20.050 – 9.20.080, 9.20.140, 9.22.050 – 9.22.080, 9.22.140, 9.44.050 – 9.44.080,
9.44.140]
Development
Feature
(minimum unless
otherwise specified)
Zoning Districts
OS-R RE R4.5 R10 R20-L R20-H R24 Specific Regulations
Parcel Dimensions (min.)
Area (sq. ft.) 871,200
(20 acres) 40,000 9,700 8,750 2,200 8,750 7,500
Width (ft.) 200 100 70 80 70 100 100
If the frontage of the
parcel must be narrowed
because of street design
or topographical
constraints
50 50 35 35 35 35 35
Depth (ft.) 200 200 100 100 100 100 200
Density and Parcel Coverage
Minimum (du/ac.) - - 2 4.5 11 11 20
Maximum (du/ac.) 1 du/20
ac. 2 4.5 10 20 20 24
Parcel Coverage (max.
percentage of total net
parcel area covered by
structures)
10 35 50 60 60 70 70
Height (max. ft.)
Primary Structure 30 30 30 30 35 40 45
Setbacks (min. ft.)
Front Setback 50 30 20 15 15 15 15
Garage 30 20 15 - - -
Rear
Primary Building 100 50 15 10 15 15 15
Garage or Carport 20 - 5 5 5 5 5
Side
Side Setback
20 20
Minimum
of 5 on
one side
and
minimum
of 10 on
other
side
Minimum
of 5 on
one side
and
minimum
of 10 on
other
side
Minimum
of 5 on
one side
and
minimum
of 10 on
other
side
15 15
Corner Parcels - - 10 15 15 15 15
Mixed Use Zoning Districts
2-10
Chapter 9.25
Mixed Use Zoning Districts
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.25 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-11
Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts
Sections
9.25.010 Purpose and Intent of the Mixed Use Zoning Districts
9.25.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Mixed Use Zoning Districts
9.25.030 Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts
9.25.040 Other Applicable Mixed Use Zoning District Regulations
9.25.010 Purpose and Intent of the Mixed Use Zoning Districts This Chapter lists the land uses that may be allowed within the mixed use zoning districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), determines the type of land use permit and approval required for each use, and provides basic standards for parcel layout and building size. The purposes of the individual mixed use zoning districts and the way they are applied are as follows. [Source: NEW] A. Resort Residential (RR). The RR zoning district is intended to provide areas for a variety of low to medium density residential development, visitor-serving and recreation-oriented uses in a resort development setting , and ancillary commercial uses. The allowable density ranges from three to 6.5 dwelling units per acre . The RR zoning district is consistent with the Resort Residential (RR) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.24.010, modified] B. Mixed Use, Downtown (MU-DT). The MU-DT zoning district is intended to provide areas for a mixture of uses, including commercial centers, entertainment venues and facilities, lodging facilities, professional and administrative offices, and residential uses. The maximum allowable floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.80. The MU-DT zoning district is consistent with the Downtown Commercial (DTC) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.31.010, modified]
9.25.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Mixed Use Zoning Districts A. Table 9.25-01 Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts. Table 9.25-01 (Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts) identifies the uses of land allowed within each residential zoning district , and the land use permit required to establish each use. [Source:
NEW]
B. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not listed in Table 9.25-01 (Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts) may be allowed consistent with Section 9.10.040 (Land Use Determination) . [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Use Regulations. The far-right column in Table 9 .25-01 (Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific use listed.
Land use regulations and allowable use provisions in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts
2-12
D. Zoning Clearance Required. Each land use specified Table 9.25.01 (Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts) as allowed-by-right “P” shall require the issuance of a Zoning Clearance in compliance with Chapter 9.160 (Zoning Clearance).
E. Design Review Required. In addition to the permit requirements established in Table 9.25-01 (Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts), Design Review may be required in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source: NEW] F. Specific Plan. Properties within an adopted Specific Plan area may be subject to additional design and development standards. Where conflicts arise between the Development Code and the Specific Plan, the Specific Plan criteria and standards shall apply. See Section 9.40.010 (Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ) and Section 9.45.060 (Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District). [Source: NEW]
Table 9.25-01
Land Use Regulations for Mixed Use Zoning Districts
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit;
(−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit
Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use
Regulations
MU-DT RR
Residential Uses
Community Care Facility
Community Care Facility,
Small (6 or fewer persons) P P
Community Care Facility,
Large (7 or more persons) MUP MUP
Day Care Center - -
Dwelling
Dwelling, Single-unit CUP CUP
Dwelling, Two-unit - MUP
Dwelling, Three-unit P P
Dwelling, Four-unit P P
Dwelling, Five or More
Units P P
Dwelling, Accessory
Dwelling Unit (ADU) P P
Dwelling, Junior Accessory
Dwelling Unit (JADU) P P
Dwelling, Live-Work Unit MUP -
Employee Housing
Employee Housing, 6 or
Fewer Dwellings P P
Employee Housing, More
Than 6 Dwellings P CUP
Family Day Care Home P P
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.25 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-13
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit;
(−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit
Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use
Regulations
MU-DT RR
Low Barrier Navigation
Center P -
Recreational Vehicle Park - CUP Section 9.130.120 (Recreational Vehicle Park)
Single Room Occupancy
Housing P CUP Section 9.130.170 (Single Room
Occupancy (SRO))
Transitional and Supportive
Housing P P
Commercial Uses
Artist Studio P P
Bank and Financial
Institution P -
Eating and Drinking
Establishment P MUP
Eating and Drinking
Establishment, Bar MUP - Section 9.130.80 (Eating and
Drinking Establishment, Bar)
Eating and Drinking
Establishment,
Entertainment
CUP CUP
Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging
Facility P P
Fitness Center or Gym
Fitness Center or Gym,
Small (5,000 square feet
or smaller)
P P
Fitness Center or Gym,
Large (over 5,000 square
feet)
MUP -
Office, Professional P -
Personal Service
Establishment P -
Printing Shop P -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Cinema or Theater
P -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Indoor
CUP CUP
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Outdoor
CUP CUP
Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts
2-14
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit;
(−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit
Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use
Regulations
MU-DT RR
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Golfing Facility
- CUP
Retail Sales
Retail Sales, Alcoholic
Beverage MUP -
Retail Sales, General P P
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood
(6,000 square feet or
smaller)
P MUP
Section 9.130.130 (Retail Sales,
Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood)
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Medium (between 6,001
and 30,000 square feet)
P -
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Large (over 30,000 square
feet)[S
CUP -
Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Museum P -
Place of Assembly (7,000
square feet or smaller) MUP -
Place of Assembly (over
7,000 square feet) CUP -
Public Uses and Structures P P
Public Utility Facility and
Infrastructure MUP MUP
Small Wireless
Telecommunication Facility MUP MUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
Large Wireless
Telecommunication Facility CUP CUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
School
School, Private Primary or
Secondary MUP -
School, Technical/Trade
and Vocational - -
School, College and
University - -
School, Art/Dance/Martial
Arts/Music P P
Hospitality Uses
Bed and Breakfast Inn MUP MUP Section 9.130.60 (Bed and Breakfast Inn)
Hotel P CUP
Motel CUP CUP
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.25 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-15
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit;
(−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit
Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use
Regulations
MU-DT RR
Short-Term Vacation Rental - P
Medical and Veterinary Uses
Animal Boarding P -
Animal Grooming P -
Animal Veterinary Hospital P -
Office, Medical P P
Accessory Uses
Any Use Involving Outdoor
Activity or Storage CUP - Section 9.130.20 (Accessory
Uses)
Drive-in and Drive-through
Sale CUP - Section 9.130.20 (Accessory
Uses)
Community Garden P - Section 9.130.20 (Accessory
Uses)
9.25.030 Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts A. Table 9.25-01 Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts. Subdivisions, new land uses and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be designed, constructed, and established in compliance with the requirements in Table 9.25-01 (Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts). [Source: NEW] B. Specific Regulations. The far -right column in Table 9.2 5-01 (Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts ) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific development feature or zoning district listed. Development standards in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
C. Other Applicable Regulations. Development shall comply with all other regulations of this Development Code, including, but not limited to, standards in Division 3 (General Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts
2-16
Table 9.25-01
Development Standards for Mixed Use Zoning Districts
[Source: 9.24.050 – 9.24.085, 9.24.140, 9.25.050 – 9.25.060, 9.25.070 – 9.25.080, NEW] Development Feature
(minimum unless
otherwise specified)
Zoning Districts
MU-DT RR Specific Regulations
Parcel Dimensions (min.)
Area (sq. ft.) 21,780 (0.5
acres)
Width (ft.) - 100
Depth (ft.) - 100
Density, Intensity, and Parcel Coverage
Minimum (du/ac.) 20 3
Maximum (du/ac.) 36 6.5
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 0.8 -
Parcel Coverage (max.
percentage of total net
parcel area covered by
structures)
- 60
Height (max ft.)
Primary Structure 55 35
9.25.040 (Other Applicable
Mixed Use Zoning District
Regulations)
Setbacks (min. ft.)
Front
Front Setback (from a
public/private street or
alley)
0 10
Rear
Primary Building 15 10
Garage or Carport 0 -
Side
Side Setback (min.)
No side
setback
required on
one side
and a
minimum of
8 on other
side
10 Uncovered Porches and
Steps (min.) 5 -
Side Setback (max.) 15 -
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.25 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-17
9.25.040 Other Applicable Mixed Use Zoning District Regulations A. Zoning District Specific Applicable Regulations.
1. Mixed Use, Downtown Zoning District (MU-DT).
a. Building Height Exceptions.
i. Architectural features (e.g. towers, turrets, cupolas, building entry volumes, or ornamental portions of parapet walls ) may exceed the maximum heights prescribed in this Section by no more than 12 feet.
These architectural features may include habitable space but shall not have a footprint greater than 25 percent of the footprint of the structure. [Source: 9.25.080, modified]
ii. Rooftop decks, trellises, and gazebos may exceed the height limit by 10 feet. [Source: 9.25.080, modified]
iii. Buildings that occupy corner parcels at the intersection of East Palm Canyon Drive and West Buddy Rogers Avenue or Cathedral Canyon Drive may be built to a maximum of 68 feet. [Source: 9.31.070, modified]
iv. Additional height may be approved for buildings constructed above subsurface or surface parking, but in no case shall the overall height exceed 68 feet. [Source: 9.31.070]
v. The minimum height for newly constructed or renovated buildings located along East Palm Canyon Drive, Date Palm Drive , and Cathedral Canyon Drive, shall be 22 feet. [Source: 9.31.070] vi. Interior Setback Exceptions. Properties located along East Palm Canyon Drive or West Buddy Rogers Avenue shall have zero interior setbacks except for public passageways. [Source: 9.31.060] vii. Corner Setback Exceptions. The corner of a corner building may be set back at a diagonal no more than six feet as measured at a 45- degree angle from the corner. [Source: 9.31.060]
viii. Architectural Features. Architectural features may project no more than three feet over parcel lines into the public right -of-way, but shall be at least 12 feet above the highest point in the right -of-way over which they project.. [Source: 9.31.060, modified]
2. Resort Residential (RR) Zoning District.
a. Height. [Source: 9.24.085]
i. Hotels and Motels . Maximum structure height for a hotel or motel shall not exceed the heights shown below, " Structure height may result in a step-back design.
Chapter 9.25 Mixed Use Zoning Districts
2-18
(1) Distance from the structure to a residential zoning district boundary including RE, R4.5, and R10 zoning districts.
Table 9.25-02
Maximum Building Height for Hotels and Motels
[Source: 9.24.085, modified]
Maximum Building Height (ft.) Distance (ft.)
35 Up to 50 feet
40 Over 50 feet to 125 feet
50 Over 125 feet
(2) City Council Height Adjustment. The City Council may approve a height greater than 50 feet for that portion of a structure greater than 125 feet from the zoning district boundary upon making a finding that such an increase will not adversely affect adjacent properties.
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.30 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-19
Chapter 9.30
Commercial Zoning Districts
Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts
2-20
Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts
Sections
9.30.010 Purpose and Intent of the Commercial Zoning Districts
9.30.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Commercial Zoning Districts
9.30.030 Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts
9.30.010 Purpose and Intent of the Commercial Zoning Districts This Chapter lists the land uses that may be allowed within the commercial zoning districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), determines the type of land use permit and approval required for each use, and provides basic standards for parcel layout and building size. The purposes of the individual commercial zoning districts and the way they are applied are as follows. [Source: NEW] A. General Commercial (GC). The GC zoning district is intended to provide areas for a range of neighborhood-scale to regional -scale commercial, office, and personal service uses. The maximum allowable floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.35. The C zoning district is consistent with the Neighborhood Commercial (NC) and General Commercial (CG) land use designations in the General Plan. [Source: NEW]
9.30.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Commercial Zoning Districts A. Table 9 -30-01 Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts. Table 9 .30-01 (Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts) identifies the uses of land allowed within each commercial zoning district, and the land use permit required to establish each use. [Source: NEW]
B. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not listed in Table 9.30-01 (Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts) may be allowed consistent with Section 9.10.040 (Land Use Determination) . [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Use Regulations. The far-right column in Table 9 .30-01 (Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific use listed. Land use regulations and allowable use provisions in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
D. Zoning Clearance Required. Each land use specified Table 9.30-01 (Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts) as allowed-by-right “P” shall require the issuance of a Zoning Clearance in compliance with Chapter 9.160 (Zoning Clearance).
E. Design Review Required. In addition to the permit requirements established in Table 9.30-01 (Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts), Design Review may be required in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source: NEW] Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.30 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-21
F. Specific Plan. Properties within an adopted Specific Plan area may be subject to additional design and development standards. Where conflicts arise between the Development Code and the Specific Plan, the Specific Plan criteria and standards shall apply. See Section 9.40.010 (Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ) and Section 9.45.060 (Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District). [Source: NEW]
Table 9.30-01
Land Use Regulations for Commercial Zoning Districts
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
GC
Commercial Uses
Artist Studio P
Auction House
Auction House, Indoors MUP
Auction House, Outdoors CUP
Bank and Financial
Institution P
Broadcasting and Recording
Studio MUP
Car Wash CUP Section 9.130.70 (Car Wash)
Commercial Kitchen P
Eating and Drinking
Establishment P
Eating and Drinking
Establishment, Bar MUP Section 9.130.80 (Eating and
Drinking Establishment, Bar)
Eating and Drinking
Establishment,
Entertainment
CUP
Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging
Facility P
Fitness Center or Gym
Fitness Center or Gym,
Small (5,000 square feet
or smaller)
P
Fitness Center or Gym,
Large (over 5,000 square
feet)
MUP
Office, Professional P
Personal Service
Establishment P
Printing Shop P
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility
Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts
2-22
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
GC
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Cinema or Theater
P
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Indoor
P
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Outdoor
CUP
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Golfing Facility
-
Retail Sales
Retail Sales, Alcoholic
Beverage MUP
Retail Sales, Auto Parts
Small (5,500 square feet
or smaller)
P
Retail Sales, Auto Parts
Large (More than 5,500
square feet)
MUP
Retail Sales, General P
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood
(6,000 square feet or
smaller)
P
Section 9.130.130 (Retail Sales,
Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood)
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Medium (between 6,001
and 30,000 square feet)
P
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Large (over 30,000 square
feet)
CUP
Retail Sales, Home
Furnishings, Appliance,
and Materials Small
(30,000 square feet or
smaller)
P
Retail Sales, Home
Furnishings, Appliance,
and Materials Large (over
30,000 square feet)
CUP
Retail Sales, Nursery and
Garden Supply P
Retail Sales, Restricted CUP Section 9.130.140 (Retail Sales, Restricted)
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.30 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-23
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
GC
Sexually Oriented Business MUP Section 9.130.160 (Sexually Oriented Business)
Vehicle Fueling Station CUP Section 9.130.220 (Vehicle
Fueling Station)
Vehicle Rental Facility
Vehicle Rental Facility,
Equipment CUP
Vehicle Rental Facility,
Passenger and
Recreational
CUP
Vehicle Sales
Vehicle Sales, New CUP
Vehicle Sales, Used CUP
Hospitality Uses
Hotel P
Motel CUP
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Cultivation CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis
Businesses)
Cannabis Dispensary CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis
Businesses)
Cannabis Distribution Facility CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses)
Cannabis Manufacturing CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis
Businesses)
Cannabis Testing Laboratory P Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis
Businesses)
Solid Waste Management
Recycling Facility, Small
Collection (500 square
feet or smaller)
P
Section 9.130.180 (Solid Waste
Management: Community
Composting, Recycling Facilities,
and Recycling Centers)
Service Commercial P
Vehicle Repair Shop CUP Section 9.130.230 (Vehicle Repair Shop)
Medical and Veterinary Uses
Animal Boarding P
Animal Grooming P
Animal Veterinary Hospital P
Office, Medical P
Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Museum P
Parking Facility CUP
Chapter 9.30 Commercial Zoning Districts
2-24
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed
CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
GC
Place of Assembly (7,000
square feet or smaller) MUP
Place of Assembly (over
7,000 square feet) CUP
Public Uses and Structures P
Public Utility Facility and
Infrastructure MUP
Small Wireless
Telecommunication Facility MUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless
Telecommunication Facility)
Large Wireless
Telecommunication Facility CUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless
Telecommunication Facility)
School
School, Technical/Trade
and Vocational CUP
School, Art/Dance/Martial
Arts/Music P
Residential Uses
Day Care Center P
Low Barrier Navigation
Center P
Accessory Uses
Any Use Involving Outdoor
Activity or Storage CUP Section 9.130.20 (Accessory Uses) Drive-in and Drive-through
Sales CUP Section 9.130.20 (Accessory Uses)
9.30.030 Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts A. Table 9. 30-01 Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts. Subdivisions, new land uses and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be designed, constructed, and established in compliance with the requirements in Table 9.30-01 (Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts). [Source: NEW] B. Specific Regulations. The far -right column in Table 9. 30-01 (Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts ) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific development feature or zoning district listed. Development standards in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
C. Other Applicable Regulations. Development shall comply with all other regulations of this Development Code, including, but not limited to, standards in Division 3 (General Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.30 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-25
Table 9.30-01
Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Districts
[Source: 9.28.050, 9.30.050, 9.31.035, 9.31.060 – 9.31.070, 9.32.050] Development Feature
(minimum unless
otherwise specified)
Zoning Districts
GC Specific Regulations
Parcel Dimensions (min.)
Area (sq. ft.) 8,000
Intensity and Parcel Coverage
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 0.35
Height (max. ft.)
Primary Structure (max.) 40
Setbacks (min. ft.)
Front
Front Setback -
Rear
Primary Building 20
Side
Side Setback 10
Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts
2-26
Chapter 9.35
Industry And Office Zoning
Districts
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.35 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-27
Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts
Sections
9.35.010 Purpose and Intent of the Industry and Office Zoning Districts
9.35.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Industry and Office Zoning Districts
9.35.030 Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts
9.35.010 Purpose and Intent of the Industry and Office Zoning Districts This Chapter lists the land uses that may be allowed within the industry and office zoning districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), determines the type of land use permit and approval required for each use, and provides basic standards for parcel layout and building size.
The purposes of the individual industry and office zoning districts and the way they are applied are as follows. [Source: NEW]
A. Professional Office ( PO). T he PO zoning district is intended to provide areas for the development of professional, administrative, and business park uses. This zoning district may also serve as a transition between commercial and industrial areas of the city. The maximum allowable floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.50. The PO zoning district is consistent with the Business Park (BP) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: NEW] B. Industrial (I). The I zoning district is intended to provide areas for the development of a wide variety of light industrial, service commercial, and more intense industrial uses with the potential to generate substantial levels of noise, smoke or odor, dust, glare, traffic, vibration, or other nuisances. The maximum allowable floor area ratio (FAR) is 0.50. The I zoning district is consistent with the Industrial (I) land use designation in the General Plan. [Source: 9.40.010, modified]
9.35.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Industry and Office Zoning Districts
A. Table 9.35-01 Land Use Regulations for Residential Zoning Districts. Table 9-35-01 (Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts) identifies the uses of land allowed within each residential zoning district, and the land use permit required to establish each use. [Source: NEW]
B. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not listed in Table 9 .35-01 (Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts) may be allowed consistent with Section 9.10.040 (Land Use Determination). [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Use Regulations. The far-right column in Table 9 .35-01 (Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific use listed. Land use regulations and allowable use provisions in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts
2-28
D. Zoning Clearance Required. Each land use specified Table 9.35-01 (Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts) as allowed-by-right “P” shall require the issuance of a Zoning Clearance in compliance with Chapter 9.220 (Zoning Clearance).
E. Design Review Required. In addition to the permit requirements established in Table 9.35-01 (Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts), Design Review may be required in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source: NEW] F. Specific Plan. Properties within an adopted Specific Plan area may be subject to additional design and development standards. Where conflicts arise between the Development Code and the Specific Plan, the Specific Plan criteria and standards shall apply. See Section 9.40.010 (Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ) and Section 9.45.060 (Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District). [Source: NEW]
Table 9.35-01
Land Use Regulations for Industry and Office Zoning Districts Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
PO I
Commercial Uses
Alcoholic Beverage
Manufacturing P P Section 9.130.40 (Alcoholic
Beverage Manufacturing)
Artist Studio P P
Auction House
Auction House, Indoors MUP MUP
Auction House, Outdoors CUP -
Bank and Financial
Institution P -
Broadcasting and Recording
Studio MUP MUP
Car Wash CUP CUP Section 9.130.70 (Car Wash)
Commercial Kitchen P P
Drive-in and Drive-through
Sales CUP -
Eating and Drinking
Establishment P -
Eating and Drinking
Establishment, Bar MUP - Section 9.130.80 (Eating and
Drinking Establishment, Bar)
Eating and Drinking
Establishment,
Entertainment
CUP -
Electric Vehicle (EC) Charging
Facility P P
Fitness Center or Gym
Fitness Center or Gym,
Small (5,000 square feet
or smaller)
P -
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.35 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-29
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
PO I
Fitness Center or Gym,
Large (over 5,000 square
feet)
MUP -
Office, Professional P -
Personal Service
Establishment P -
Printing Shop P P
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Cinema or Theater
P -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Indoor
CUP -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Outdoor
CUP -
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Golfing Facility
CUP -
Retail Sales
Retail Sales, Alcoholic
Beverage MUP -
Retail Sales, Auto Parts
Small (5,500 square feet
or smaller)
P P
Retail Sales, Auto Parts
Large (More than 5,500
square feet)
MUP MUP
Retail Sales, General P
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Small/Neighborhood
(6,000 square feet or
smaller)
P Section 9.130.130 (Retail Sales,
Grocery Store Small/Neighborhood)
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Medium (between 6,001
and 30,000 square feet)
P
Retail Sales, Grocery Store
Large (over 30,000 square
feet)
-
Retail Sales, Home
Furnishings, Appliance,
and Materials Small
P
Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts
2-30
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
PO I
(30,000 square feet or
smaller)
Retail Sales, Home
Furnishings, Appliance,
and Materials Large (over
30,000 square feet)
CUP
Retail Sales, Nursery and
Garden Supply P
Retail Sales, Wholesale CUP
Sexually Oriented Business CUP MUP Section 9.130.160 (Sexually Oriented Business)
Vehicle Fueling Station CUP CUP Section 9.130.220 (Vehicle Fueling Station)
Vehicle Rental Facility
Vehicle Rental Facility,
Equipment - CUP
Vehicle Rental Facility,
Passenger and
Recreational
CUP CUP
Vehicle Sales
Vehicle Sales, New CUP CUP
Vehicle Sales, Used CUP CUP
Hospitality Uses
Bed and Breakfast Inn MUP - Section 9.130.60 (Bed and Breakfast Inn)
Motel P -
Industrial Uses
Cannabis Cultivation CUP CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses) Cannabis Dispensary CUP CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses) Cannabis Distribution Facility CUP CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses) Cannabis Manufacturing CUP CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses) Cannabis Testing Laboratory CUP CUP Chapter 9.125 (Cannabis Businesses) Data Processing Center - CUP
Energy Generation Facility - CUP
Funeral and Burial Services,
Mortuary and Funeral Home - CUP
Industrial, Light MUP MUP
Industrial CUP CUP
Research and Development
Facility, up to Biosafety level
3 P P
Service Commercial P P
Solid Waste Management
Community Composting CUP MUP Section 9.130.180 (Solid Waste Management: Community
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.35 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-31
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
PO I
Composting, Recycling Facilities, and
Recycling Centers)
Recycling Center CUP CUP
Section 9.130.180 (Solid Waste
Management: Community
Composting, Recycling Facilities, and
Recycling Centers)
Recycling Facility, Small
Collection (500 square
feet or smaller)
P P
Section 9.130.180 (Solid Waste
Management: Community
Composting, Recycling Facilities, and
Recycling Centers)
Recycling Facility, Large
Collection (Over 500
square feet)
CUP MUP
Section 9.130.180 (Solid Waste
Management: Community
Composting, Recycling Facilities, and
Recycling Centers)
Waste Processing Facility - CUP
Storage Facility
Storage Facility,
Contractor MUP P
Storage Facility, Personal CUP -
Storage Facility,
Restricted - CUP
Towing Yard - CUP
Vehicle Body and Collision
Shop CUP MUP
Vehicle Repair Shop MUP MUP Section 9.130.230 (Vehicle Repair Shop)
Warehousing and
Distribution Facility CUP CUP
Medical and Veterinary Uses
Ambulance Service P P
Animal Boarding P P
Animal Grooming P -
Animal Veterinary Hospital P P
Office, Medical P -
Hospital CUP -
Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Cemetery MUP -
Museum P -
Parking Facility MUP MUP
Place of Assembly (7,000
square feet or smaller) CUP MUP
Place of Assembly (over
7,000 square feet) CUP CUP
Public Uses and Structures P P
Chapter 9.35 Industry And Office Zoning Districts
2-32
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement by
Zoning District
Specific Use Regulations
PO I
Public Utility Facility and
Infrastructure MUP MUP
Small Wireless
Telecommunication Facility MUP MUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
Large Wireless
Telecommunication Facility CUP CUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless Telecommunication Facility)
School
School, Private Primary or
Secondary MUP -
School, Technical/Trade
and Vocational CUP -
School, College and
University CUP -
School, Art/Dance/Martial
Arts/Music P -
Residential Uses
Caretaker's Residence P MUP
Day Care Center P -
Emergency Shelter - P Section 9.130.90 (Emergency
Shelter)
Accessory Uses
Any Use Involving Outdoor
Activity or Storage CUP - Section 9.130.20 (Accessory Uses)
9.35.030 Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts A. Table 9. 35.01 Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts.
Subdivisions, new land uses and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be designed, constructed, and established in compliance with the requirements in Table 9. 35-01 (Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts). [Source: NEW]
B. Specific Regulations. The far -right column in Table 9. 35-01 (Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific development feature or zoning district listed. Development standards in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
C. Other Applicable Regulations. Development shall comply with all other regulations of this Development Code, including, but not limited to, standards in Division 3 (General Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.35 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-33
Table 9.35-01
Development Standards for Industry and Office Zoning Districts [Source: 9.26.050, 9.36.050, 9.38.060, 9.40.050]
Development Feature
(minimum unless
otherwise specified)
Zoning Districts
PO I Specific Regulations
Parcel Dimensions (min.)
Area (sq. ft.) 8,000 20,000
Width (ft.) 80 100
If the frontage of the
parcel must be narrowed
because of street design
or topographical
constraints
35 -
Depth (ft.) 100 100
Intensity and Parcel Coverage
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 0.5 0.5
Height (max ft.)
Primary Structure (max.) 40 36
Setbacks (min. ft.)
Front
Front Setback 15 15
Rear
Rear Setback 15 20
Side
Side Setback (min.) 15 0
Corner Parcels 15 15
Adjacent to residential
zoning districts/uses 10 10
Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
2-34
Chapter 9.40
Special Use/Purpose Zoning
Districts
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.40 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-35
Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
Sections
9.40.010 Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
9.40.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
9.40.030 Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
9.40.010 Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts This Chapter lists the land uses that may be allowed within the special use/purpose zoning districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), determines the type of land use permit and approval required for each use, and provides basic standards for parcel layout and building size.
The purposes of the individual special use/purpose zoning districts and the way they are applied are as follows. [Source: NEW]
A. Parks and Open Space (P/OS). The P/OS zoning district is intended to provide areas for the following categories of uses. The P/OS zoning district is consistent with the Parks and Public Open Space (OS-P), Open Space – Private (OS-PV), Open Space – Other (OS-O), and Open Space-Watercourse (OS-W) land use designation s in the General Plan. [Source: 9.42.010 , modified]
1. Open spaces and special resource areas that may pose threats or hazards to development, including, but not limited to regional transmission or electricity, large habitat areas , or areas with geologic or flooding hazards that make the property inappropriate for habitation or development; [Source: 9.42.010, modified]
2. Public uses (e.g. governmental offices, libraries, schools, hospitals, police and fire stations, utility substations, and other public facilities);.[Source: 9.42.010, modified]
3. Public parks , open space land s, and other recreational amenities determined to be special, important or valuable natural resources; [Source: NEW]
4. Private open space areas (e.g. private golf courses, lakes, tennis facilities, pools and other open space/recreation facilities ), including those located within planned residential communities; [Source: NEW]
B. Specific Plan (SP). The SP zoning district indicates areas of the city zoned through an adopted specific plan, where the zoning district is exclusively used within the specific plan area . For information on the base zone of parcels zoned SP in this Development Code, refer to the applicable specific plan. The SP zoning district is consistent with all land use designations in the General Plan. [Source: 9.50.010, modified]
Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
2-36
9.40.020 Land Uses and Permit Requirements for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
A. Table 9 .40-01 Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts. Table
9.40-01 (Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts) identifies the uses of land allowed within each residential zoning district , and the land use permit required to establish each use. [Source: NEW]
B. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not listed in Table 9 .40-01 (Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts) may be allowed consistent with Section 9.10.040 (Land Use Determination). [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Use Regulations. The far-right column in Table 9 .40-01 (Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific use listed. Land use regulations and allowable use provisions in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
D. Zoning Clearance Required. Each land use specified Table 9.40-01 (Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts) as allowed-by-right “P” shall require the issuance of a Zoning Clearance in compliance with Chapter 9.160 (Zoning Clearance).
E. Design Review Required. In addition to the permit requirements established in Table 9-40-01 (Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts), Design Review may be required in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source: NEW] F. SP Zoning District Land Use Regulations and Allowable Uses. Land uses allowed within the SP zoning district and standards for each use shall be based on the Specific Plan governing the parcel or project site . Any land use is allowed subject to the conditions and restrictions which are negotiated as a part of the specific plan approval process. [Source: 9.50.030, NEW] G. Specific Plan. Properties within an adopted Specific Plan area may be subject to additional design and development standards. Where conflicts arise between the Development Code and the Specific Plan, the Specific Plan criteria and standards shall apply. See Section 9.40.010 (Purpose and Intent of the Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts ) and Section 9.45.060 (Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District). [Source: NEW]
Table 9.40-01
Land Use Regulations for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District Specific Use Regulations
OS
Commercial Uses
Recreation and Entertainment Facility
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.40 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-37
Key:
P = Allowed by Right; MUP = Minor Use Permit; (−) = Not Allowed CUP = Conditional Use Permit
Land Use
(see 9.300 for land use
definitions)
Permit Requirement
by Zoning District Specific Use Regulations
OS
Recreation and
Entertainment Facility,
Golfing Facility
CUP
Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Cemetery MUP
Community Garden P
Museum P
Public Uses and Structures P
Public Utility Facility and
Infrastructure MUP
Small Wireless
Telecommunication Facility MUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless
Telecommunication Facility)
Large Wireless
Telecommunication Facility CUP Chapter 9.135 (Wireless
Telecommunication Facility)
9.40.030 Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts A. Table 9.40-01 Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts. Except for the S P zoning districts , s ubdivisions, new land uses and structures, and alterations to existing land uses and structures, shall be designed, constructed, and established in compliance with the requirements in Table 9. 40-01 (Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts). [Source: NEW]
B. Specific Regulations. The far -right column in Table 9. 40-02 (Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts) indicates additional regulations that apply to the specific development feature or zoning district listed. Development standards in other sections of this Development Code may also apply. [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Plan (S P) Zoning District Standards. Projects within the SP zoning district shall comply with all applicable development standards as specified by the specific plan and/or development agreement. Where there may be a conflict between development standards in the specific plan and provisions of this Development Code, including Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards) and Division 3 (General Development Standards), the standards specific to the specific plan shall override o ther general provisions . [Source:
NEW]
D. Formation and/or modification of a Specific Plan . Development of a new Specific Plan or modification to an existing Specific Plan shall comply with the Specific Plan processing and administrative requirements in Chapter 9.220 (Specific Plans). [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.40 Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts
2-38
E. Other Applicable Regulations. Development shall comply with all other regulations of this Development Code, including, but not limited to, standards in Division 3 (General Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
Table 9.40-02
Development Standards for Special Use/Purpose Zoning Districts [Source: 9.42.050 – 9.42.070]
Development Feature
(minimum unless
otherwise specified)
Zoning District
OS Specific Regulations
Parcel Dimensions (min.)
Area (sq. ft.) 217,800
Width (ft.) No Minimum
Depth (ft.) No Minimum
Height (max. ft.)
Primary Structure (max.) -
Setbacks (min. ft.)
Front -
Rear -
Side -
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.45 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-39
Chapter 9.45
Overlay Zoning Districts
Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts
2-40
Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts
Sections
9.45.010 Purpose of Chapter
9.45.020 General Provisions
9.45.030 Hillside Protection Overlay Zoning District
9.45.040 Limited Height Overlay Zoning District
9.45.050 Public/Institutional Housing Overlay Zoning District
9.45.060 Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District
9.45.010 Purpose of Chapter
This Chapter regulates new and existing structures and land uses in the overlay zoning districts established by Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map). The provisions of this Chapter provide guidance for development in addition to the standards and regulations of the underlying base zoning districts, where important site, environmental, safety, compatibility, or design issues require particular attention in project planning. [Source: NEW]
9.45.020 General Provisions
A. Mapping of Overlay Zoning Districts. The applicability of any overlay zoning districts to a specific site is shown by the overlay Zoning Map symbol established Chapter 9.15 (Zoning Districts and Zoning Map), being appended as a suffix to the symbol for the base zoning district on the Zoning Map (e.g., R1-LH, RE-HP). [Source: NEW]
B. Conflicting Provisions. The provisions of this Chapter apply to proposed land uses and development in addition to all other applicable requirements of this Development Code. In the event of any perceived conflict between the provisions of this Chapter and any other provision of this Development Code, the most restrictive shall control. [Source: NEW]
9.45.030 Hillside Protection Overlay Zoning District
A. Purpose and Intent. The Hillside Protection (-HP) Overlay Zoning District is intended to protect and preserve significant open space areas, including hillsides, ridgelines, view corridors, scenic vistas, and other environmentally sensitive habitat portions of the Santa Rosa Mountains within city limits. The -HP Overlay is applied to areas in the Santa Rosa Mountains with slopes of 15 percent or greater, as well as other significant ridgelines that are visible from major public roadways. [Source: 9.52.010]
B. Land Uses and Permit Requirements. In addition to a ny land use normally allowed in the underlying base zoning district, the following additional land uses shall be allowed in the -HP overlay zoning district , provided that the land use is also in compliance with applicable development standards of this Development Code and the development standards established in this Section. Where conflicts arise between the base zoning district and the -HP overlay zoning district, the -HP criteria and standards shall apply. [Source: NEW] Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.45 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-41
1. Allowed Uses. The following uses are allowed by-right in the -HP overlay zoning district. [Source: NEW]
a. Community Care Facility, Small (6 or fewer persons)
b. Dwelling, Single-Unit
c. Public Uses and Structures;
d. Transitional and Supportive Housing
2. Grading. Grading shall be limited to building pads and access roads in order to preserve environmentally sensitive habitat lands, to discourage scarring of the hillside areas, and to encourage the maximum retention of natural topographic features (e.g. natural drainage swales, slopes, rock outcropping s, vistas, vegetation, and environmentally sensitive habitat lands). [Source: 9.52.040, modified]
3. Slope. Development shall not be allowed in areas where the slope of the property exceeds 10 percent, unless a variance is granted as described in 9.255 (Variances). [Source: Section E; 9.52.040]
C. Exemptions for Certain Projects. [Source: 9.52.080, modified]
1. This Section shall not apply to any project which has obtained a vested right to develop under State or Federal law as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Chapter.
2. The construction of one single-family home on a legal parcel of record in existence on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Chapter shall be exempt to the extent necessary to avoid an unconstitutional taking of private property.
9.45.040 Limited Height Overlay Zoning District
A. Purpose and Intent. The Limited Height (-LH) overlay zoning district is intended to protect views and privacy in certain areas of the city where existing buildings are predominantly one story in height. The -LH overlay zoning district only establishes regulations regarding heights of buildings. [Source: 9.54.010, modified]
B. Land Uses and Permit Requirements. Any land use normally allowed in the underlying base zoning district shall be allowed in the -LH overlay zoning district, provided the land use is also in compliance with applicable development standards of this Development Code and the development standards established in this Section. [Source: NEW] C. Permit Requirements. Any proposed development and/or new land use within the -LH overlay zoning district shall obtain the permit(s) required for the specific use in the underlying base zoning district. [Source: NEW]
D. Development Standards for Limited Height Overlay Zoning District.
1. Height. Structures in areas subject to the -LH overlay zoning district shall not exceed 16 feet in height as measured 10 feet from any interior side parcel line, except as established in this Subsection. [Source: 9.54.020, 9.54.040] Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts
2-42
a. Height Adjustment . The Planning Commission may permit an increase in height up to 26 feet. In addition to any conditions placed on an application by the Planning Commission , all structures over 16 feet in height shall be designed and constructed to meet all requirements of th e -LH overlay zoning district and the base zoning district. [Source: 9.54.030, modified]
2. Privacy. The following standards shall be enforced in the -LH overlay zoning district to provide protection of privacy: [Source: 9.54.050, modified] a. Structures over 16 feet in height shall have no windows lower than 60 inches from the floor of the second story which face directly towards or directly overlook any interior side property line. [Source: 9.54.050] b. Evergreen trees that , at maturity, reach a height of at least 25 feet shall be planted in locations that protect privacy of the adjacent properties , as determined by the City planner. [Source: 9.54.050, modified]
3. View Protection. Structures over 16 feet in height shall be designed to reasonably protect the viewshed of neighboring properties. [Source: 9.54.060, modified] E. Findings. When making findings regarding privacy or view protection, the Planning Commission shall recognize it is not possible or necessary that all privacy and views be maintained. The goal of these regulations is to provide sufficient safeguards so privacy is not unnecessarily invaded, or views unreasonably blocked to a point that the livability and value of surrounding properties is adversely impacted. [Source: 9.54.070] F. Application.
1. Planning Commission Review. The Planning Commission review of such an increase shall be made through a design review application. In making their determination, the Planning Commission shall consider the topography of the site, finished grading of the subject site, the heights of structures on adjacent parcels and general compatibility of such increase in height with other structures in the immediate vicinity. [Source: 9.54.080]
2. Graphics. In addition to requirements of the design review application, the applicant shall submit a graphic presentation showing all possible view obstructions and/or loss of privacy of neighboring properties. These graphics may be photographs, elevation plans, cro ss-sectional plans, grading plans, view projection plans, or any other graphics that allow the Planning Commission to make an informed judgment. [Source:
9.54.090]
9.45.050 Public/Institutional Housing Overlay Zoning District A. Purpose and Intent. The Public/Institutional Housing (-P/IH) overlay zoning district is intended to provide appropriate areas within the city to locate institutional housing that includes emergency homeless shelters and supportive and transitional housing, in addition to uses enumerated in the underlying zone and to accommodate at least one year -round emergency homeless shelter. [Source: 9.56.010, modified]
Division 2 – Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards Chapter 9.45 Public Review Draft – May 2026
2-43
B. Allowed Uses. In addition to any use allowed in the base zoning district, the following land uses are allowed in the -P/IH overlay zoning district by-right: [Source: 9.56.030, modified]
1. Emergency shelter;
2. Supportive housing;
3. Transitional housing; and
4. Low barrier navigation center.
C. Standards for Emergency Shelters. All emergency shelters shall comply with the requirements of Section 9.130.90 (Emergency Shelters). [Source: NEW]
9.45.060 Specific Plan Overlay Zoning District
A. Purpose and Intent. The Specific Plan (-SP) overlay zoning district is intended to indicate areas of the city governed by an adopted specific plan. When only a portion of a parcel lies within the specific plan overlay, the provisions of this section shall to the entire parcel. [Source:
9.50.010, modified]
B. Land Uses and Permit Requirements. Any land use normally allowed in the underlying base zoning district shall be allowed in the -SP overlay zoning district, provided the land use is also in compliance with applicable development standards of this Development Code and the conditions and restrictions which are negotiated as a part of the specific plan approval process.
Additional uses complimentary to the base designation may also be established as a part of the specific plan. [Source: 9.50.030, modified]
C. Permit Requirements. Any proposed development and/or new land use within the -SP overlay zoning district shall obtain the permit(s) required for the specific use in the underlying base zoning district. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.45 Overlay Zoning Districts
2-44
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-1
Title 9 – Planning and Zoning
Division 3 – General Development
Standards
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
MAY 2026
Table of Contents
Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development .......................... 3-6
9.50.010 Purpose and Intent ........................................................................................................ 3-6
9.50.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................... 3-6
9.50.030 Height Measurements and Exceptions ......................................................................... 3-6
9.50.040 Parcels and Parcel Area Measurements ....................................................................... 3-7
9.50.050 Setback Measurements and Exceptions ....................................................................... 3-8
9.50.060 Sight Distance Triangle ............................................................................................... 3-10 Chapter 9.55 Landscaping ................................................................................................................ 3-13
9.55.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-13
9.55.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-13
9.55.030 Landscaped Area Requirements ................................................................................. 3-13
9.55.040 Landscaped Area Maintenance ................................................................................... 3-16
9.55.050 Public Education .......................................................................................................... 3-16 Chapter 9.60 Residential Open Space .............................................................................................. 3-18
9.60.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-18
9.60.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-18
9.60.030 Design of Open Space ................................................................................................ 3-18
9.60.040 Residential Open Space Requirements ...................................................................... 3-19 Chapter 9.65 Shade .......................................................................................................................... 3-22
9.65.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-22
9.65.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-22 Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development
3-2
9.65.030 General Provisions ...................................................................................................... 3-22
9.65.040 Shade in Parking Areas and Facilities ........................................................................ 3-25
9.65.050 Shade in Public Spaces .............................................................................................. 3-26 Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access .................................................................................... 3-29
9.70.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-29
9.70.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-29
9.70.030 General Parking Requirements ................................................................................... 3-30
9.70.040 Number of Parking Spaces Required .......................................................................... 3-31
9.70.050 ADA Accessible Parking Spaces Required ................................................................. 3-34
9.70.060 Electric Vehicle (EV), Bicycle, and Non-Vehicular Modes of Transportation .............. 3-35
9.70.070 Parking Area Location and Design Standards ............................................................ 3-37
9.70.080 Parking Area and Facility Landscaping and Screening .............................................. 3-41
9.70.090 Space-Efficient Parking ............................................................................................... 3-41
9.70.100 Parking Area Maintenance .......................................................................................... 3-41
9.70.110 Site Access and Drive Aisles ....................................................................................... 3-41
9.70.120 Shared and Joint Use Parking Facilities ..................................................................... 3-42
9.70.130 Off-Street Loading Spaces .......................................................................................... 3-43
9.70.140 Modification of Parking Requirements ........................................................................ 3-44
9.70.150 Valet Parking ............................................................................................................... 3-45
9.70.160 Parking Overlay Exemptions ....................................................................................... 3-45
9.70.170 Transportation Demand Management ........................................................................ 3-45 Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls ........................................................................................................ 3-51
9.75.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-51
9.75.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-51
9.75.030 Height Limitations ........................................................................................................ 3-51
9.75.040 Materials ...................................................................................................................... 3-52
9.75.050 Required Fencing ........................................................................................................ 3-53 Chapter 9.80 Trash and Recycling Enclosures ................................................................................. 3-56
9.80.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-56
9.80.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-56
9.80.030 Location ....................................................................................................................... 3-56
9.80.040 General Enclosure Standards ..................................................................................... 3-57
9.80.050 Nonconforming Properties ........................................................................................... 3-57 Chapter 9.85 Screening .................................................................................................................... 3-59
9.85.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-59 Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.50 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-3
9.85.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-59
9.85.030 Required Screening ..................................................................................................... 3-59 Chapter 9.90 Accessory Structures .................................................................................................. 3-62
9.90.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-62
9.90.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-62
9.90.030 Relation to Existing Structures and Uses .................................................................... 3-62
9.90.040 Development Standards .............................................................................................. 3-62
9.90.050 Storage Containers ..................................................................................................... 3-64 Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting .......................................................................................................... 3-66
9.95.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-66
9.95.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-66
9.95.030 Outdoor Lighting on Public Property ........................................................................... 3-66
9.95.040 Exempt Lighting ........................................................................................................... 3-66
9.95.050 Required Outdoor Lighting .......................................................................................... 3-67
9.95.060 Lighting and Glare Standards ...................................................................................... 3-68
9.95.070 Upward/Searchlight Display Lighting .......................................................................... 3-69
9.95.080 Director Authority ......................................................................................................... 3-70
9.95.090 Conflict with Other Laws .............................................................................................. 3-70 Chapter 9.100 Performance Standards ............................................................................................ 3-72
9.100.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-72
9.100.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-72
9.100.030 Performance Standards .............................................................................................. 3-72 Chapter 9.105 Signs ......................................................................................................................... 3-76
9.105.010 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 3-76
9.105.020 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 3-77
9.105.030 General Regulations and Standards ........................................................................... 3-77
9.105.040 Sign Review and Approval Procedures ....................................................................... 3-79
9.105.050 Exempt Signs .............................................................................................................. 3-81
9.105.060 Prohibited Signs .......................................................................................................... 3-83
9.105.070 Standards for Specific Types of Signs ........................................................................ 3-84
9.105.080 Temporary Sign Regulations ....................................................................................... 3-88
9.105.090 Special Sign Regulations ............................................................................................ 3-89
9.105.100 Maintenance, Replacement, and Removal ................................................................. 3-92
9.105.110 Nonconforming Signs .................................................................................................. 3-92
9.105.120 Violation of Chapter and Appeals ................................................................................ 3-93 Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development
3-4
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development ................ 3-95
9.110.010 General Standards ...................................................................................................... 3-95
9.110.020 Multi-Unit Residential Development Design Standards .............................................. 3-97
9.110.030 Mixed-Use Development Design Standards ............................................................. 3-105
3-5
Chapter 9.50
Height and Measurement
Standards Applicable to All
Development
Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development
3-6
Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards
Applicable to All Development
Sections
9.50.010 Purpose and Intent
9.50.020 Applicability
9.50.030 Height Measurements and Exceptions
9.50.040 Parcels and Parcel Area Measurements
9.50.050 Setback Measurements and Exceptions
9.50.060 Sight Distance Triangle
9.50.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to list general requirements for structure heights, setbacks, and sight distance triangles which are not provided within the regulations of each zoning district to ensure that development is consistent with the General Plan, produces an environment that is harmonious with existing and future development, and protects the use and enjoyment of n eighboring properties. [Source: 9.80.010, modified]
9.50.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all development in all zoning districts. These standards shall be considered in combination with the standards for each zoning district in Division 2 (Zoning District Regulations and Development Standards) and Division 4 (Standards for Specific Land Uses). [Source:
NEW]
9.50.030 Height Measurements and Exceptions
A. Maximum Height Allowed. The height of structures shall not exceed the standards established by the applicable zoning district in Division 2 (Zoning District Regulations and Development Standards), except as otherwise provided in this Section. [Source: 9.80.030, modified]
B. Height Measurement. Height shall be measured as the vertical distance from existing grade to the highest point of the structure. Existing grade shall be clearly identified on all proposed plans. For structures constructed on multiple pads or incorporating terraced or segmented design, height shall be measured as the maximum height of any individual segment measured from existing grade to the highest point of that segment. [Source: 9.08.020, modified] Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.50 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-7
Figure 9.50-1
Height Measurement
C. Exceptions to Height Limits. Roof structures for the housing of elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans, or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the structure and fire or parapet walls, skylights, towers, spires, chimneys, wireless masts , rooftop deck stairwells, or similar structures may be erected of a maximum of eight feet above the maximum height limit of the applicable zoning district . This standard excludes features that are incidental and appurtenant to the structure. No roof structures or any space above th e height limit of the applicable zone shall be used for the purpose of providing additional floor space. [Source:
9.80.030, modified]
9.50.040 Parcels and Parcel Area Measurements
A. Legal Parcel Required. Every structure hereafter erected, and every use hereafter undertaken in any zoning district, shall be located and conducted only on a legal parcel which has been surveyed and had monumentation set (as certified by a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor), and only within the parcel lines of such legal parcel. [Source: 9.80.040 , modified]
B. Minimum Parcel Area. The parcel area prescribed by this Code shall not be reduced, diminished or maintained so that the setback, yard, or open spaces are smaller than that prescribed by this Code, and the density shall not be increased in any manner, except in conformity with the area regulations of the zoning district and General Plan designation in which it is located. [Source: 9.80.040, modified]
C. Measuring Parcel Width and Depth.
1. Parcel Width. Parcel width is the distance between the side parcel lines, measured at right angles to the parcel depth at a point midway between the front and rear parcel lines. [Source: 9.08.020, modified]
Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development
3-8
2. Parcel Depth. Parcel depth is measured along a straight line drawn from the midpoint of the front property line of the parcel to the midpoint of the rear property line or to the most distant point on any other parcel line where there is no rear parcel line. [Source:
9.08.020, modified]
Figure 9.50-2
Parcels Area Measurements
9.50.050 Setback Measurements and Exceptions
A. Purpose. This Section establishes standards to ensure the provision of open areas for access to and around structures in all zoning districts; access to natural light and ventilation; separation of incompatible land uses; and space for privacy, landscaping, and recreation. [Source: NEW] B. Measurement of Setbacks. Except as specifically stated in the applicable setback regulation, setbacks shall be measured at right angles from the nearest point of the corresponding front, side, or rear parcel line or, when abutting a street or highway, future street or highway line as
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.50 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-9
shown on the General Plan or future roadway plan , except as follows: [Source: 9.80.050 , modified]
1. Irregular Parcel. Where parcel configuration results in a rear parcel line of irregular or insufficient width such that the required rear setback cannot be reasonably applied , a 10-foot line drawn within the parcel, parallel to, and most distant from the front parcel line shall be considered the rear parcel line for the purpose of measuring the required rear setback. [Source: NEW]
C. Other Required Setbacks. In addition to any setback required in compliance with Division 2 (Zoning District Regulations and Development Standards) or other provision of this Code, the following setback requirements apply. [Source: NEW]
1. Required setbacks apply to both main and accessory structures unless otherwise specified. [Source: 9.80.050]
2. No required open space around an existing structure or any structure hereafter erected shall be considered as providing open space for another structure on an adjoining parcel or structure site. [Source: 9.80.050]
3. Reversed Corner Parcels. Reversed corner parcels shall have a side setback on the street side of a width not less than 10 feet. [Source: 9.80.070]
4. Swimming Pools. [Source: 9.80.070, modified]
a. Swimming pools shall not be allowed in a required front setback. b. Swimming pools shall be setback a minimum of three feet from side and rear property lines and structures.
c. Pool pump and filter installations shall be a minimum of five feet from any property line.
i. The Director may reduce the required setback for pumps and filters where a solid masonry wall, a minimum of five feet in height, is located between such equipment and any adjacent property line . The wall shall extend a minimum distance of two fee t beyond a portion of the pool pump and filter equipment. The Director may also approve an alternate method of sound control in lieu of a block wall where it is found that an equivalent noise reduction is achieved. [Source:
9.80.070, modified]
5. Ground Equipment. All ground equipment shall be set back a minimum of three feet from the property lines, except as provided below.
a. Generators shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from any property line. The Director may reduce the required setback for generators to five feet where a solid masonry wall, a minimum of five feet in height or a minimum of two feet taller than the height of the generator, whichever is higher, is located between the generator and any adjacent property line. [Source: 9.80.070, modified] Chapter 9.50 Height and Measurement Standards Applicable to All Development
3-10
D. Storage in Setback Areas. Storage in a ny required setback area shall be screened in compliance with Title 13 (Code Enforcement and Remedies). [Source: NEW] E. Encroachments into Required Setbacks. Required setbacks shall be no less in depth or width than the minimum dimension specified, shall be at every point open, and shall not be obstructed from the ground to the sky except as provided below, or as specifically identified in another section of this Code. [Source: 9.80.060, modified]
1. Encroachments in All Zoning Districts.
a. Fences may be located within any yard or setback area , subject to the provisions contained in Chapter 9.75 (Fences and Walls). b. Fire escapes may extend or project into a required setback a maximum of four feet; and in no instance closer than three feet from the property line. c. Cornices, canopies, eaves, belt courses, and other similar architectural features may extend or project into a required front setback a maximum of four feet and may extend into a required side or rear setback a maximum of 25 percent of the required setback . All projections shall comply with the State Building Code and State Residential Code fire separation requirements. d. Open, unenclosed stairways, or balconies not covered by a roof or a canopy may extend or project into a required front setback no more than four feet.
2. Encroachments in Residential Zoning Districts.
a. Ancillary features such as uncovered decks, and yard amenities less than three feet in height, may encroach into required setback areas except as otherwise specifically limited.
b. Uncovered porches, platforms, decks, or landing places which do not extend above the level of the first floor of the structure may extend into required setbacks as follows.
i. Front Setback. A maximum 20 percent of such front setback, and in no instance more than five feet.
ii. Side or Rear Setback. A maximum of four feet. An openwork railing may be installed or constructed on any such porch, platform, deck or landing place provided it does not exceed 36 inches in height for residential use, and 42 inches for a commercial use.
9.50.060 Sight Distance Triangle
The following regulations shall apply to all intersections of streets, alleys, private driveways and any combination thereof in order to provide adequate visibility for vehicular traffic. [Source: 9.80.090] A. Sight Distance Triangle Established. Sight distance triangle s shall be determined as the triangle created by hav ing two sides the following length, running along each right -of-way or driveway line, beginning at their intersection, and the third side formed by a straight line connecting the two ends. [Source: 9.80.110, modified]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.50 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-11
1. On major or secondary street right-of-way lines: 30 feet;
2. On collector street right-of-way lines: 25 feet;
3. On local street right-of-way lines: 20 feet;
4. On alley right-of-way lines: 10 feet; and
5. On private driveway lines: 10 feet.
B. Sight distance triangle Restrictions. There shall be no parking allowed or vertical obstructions constructed within sight distance triangles, except for plants or landscaping less than three feet in height. [Source: 9.80.090, modified] Figure 9.50-3
Sight Distance Triangle
Chapter 9.55 Landscaping
3-12
Chapter 9.55
Landscaping
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.55 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-13
Chapter 9.55 Landscaping
Sections
9.55.010 Purpose and Intent
9.55.020 Applicability
9.55.030 Landscaped Area Requirements
9.55.040 Landscaped Area Maintenance.
9.55.050 Public Education
9.55.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to improve the appearance of the community by requiring permanently maintained landscaping and promote conservation and efficient use of water in compliance with State law. [Source: NEW]
9.55.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all new developments, additions to existing structures that are 25 percent more of the floor area of the existing structure . In the case of additions to an existing use, the entire parcel shall be brought into compliance with the requirements of this Chapter. If the amount of required landscaping cannot be accommodated due to physical constraints on the site (i.e., structures, parking, circulation), the Director shall determine the landscaping requirements necessary to bring the proposed development into substantial conformance with the regulations established in this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
9.55.030 Landscaped Area Requirements
A. Landscape Design Plan.
1. A Landscaping Plan shall be submitted as a part of the application for a permit in compliance with the standards of Chapter 8.57 (Water Efficient Landscaping) of the City Municipal Code and Coachella Valley Water District Ordinance No. 1302.1 (An Ordinance of the Coachella Valley Water District Establishing Landscape and Irrigation System Design Criteria). [Source: NEW]
This Chapter is being revised through a separate process, concurrent with the Public Review process of the Development Code Update. The content previously drafted for this Chapter has remained included in this Public Review Draft for reference. The revised Chapter will be available as a part of the Revised Public Review Draft Development Code.
Chapter 9.55 Landscaping
3-14
2. Minor Changes to Approved Plans. The Director may authorize minor changes to the Landscape Plan before approval, as consistent with the requirements of this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
B. General Landscaped Area Requirements. Landscaping shall be provided in compliance with the following requirements:
1. Setbacks. All setbacks and open space areas required by this Development Code shall be landscaped, except where a required setback is screened from public view, or it is determined by the Director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Chapter, or as otherwise specified in Subsection C (Landscaping Requirements for Specific Land Uses) below. [Source: NEW]
2. Irrigation Design. Landscaping shall be designed to prevent irrigation water from flowing over paved surfaces. [Source: NEW]
3. Allowed Landscaping Materials. All provided landscaping materials shall be in compliance with the following requirements: [Source: NEW] a. Plants Materials. Plant materials shall be provided as follows:
i. A minimum of 70 percent of parcel landscaping shall be native and/or drought-tolerant plant materials. A list of such plants is provided in the Coachella Valley Water District’s publishing titled “Lush and Efficient:
Landscape Gardening in the Coachella Valley.”
ii. A minimum of 20 percent of all plantings provided shall consist of ground cover in the form of vegetation.
iii. A minimum of 20 percent of all plantings provided shall consist of shrubs, cacti, and/or succulents
iv. A minimum of one tree shall be planted for every 3,000 square feet of landscaped area. A minimum of one tree provided shall be a species included in Section 9.65.030.B.1 (Allowed Shade Trees). b. Turf. If turf is provided, the turf area shall: [Source: NEW] i. Not exceed 15 percent of the total landscaped area for residential developments;
ii. Be limit ed only to areas where it is essential for the operation of outdoor and golfing recreation and entertainment facilities iii. Not be installed in a median or any parking area; and iv. All artificial turf is prohibited.
c. Ground Cover. [Source: NEW]
i. Mulch. If mulch is used, mulched areas shall not exceed 80 percent of the landscaped area. For the purposes of this requirement, mulch includes organic material such as bark, straw, compost, and other such materials.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.55 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-15
ii. Inorganic Ground Cover. If inorganic ground cover is used, such areas shall not exceed 50 percent of the landscaped area. For the purposes of this requirement, inorganic ground cover includes rocks, gravel, decomposed granite, or other similar materials.
C. Landscaping Requirements for Specific Land Uses. [Source: NEW]
1. Dwellings, Single-Unit and Two -Unit. All single- and two-unit dwellings shall have approved landscaping and irrigation systems installed in the front and street side yards at the time of construction.
2. Dwellings, Three or More Units. All residential developments with three or more units shall have approved landscaping and irrigation systems installed in all yards and open areas designed for common use at the time of construction of the main structure.
3. Parking Areas and Facilities. Parking areas and facilities shall be landscaped in compliance with the following requirements: [Source: NEW] a. Parking Area and Facility Landscape Materials. Landscaping materials shall be provided throughout the parking facility using a combination of trees, shrubs, and ground cover.
b. Parking Area and Facility Perimeter. The perimeter of parking areas and facilities shall provide a minimum five -foot landscaped strip surrounding parking areas.
i. Perimeter Adjacent to Residential Structures. A minimum 10-foot- wide landscape strip shall be provided adjacent to residential zoning districts.
c. Interior Parking Area and Facility Landscaping. Landscaping within interior parking areas and facilities shall be provided in compliance with the following. i. Three or more -unit dwellings, commercial, and office developments shall provide landscaping within the parking area at a minimum ratio of 10 percent of the gross area of the parking area.
ii. Industrial and manufacturing uses shall provide landscaping within the parking area at a minimum ratio of six percent of the gross area of the parking area.
d. Curbing. Areas containing plant materials shall be bordered by a concrete curb at least six inches high and six inches wide. Alternative barrier design to protect landscaped areas from damage by vehicles may be approved by the Director.
e. Location of Landscaping.
i. Landscaping shall be evenly dispersed throughout the parking area.
Use of an orchard -style planting scheme (placement of trees in uniformly spaced rows) is encouraged for larger parking areas.
Chapter 9.55 Landscaping
3-16
ii. Parking area and facility landscaping shall be located so that pedestrians are not required to cross landscaped areas to reach structure entrances from parked cars. This shall be achieved through orientation of the landscaped fingers and islands and may require “cut- throughs” to be provided to prevent the need to walk through landscape areas.
f. Shade in Parking Areas and Facilities. Shade shall be provided for parking areas and facilities in compliance with Chapter 9.65 (Shade).
9.55.040 Landscaped Area Maintenance
A. Required Maintenance. All landscaped areas shall be maintained at all times. Irrigation systems and their components shall be maintained in a fully functional manner consistent with the originally approved design and the provisions of this Chapter. Regular maintenance shall include checking, adjusting, and repairing irrigation equipment; resetting automatic controllers; aerating and dethatching turf areas; adding/replenishing mulch, fertilizer, and soil amendments; pruning; and weeding all landscaped areas. [Source: NEW] B. Water Waste Prohibited. Water waste in existing developments resulting from inefficient landscape irrigation leading to excessive runoff, low head drainage, overspray, and other similar conditions where water flows onto adjacent property, non -irrigated areas, walks, roadways, or structures is prohibited. [Source: NEW]
C. Removal or Modification of Required Improvements. The removal and/or modification of required drainage features shall require the approval of the Director. [Source: NEW]
9.55.050 Public Education
Developers shall provide information to prospective single- and two-unit homebuyers regarding water- efficient irrigation and maintenance of landscaping in the city’s desert environment. A sample of the information to be provided shall be submitted to the Director and Public Works Director for approval before issuance of a Building Permit. [Source: NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.60 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-17
Chapter 9.60
Residential Open Space
Chapter 9.60 Residential Open Space
3-18
Chapter 9.60 Residential Open Space
Sections
9.60.010 Purpose and Intent
9.60.020 Applicability
9.60.030 Design of Open Space
9.60.040 Residential Open Space Requirements
9.60.010 Purpose and Intent
This Chapter establishes requirements for the provision of private and common open space related improvements for use by occupants of the development to enhance the outdoor environment of residential development. [Source: NEW]
9.60.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all new residential developments. If the amount of required open space cannot be accommodated due to physical and/or environmental constraints on the site, the Director shall determine the open space requirements necessary to bring the proposed development into substantial conformance with the regulations established in this Chapter.
9.60.030 Design of Open Space
A. Types of Open Space. [Source: NEW]
1. Private Open Space. Private open space may consist of balconies, decks, covered or uncovered patios, fenced yards, and other similar areas outside a residential unit that are exclusively used by occupants of a specific unit and their guests.
2. Common Open Space. Common open space may consist of landscaped areas, patios, swimming pools and other recreational facilities, community gardens, barbeque areas, playgrounds, functional turf, dog parks, or other such improvements that enhance the outdoor environment of the development and may be used by all occupants of the development.
B. Minimum Dimensions.
1. Private Open Space. [Source: NEW]
a. Ground Level. Private open space located on the ground level (e.g., yards, decks, patios) shall be a minimum of 50 square feet in area. b. Above Ground Level. Private open space located above ground level (e.g., balconies) shall be a minimum of 24 square feet in area.
2. Common Open Space. Common open space areas shall be a minimum of 15 feet in dimension.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.60 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-19
C. Private Open Space for Three or More Unit Dwellings. Private open space for residential developments with three or more dwellings shall comply with the following:
1. Screening Required. Screening for private open space for dwellings shall be required for ground-floor units located within 30 feet of a public roadway. Required screening shall be a minimum of four feet in height, not to exceed six feet in height , and shall enclose the private open space on three sides. [Source: NEW] a. Exceptions. Ground-floor dwellings whose private open space is not visible from a public roadway or adjacent properties are exempt from the private open space screening requirement.
2. Allowed Screening Methods. Screening for p rivate open space shall be provided through a minimum of one of the following methods:
a. Solid wall or masonry wall;
b. Fencing consistent with allowed materials in Section 9.75.040 (Materials); c. Hedge.
D. Common Open Space Screening. Outdoor common open space areas shall be landscaped and screened from the street and adjacent property. Required screening shall be a minimum of three feet in height, not to exceed six feet in height, and shall enclose the common open space on three sides.
1. Exceptions. Common open space not visible from a public roadway or adjacent properties is exempt from the common open space screening requirement.
E. Usability. A surface shall be provided that allows convenient use for outdoor living and/or recreation. Such surface may be any practicable combination of lawn, garden, flagstone, wood planking, concrete, or other serviceable, dust -free surfacing. Slope shall not ex ceed two percent.
F. Common Open Space Access. The space shall be accessible to all residential occupants of the development.
9.60.040 Residential Open Space Requirements
Open space, unoccupied by main or accessory structures, parking areas, driveways, and loading areas and open and unobstructed to the sky except for improvements directly related to the enjoyment of the open space, shall be provided in compliance with the following standards. [Source: NEW] A. Minimum Amount of Open Space.
1. Low Density Residential Zoning District (R4.5). A minimum of 400 square feet of private open space shall be provided per dwelling unit. [Source: NEW]
2. Low-Medium Density Residential (R10) and Medium Density Residential (R20-L) Districts.
a. Dwelling, Single-Unit to Three-Unit. A minimum of 400 square feet of private open space shall be provided per dwelling unit.
Chapter 9.60 Residential Open Space
3-20
b. Dwelling, Four or More Units. A minimum of 400 square feet of total on-site open space shall be provided per dwelling unit, of which a minimum of 50 square feet per ground-floor unit and a minimum of 24 square feet per above- ground unit shall consist of private open space. The remaining required on- site open space may be provided as private or common open space.
3. Medium-High Density Residential ( R20-H) District. A minimum of 300 square feet of total on-site open space shall be provided per dwelling unit, of which a minimum of 50 square feet per ground-floor unit and a minimum of 24 square feet per above-ground unit shall consist of private open space. The remaining required on-site open space may be provided as private or common open space.
4. High Density Residential ( R24) District. A minimum of 300 square feet of total on- site open space shall be provided per dwelling unit, of which a minimum of 50 square feet per ground-floor unit and a minimum of 24 square feet per above-ground unit shall consist of private open space. The remaining required on-site open space may be provided as private or common open space.
5. Mixed Use, Downtown (MU -DT) and Resort Residential (RR) District. A minimum of 210 square feet of total on-site open space shall be provided per dwelling unit, of which a minimum of 50 square feet per ground-floor unit and a minimum of 24 square feet per above-ground unit shall consist of private open space. The remaining required on-site open space may be provided as private or common open space.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.65 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-21
Chapter 9.65
Shade
Chapter 9.65 Shade
3-22
Chapter 9.65 Shade
Sections
9.65.010 Purpose and Intent
9.65.020 Applicability
9.65.030 General Provisions
9.65.040 Shade in Parking Facilities
9.65.050 Shade in Public Spaces
9.65.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to reduce urban heat in the community by requiring the installation and maintenance of shade trees, shade structures, and other methods that provide shade in public spaces. [Source: NEW]
9.65.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all new developments and additions to existing structures that are 25 percent of more of the floor area of the existing structure where the use includes parking facilities, sidewalks and pedestrian pathways, or transit stop(s) . In the case of additions to an existing use, the entire parcel shall be brought into compliance with the requirements of this Chapter. If the amount of required shade trees or shade structures cannot be accommodated due to physical constraints on the site (i.e., structures, parking , and circulation ), the Director shall determine the necessary shading requirements to bring the proposed development into substantial conformance with the regulations established in this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
9.65.030 General Provisions
A. Shade Coverage Calculation. Shade coverage shall be calculated as follows:
1. Shade shall be based on the summer solstice at 12:00 p.m.
2. The sum of all s hade cast from the following sources shall count towards shade calculations:
a. On-site structure(s);
b. Shade trees;
This Chapter is being revised through a separate process, concurrent with the Public Review process of the Development Code Update. The content previously drafted for this Chapter has remained included in this Public Review Draft for reference. The revised Chapter will be available as a part of the Revised Public Review Draft Development Code.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.65 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-23
c. Shade structures;
d. Arcades and cantilever structures;
e. Carports or other shade structures for parking stalls; and f. Solar panel canopies.
3. Shade Tree Coverage Calculation. Where street trees are installed to fulfill shade coverage requirements, shade coverage shall be calculated using a 10-year expected diameter of the tree canopy. [Source: NEW]
B. Shade Trees. Shade trees shall comply with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
1. Allowed Shade Trees. The following tree species may be used for the purpose of shade coverage. Trees planted for this purpose may only be selected from the following list: [Source: NEW]
a. Palo Verde tree species (Parkinsonia spp.);
b. Live Oak tree species (Quercus spp.);
c. Mesquite tree species (Neltuma and Strombocarpa spp.); d. African Sumac (Searsia lancea);
e. Olice tree species (Oleaceae spp.);
f. Desert Willow (Chilopsis linearis);
g. Athel tree (Tamarix aphylla);
h. Acacia tree species (Senegalia spp.);
i. Bottlebrush tree species (Callistemon spp.);
j. Catalina Ironwood or Channel Island Ironwood (Lyonothamnus floribundus); k. Desert Ironwood (Olneya tesota);
l. Madrone tree species (Arbutus spp.);
m. Indian Rosewood (Dalbergia sissoo);
n. Loquat tree (Eriobotrya japonica);
o. Orchid Tree species (Bauhinia spp.);
p. Pine tree species, including Afghan Pine (Pinus eldarica ) and Italian Stone Pine (Pinus pinea);
q. Other tree species appropriate for planting in USDA hardiness zone 10a that can achieve an expected 10-year tree canopy diameter of 15 feet or more, as approved by the Director; and
r. Any established on -site trees (excluding prohibited shade trees specified in Subsection B.2).
Chapter 9.65 Shade
3-24
2. Prohibited Shade Trees. Palm tree species (Arecaceae spp.) may not be used for shade coverage. [Source: NEW]
3. Maintenance of Shade Trees.
a. Each planting area shall be of adequate size for the vegetation selected and shall provide adequate irrigation for the vegetation selected. Landscape and shading plans shall be submitted to the Building Department and Planning Department at the time of app lication for review for compliance with the requirements of this Section. [Source: NEW]
b. All planting areas installed to fulfill the requirements of this Chapter shall be properly maintained for the life of the use. Shade trees shall not be over - pruned in a manner that limits their ability to provide shade to surrounding areas. Any required shade trees that die or are improperly maintained shall be replaced with healthy specimens of similar species and size within six months.
Removal and replacement of shade trees that have caused damage to sidewalks or other infrastructure shall be reviewed an d approved by the Director before tree removal and replacement. [Source: NEW]
4. Shade trees shall comply with all applicable landscaping standards in Chapter 9.55. [Source: NEW]
C. Shade Structures. Shade structures shall comply with the following development standards:
[Source: NEW]
1. Allowed Shade Structures. The following structures are allowed as shade structures:
[Source: NEW]
a. Shade sail or pyramid shade structure;
b. Arbor;
c. Pergola;
d. Freestanding cantilever structure;
e. Shade canopy; and
f. Other similar structures, as approved by the Director.
2. Design Requirements for Shade Structures. Shade structures shall comply with the following design requirements: [Source: NEW]
a. Materials. Shade structures may be constructed of the following materials:
i. Fabric. Shade structures using fabric materials shall be UV - and water-resistant.
ii. Metal. Shade structures using metal for the roof of the structure shall be perforated to allow for ventilation.
iii. Wood and wood-like materials.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.65 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-25
b. A minimum of three sides of the shade structure (s) shall be open to allow for ventilation.
c. Location. Shade structures may be attached to or detached from the primary structure, provided they comply with all other applicable standards in this Section. Shade structures may be located within setback areas. Any projections into public rights-of-way may be approved by the Director, following approval by any applicable public utility companies.
d. Height. Minimum height for shade structures shall be 16 feet, not to exceed 20 feet.
e. Public Utility Setback. Shade structure footing or foundation shall have a minimum setback of six feet from public utilities.
D. Arcades. Arcades shall comply with the following development standards: [Source: NEW]
1. Height. Equal to that of the height of the ground floor of the structure, with a minimum of 10 feet.
2. Depth. A minimum of six feet.
3. Setback. A minimum of two feet from the curb. Arcades are not subject to the minimum setback requirements of the zoning district and may project into public rights -of-way.
4. Length. The arcade shall extend a minimum of 50 percent of the primary street-facing façade.
E. Awnings. Awnings may be fixed or retractable and shall comply with the following development standards: [Source: NEW]
1. Location. Awnings may be located along structure entries and fenestration.
2. Height. A minimum of 10 feet.
3. Depth. A minimum of five feet.
F. Modifications. The Director may modify shad e coverage requirements in areas with obstructions or physical constraints that prevent compliance with shade coverage requirements. [Source: NEW]
9.65.040 Shade in Parking Areas and Facilities
A. Shade Coverage. Parking areas and facilities shall have a minimum of 50 percent shade coverage. This requirement applies to all parking facilities in a development, including all parking stalls, aisles, pedestrian pathways, and parking lot landscaping. Shade in parking lots shall be provided through one or several of the following methods: [Source: 9.14.090, modified]
1. Shade trees shall be planted between every three parking spaces (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.B (Shade Trees)). Shade trees shall provide a minimum of 50 percent of calculated shade coverage;
2. Carports or other shade structures for parking stalls; Chapter 9.65 Shade
3-26
3. Shade structures along pedestrian pathways (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.C (Shade Structures)); and/or
4. Solar panel canopies.
B. Expansion of Existing, Nonconforming Parking Areas and Facilities. If an existing parking area or facility not complying with shade coverage requirements is expanded (area or number of spaces) within a 36-month period, the facility shall comply with the following: [Source: NEW]
1. Expansion Equal to or Larger than 50 Percent. The entire parking area or facility, including the existing area and the expansion, shall comply with the shading requirements in Subsection A.
2. Expansion Less than 50 Percent. Only the expansion shall comply with the shading requirements in Subsection A.
C. Exceptions. The following land uses are exempt from the shade coverage requirement in Subsection 1: single -unit and two -unit residential parking areas; temporary parking areas allowed through a Temporary Use Permit; parking structures; truck loading areas and parking areas; and outdoor vehicle display and sales areas, provided that the public parking lot associated with the use shall comply with shade coverage requirements. [Source: NEW]
9.65.050 Shade in Public Spaces
A. Shade Along Public Sidewalks and Pedestrian Pathways.
1. Sidewalks and pedestrian pathways shall have a minimum of 50 percent shade coverage. This requirement applies to all developments where sidewalks and/or pedestrian pathways are required. Shade along sidewalks and pedestrian pathways shall be provided through one or several of the following methods: [Source: NEW] a. Shade trees within front setback or public rights-of-way (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.B (Shade Trees); and/or b. Shade structures within front setbacks or public rights -of-way (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.C (Shade Structures)). c. Arcade that extends over the sidewalk or pedestrian pathway (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.D (Arcades)). d. Awnings (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.E (Awnings).
2. Existing, Nonconforming Sidewalks and Pedestrian Pathways. If an existing sidewalk or pedestrian pathway not complying with shade coverage requirements is improved, expanded, or otherwise modified, the pathway shall comply with the shading requirements in Subsection 1. Only the improved, expanded, or otherwise mod ified portion of the pathway shall comply with these requirements. [Source: NEW]
3. Exceptions. Parking facilities are exempt from shade coverage requirements in Subsection 1 and shall comply with all standards in Section 9.65.040 (Shade in Parking Areas and Facilities). [Source: NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.65 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-27
B. Shade Between Public Sidewalks and Primary Building Entrance. Pedestrian walkways between public sidewalks and the primary structure entrance for new commercial, medical and veterinary, public and quasi -public, and hospitality uses shall have a minimum of 75 percent shade coverage along the walkway. Shade shall be provided through one or several of the following methods: [Source: NEW]
1. Shade trees (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.B (Shade Trees)); and/or
2. Shade structures (as consistent with the requirements of Section 9.65.030.C (Shade Structures)).
C. Shade at Transit Stops. All transit stops shall provide a minimum of 75 percent shade coverage through a shade structure that extends over seating areas associated with the transit stop. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-28
Chapter 9.70
Parking, Loading, And Access
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-29
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
Sections
9.70.010 Purpose and Intent
9.70.020 Applicability
9.70.030 General Parking Requirements
9.70.040 Number of Parking Spaces Required
9.70.050 ADA Accessible Parking Spaces Required
9.70.060 Electric Vehicle (EV), Bicycle, and Non-Vehicular Modes of Transportation
9.70.070 Parking Area Location and Design Standards
9.70.080 Parking Area and Facility Landscaping and Screening
9.70.090 Space-Efficient Parking
9.70.100 Parking Area Maintenance
9.70.110 Site Access and Drive Aisles
9.70.120 Shared and Joint Use Parking Facilities
9.70.130 Off-Street Loading Spaces
9.70.140 Modification of Parking Requirements
9.70.150 Valet Parking
9.70.160 Parking Overlay Exemptions
9.70.170 Transportation Demand Management
9.70.010 Purpose and Intent
This Chapter establishes regulations for all zoning districts to ensure that sufficient off -street parking, loading, and access areas are provided for all uses and that parking and loading facilities are designed to meet demand, ensure public safety, and prevent adverse impacts to surrounding uses. [Source:
NEW]
9.70.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all new developments, change of a use, or additions to existing structures that are 25 percent more of the floor area of the existing structure In the case of additions to an existing use, the entire parcel shall be brought into compliance with the requirements of this Chapter. If the amount of required parking cannot be accommodated due to physical and/or environmental constraints on the site, the Director shall determine the minimum parking requirements necessary to bring the proposed development into substantial conformance with the regulations established in this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-30
9.70.030 General Parking Requirements
A. Parking and Loading Area Availability. Parking and loading areas shall be permanently available, marked, and maintained for parking or loading purposes for the use they are intended to serve. The approval of a Temporary Use Permit per Chapter 9.235 (Temporary Use Permit) may allow the temporary reduction of parking or loading spaces in compliance with Chapter
9.235 (Temporary Use Permits). [Source: NEW]
B. On-Street Parking at Intersections. On-street parking shall comply with Assembly Bill (AB) 413 (2024).
C. Parking and Loading Areas Access. Required parking and loading areas shall not be restricted or made unavailable for their intended use. . [Source: NEW] D. Expansion of Structure or Change in Use. Where an expansion of a structure or change in use results in an increase in required off-street parking, the following shall apply:
1. When an expansion to a structure equals 25 percent or more of the floor area of the existing structure, all existing and new parking areas shall comply with the landscaping and screening requirements of this Chapter. [Source: 9.58.010, modified]
2. Additional parking spaces shall be provided in compliance with this Chapter, except where:
a. The project is located within one -half mile of public transit and qualifies for parking reduction pursuant to Government Code Section 65863.2, or; [Source:
NEW]
b. The number of additional spaces required does not exceed 10 percent of the existing number of parking spaces, in which case additional spaces are not required. [Source: NEW]
E. Nonconforming Parking. A use with nonconforming off -street parking may be physically changed or undergo a change in use subject to the following provisions. [Source: NEW]
1. Residential Uses. No additional parking spaces shall be required, provided the change does not increase the number of dwelling units, nor eliminate the only portion of the site that can be used for the required or existing parking or access.
2. Nonresidential Uses. The number of existing parking spaces shall be maintained on the site and additional parking shall be provided in compliance with this Chapter for any additional floor area. If the use of the structure is changed to one that requires more parking than the previous use, the difference between the parking spaces required for the previous use and the new use shall be provided.
3. Waiver by Director. The Director may waive covered parking requirements when a nonconforming structure is proposed for rehabilitation if the Director determines that the existing structure location, parcel size, or topography renders the requirement unreasonable.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-31
9.70.040 Number of Parking Spaces Required
A. Parking Spaces Required by Type of Use. Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, parking requirements shall comply with the following:
1. Specific land uses shall provide, at minimum, the number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 9. 70-01 (On-Site Parking Requirements) , except where a greater number of spaces is required through approval of a discretionary permit. These standards shall apply at the time a new structure is erected, when an existing structure is altered or enlarged by 20 percent or more of the area of the existing structure, when a new land use is established, and/or when a land use is intensified by the addition of floor space, unless otherwise specified in this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
2. Land uses or minimum parking requirements not specifically listed in Table 9. 70-01 (On-Site Parking Requirements) shall provide parking as required by the Director. The Director shall determine the probable use and the number of parking and loading spaced required based on the operational characteristics of the proposed use. To make this determination, the Director may require the submission of a parking analysis or study of parking nee d for comparable uses from the applicant or prepared at the applicant’s expense. [Source: 9.58.040, modified]
3. Land uses may provide more or less parking spaces than the number of spaces specified in Table 9. 70-01 (On -Site Parking Requirements) consistent with Section
9.70.140 (Modification of Parking Requirements).
B. Parking Minimum Exception. In compliance with Government Code Sections 65585 and 65863.2, qualifying projects shall be exempt from providing the number of parking spaces required by this Chapter when located within one -half mile of public transit, as defined in Division 8 (Definitions). However, the City may impose or enforce minimum parking requirements if the City makes written findings, within 30 days of receipt of a complete application, that not imposing the parking minimum required by this Chapter wo uld have substantially negative impacts on the City’s ability to meet its share of specified housing needs or exiting residential or commercial parking within one -half mile of housing development. [Source: NEW]
C. Calculations. Parking requirements shall be calculated as follows:
1. When the parking requirements in Table 9. 70-01 (On-Site Parking Requirements) are based on structure floor areas in square feet, they sh all be based on the gross floor area of the structure. [Source: NEW]
2. When calculating the number of parking spaces required, fractional spaces less than one-half shall be disregarded and fractional spaces one-half or larger shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. [Source: 9.58.010, modified]
3. Legal, on-street parking spaces along the frontage of the parcel may count towards up to 30 percent of the minimum parking space requirements for nonresidential uses. On- street parking spaces used to meet minimum parking space requirements shall comply with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-32
a. On-street parking spaces shall meet minimum dimensions of eight feet in width and 24 feet in length of curb.
b. Any length of curb including one or more of the following is prohibited as counting as an on -street parking space for the purposes of minimum parking space calculations: red curbs, mailboxes, driveways, stop signs , mapped or planned bicycle lanes.
c. On-street parking spaces counting towards minimum parking space requirements shall be provided for customer parking only and shall not be used by employees or property owners as storage or overnight parking. d. On-street parking spaces counting towards minimum parking space requirements shall be located on a Local Street.
e. On-street parking is allowed for infill and reuse sites.
D. Regulations For Specific Uses. Parking for specific land uses shall comply with the following regulations, unless otherwise specified;
1. Parking Facilities for Commercial Uses in Residential Zoning Districts. Parking facilities for commercial uses in residential zoning districts shall comply with the following requirements: [Source: 9.14.090, modified]
a. Parking facilities shall not be used for any type of storage activity, sales , or other non-parking use.
b. Parking facilities shall s hare a common property line or alley (not including a public street) with the commercial use.
2. Commercial uses in Downtown. Off-street parking is not required for commercial uses located within the area defined by Officer David Vasquez Road to the north, Monty Hall Drive to the east, East Palm Canyon Drive to the south, and Cathedral Canyon Drive to the west , as off-street parking is provided in the municipal parking structure. [Source: 9.31.090, modified]
3. Multi-Tenant Sites. A site with multiple tenants may comply with the requirements of Section 9.70.120 (Shared and Joint Use Parking Facilities). [Source: NEW] Table 9.70-01
Parking Space Requirements [Source: 9.12.090, 9.14.090, 9.16.090, 9.18.090, 9.20.090,
9.22.090, 9.31.090, 9.44.090, 9.58.020, 9.64.030, modified] Land Use Minimum Number of Spaces Maximum Number of Spaces Residential Land Uses
Dwelling, Single-unit; Dwelling,
Two-unit; Employee Housing
2 spaces per dwelling unit, both
of which shall be fully enclosed or
covered, excluding any driveway
4 spaces per dwelling unit, 2 of
which shall be fully enclosed or
covered, excluding the driveway
Dwelling, Three-unit; Dwelling,
Four-unit; Dwelling, Five or
1 space per studio unit; 1.5
spaces per one-bedroom
1.5 space per studio unit; 2
spaces per one-bedroom
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-33
Land Use Minimum Number of Spaces Maximum Number of Spaces More Units; and Dwelling, Live-
Work Unit
dwelling unit; 2 spaces per two-
bedroom or larger dwelling unit
1 guest parking space for every
four units
dwelling unit; 2.5 spaces per two-
bedroom or larger dwelling unit
1.5 guest parking space for every
four units
Dwelling, Accessory Dwelling
Unit (ADU); Dwelling, Junior
Accessory Dwelling Unit (JADU)
See Section 9.130.30 (Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU And JADU))
Mobilehome Park; Recreational
Vehicle Park
1 space per unit/lot, which may
be covered or uncovered; plus 1
space per 4 units/lots to be
dispersed throughout the park in
increments of 5 or less
2 spaces per unit/lot, which may
be covered or uncovered; plus
1.5 spaces per 4 units/lots to be
dispersed throughout the park in
increments of 5 or less
Emergency Shelter; Low Barrier
Navigation Center
2 spaces per employees on
largest shift; plus 1 space per 6
occupants allowed at maximum
capacity; or minimum number of
parking spaces required of other
residential or commercial uses
within the same zoning district,
whichever is less
N/A
Single Room Occupancy
Housing; Transitional and
Supportive Housing
1 space per 2 units N/A
Community Care Facilities; Day
Care Center
1 space per employee; plus 1
space per 5 children/clients
N/A
Commercial Land Uses
Auction House, Indoor or
Outdoor; Bank and Financial
Institution; Commercial Kitchen;
Eating and Drinking
Establishments; Office,
Professional; Retail Sales;
Fitness Center or Gyms;
Sexually Oriented Business;
Vehicle Fueling Station
1 space per 250 sq. ft. of gross
floor area
2 spaces per 250 sq. ft. of gross
floor area
Recreation and Entertainment
Facility, Golfing Facility;
Recreation and Entertainment
Facility, Outdoor
1 space per 1,000 square feet of
area dedicated to recreation and
entertainment facilities
N/A
Vehicle Rental Facilities; Vehicle
Sales
1 space per 500 sq. ft. of office
and accessory service bay areas;
plus 1 space per 1,500 sq. ft. of
indoor or outdoor sales and
display areas, with a minimum of
4 spaces. Parking lot location and
design standards (Section
N/A
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-34
Land Use Minimum Number of Spaces Maximum Number of Spaces
9.70.070) shall apply to
employee and customer parking
and loading areas only.
Other Commercial Land Uses
1 space per 500 sq. ft. of floor
area
2 spaces per 500 sq. ft. of floor
area
Hospitality Land Uses
1 space per unit; plus 1 space per
2 employees on largest shift; plus
required spaces for accessory
uses
N/A
Medical and Veterinary Land Uses 1 space per 300 sq. ft. of floor area
N/A
Public and Quasi-Public Land Uses
School 1 space for each employee; plus
1 per 100 sq. ft. of classroom
N/A
Place of Assembly
1 space for every 5 occupants
allowed at maximum capacity; or
1 space per 400 sq. ft. of floor
area, whichever is less
N/A
Museum; Public and Quasi-
Public Use; Cemetery
1 space per 400 sq. ft. of floor
area
N/A
Community Garden; Public
Utility Facility and Infrastructure No spaces required
Industrial Land Uses
Brewery, Distillery, Winery;
Cannabis Cultivation; Cannabis
Distribution Facility; Industrial,
Light; Industrial; Recycling
Facility; Warehousing and
Distribution Facility
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of floor
area N/A
Community Composting;
Storage Facilities
1 space per 3,000 sq. ft. of parcel
area N/A
Data Processing Center; Energy
Generation Facility; Recycling
Center; Towing Yard; Waste
Processing Facility
Minimum/maximum number of spaces determined by Director in compliance with Section 9.70.040.A (Parking Spaces Required by Type of Use)
Other Industrial Land Uses 1 space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area N/A
9.70.050 ADA Accessible Parking Spaces Required
Accessible parking spaces shall be provided in compliance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC).
These spaces shall count toward fulfilling the off -street parking requirements of this Chapter. [Source:
NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-35
9.70.060 Electric Vehicle (EV), Bicycle, and Non -Vehicular Modes of Transportation
A. Electric Vehicle (EV) Parking. [Source: NEW]
1. CALGreen Building Code Compliance. All EV parking spaces provided within any zoning district shall comply with the standards and requirements established in the State Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen), as amended, in addition to the standards established in this Section. [Source: NEW]
2. EV Parking Spaces Required. EV parking spaces shall count toward fulfilling the off- street parking requirements of this Chapter as follows: [Source: NEW] a. Each EV parking space shall count toward fulfilling one off -street parking space.
b. Each ADA accessible EV parking space shall count toward fulfilling two off - street parking spaces.
B. Bicycle Parking. Bicycle parking in every zoning district shall comply with the following:
1. Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. Bicycle parking shall be provided for specific land uses consistent with Table 9.70-02 (Bicycle Parking Requirements). [Source:
NEW]
Table 9.70-02
Bicycle Parking Requirements [Source: NEW]
Land Use Minimum Number of Spaces
Public and Quasi-Public Land Uses
Museum or Place of Assembly
Equivalent of four percent of the requirement
for number of vehicle parking spaces, with a
minimum of at least one bicycle space
School Three spaces per classroom
Other Public and Quasi-Public Uses
Equivalent of two percent of the requirement
for number of vehicle parking spaces, with a
minimum of at least one bicycle space
Commercial Land Uses
All Commercial land uses
Equivalent of two percent of the requirement
for number of vehicle parking spaces, with a
minimum of at least one bicycle space
Residential Land Uses
Dwelling, Three-Unit, Four-Unit, and
Five or More Units
Equivalent of two percent of the requirement
for number of vehicle parking spaces, with a
minimum of two bicycle parking spaces per
development
Single-Room Occupancy (SRO) One-half bicycle parking space per unit
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-36
2. Location of Bicycle Parking. The location of bicycle parking shall comply with the following:
a. Nonresidential Land Uses. A minimum of 50 percent of required bicycle parking spaces (as specified in Table 9.70-02 (Bicycle Parking Requirements) shall be located within 25 feet of the primary structure entrance. [Source: NEW] i. Shared Bicycle Facilities. Bicycle parking spaces between adjacent uses located within 100 feet and on the same parcel or site may be combined into a shared bicycle parking area, provided the number of bicycle parking spaces provided meets or exceeds the minimum combined number of spaces required of each land use.
b. Residential land uses. Bicycle parking spaces shall be securely located and covered in an area only accessible by residents and visitors. [Source: NEW]
3. Design of Bicycle Parking. Each bicycle parking space shall provide a stationary object to which a user can secure a minimum of two points of contact with a bicycle.
Bicycle parking facilities could include, but are not limited to, inverted-U, wave, grid, or similar style bicycle racks. The following alternative bicycle parking facilities may be provided, provided they follow all other applicable provisions of this Chapter: [Source:
NEW]
a. A three-point bicycle rack which secures both wheels and the frame; b. An enclosed individual bicycle locker; and/or
c. A fenced, covered, locked, or guarded bicycle storage area. Bicycle storage areas shall not be visible from public roadways.
C. Pedestrian Circulation.
1. Multi-Unit Residential and Mixed -Use Development. All new multi -unit residential and mixed -use development shall comply with the following pedestrian circulation standards: [Source: NEW, ODS]
a. Pedestrian Pathways. All provided pedestrian pathways shall meet or exceed a minimum width of 48 inches. All pedestrian pathways shall be compliant with the California Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act requirements. [Source: NEW, ODS]
b. Pedestrian Access. Pedestrian access shall be provided to all dwelling unit entries and shall provide unobstructed connections to the following, as applicable: [Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Street(s) or sidewalks;
ii. Off-street parking facilities;
iii. Communal open space; and/or
iv. Plaza(s).
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-37
c. Sidewalks. All public and/or private sidewalks developed in conjunction with a multi-unit residential project shall include a landscaped strip between the roadway and sidewalk in compliance with Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping):
[Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Public Sidewalk Along a Street with No On -Street Parking. A landscaped strip a minimum of five feet in depth shall be provided. ii. Public Sidewalk Along a Street with On -Street Parking. A landscaped strip a minimum of three feet in depth shall be provided. iii. Private Sidewalk. A landscaped strip a minimum of two feet in depth shall be provided.
d. Pedestrian Crossings. For multi -unit residential projects with five or more dwelling units, areas where pedestrian crossings intersect with a driveway shall be emphasized through one of the following methods, as approved by the Engineering Department: [Source: NEW, ODS]
i. A change in material or color; or
ii. Painted striping.
D. Alternative Transportation Amenities. In addition to the other provisions required in this Chapter, new developments requiring a use permit and consisting of more than 10 residential units or over 5,000 square feet of nonresidential uses shall include amenities that encourage alternative and/or active modes of transportation that reduce pollution or vehicle miles traveled (VMT) as a benefit to the community. Illustrative examples include, but are not limited to, bicycle lockers/racks, dedicated vanpool or carpool parking areas, dedicated shuttle services, e -bike charging stations, and bus shelter s. The requirements of this Subsection are subject to approval by the Director. [Source: NEW]
9.70.070 Parking Area Location and Design Standards
A. Location of Parking Facilities. Off-street parking facilities shall be provided on the same parcel or site as the use they are intended to serve as follows: [Source: 9.58.050, modified]
1. Dwelling, Single -Unit and Two -Unit. Minimum parking shall be located within a garage or covered space. [Source: 9.12.090, 9.14.090, 9.16.090, 9.44.090 , 9.12.100,
9.14.100, 9.44.100, modified]
a. Driveways and open parking spaces shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete, permeable pavers and/or surface , or similar durable material. [Source: 9.14.090, modified]
b. Driveways and improved parking areas shall not cover more than 50 percent of the required front or street side setback area. [Source: 9.14.090, 9.16.090] c. The minimum width of driveway shall be 16 feet.
d. The maximum width of driveway shall be 36 feet.
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-38
2. Dwelling, Three or More Units. Minimum parking shall be located in a garage, parking lot, and/or parking structure. [Source: NEW]
a. Improved parking shall not be located in the front setback area other than the access drive aisle to the development. [Source: 9.18.090, 9.20.090, 9.22.090, modified]
b. Parking spaces shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete , permeable pavers and/or surface , or similar durable material . [Source: 9.1 8.090,
9.20.090, 9.22.090, modified]
c. For dwellings with four or more units, a minimum of 70 percent of the area of surface parking facilities shall be located to the rear or side of structures, in relation to the frontage. [Source: NEW, ODS]
d. All surface parking areas with 10 or more spaces shall have a continuous network of pedestrian pathways with marked pedestrian crossings at all intersections with on-site vehicular circulation. [Source: NEW, ODS]
3. Mixed-Use Development. Minimum parking shall be located in a parking lot and/or parking structure. [Source: NEW, ODS]
a. A minimum of 70 percent of the area of surface parking areas shall be located to the rear or side of structures, in relation to the frontage. b. All surface parking areas with 10 or more spaces shall have a continuous network of pedestrian pathways with marked pedestrian crossings at all intersections with on-site vehicular circulation.
c. Parking areas dedicated to residential uses shall provide separate, dedicated parking access from other on-site uses. Such areas shall not be accessible to users of nonresidential on-site uses.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-39
Figure 9.70-2
On-Site Circulation
4. Nonresidential Uses. Minimum parking shall be located in a parking lot and/or parking structure.
a. Alternate Location of Nonresidential Parking Areas. The Planning Commission may approve a n alternate location within a parcel or on a separate parcel for a nonresidential land use, provided that the alternate location meets all other requirements of this Chapter and the following conditions: [Source: 9.58.050, modified]
(1) The alternate location is within 300 feet of the use for which parking is being provided. [Source: 9.58.050, modified] (2) That the alternate location is leased or owned by the individual, company, or user of the parcel it is intended to serve; and [Source: 9.58.050, modified]
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-40
(3) A sidewalk, path, or similar pedestrian pathway with a minimum three feet in width is provided between the alternate parking area or facility and the primary use. [Source: NEW] B. Development Standards for Off -Street Parking Areas. Off-street parking facilities shall conform to the following standards:
1. Off-Street Parking Space Dimensions. Minimum off-street parking dimensions shall be as provided in Table 9.70-03. [Source: 9.58.080]
a. Individual determinations shall be made for angles other than those described, provided that any modifications meet the minimum dimensions for stall width, depth and aisle width.
b. Minimum width for two-way aisles is 19 feet when angled parking is provided. c. Width of drive aisle openings shall conform to City standards.
Table 9.70-03
Off-Street Parking Dimensions [Source: 9.58.080]
Angle of Parking
(degrees)
Minimum Stall
Width (ft.)
Minimum Stall
Depth (ft.)
Minimum One-Way
Aisle Width (ft.)
0 10 24 12
30 9 17.5 12
45 9 20 12
60 9 21 15
90 9 19 24
90 10 19 23
90 10.6 19 21
2. Striping and Identification. Off-Street Parking areas and stalls shall comply with the following striping and restriping standards. [Source: NEW] a. Parking Striping. Parking spaces shall be clearly outlined with four-inch-wide lines painted on the surface of the parking area or facility. [Source: NEW] b. Specially Designated Parking Spaces. Carpool, loading, clean air vehicle, and similar specially designated parking spaces shall be clearly identified and require Director approval. [Source: NEW]
c. Restriping. The restriping of any parking areas shall require the approval of a restriping plan by the Director. [Source: NEW]
3. Wheelstops and Concrete Curbing. Minimum six-inch concrete wheelstops or curbs shall be installed to serve as protection of landscaped areas (less than five feet in width), structures, sidewalks, walls and fences, and against encroachment into public or adjoining property or as otherwise determined by Design Review (Chapter 9.155) to reasonably be required. [Source: 9.58.120, modified]
4. Off-Street Parking Area Lighting. All parking area lighting shall comply with the standards set forth in Chapter 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting) [Source: NEW] Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-41
9.70.080 Parking Area and Facility Landscaping and Screening Parking areas and facilities shall comply with all landscaping , shade, and screening requirements in Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping), Chapter 9.65 (Shade), and Chapter 9.85 (Screening). [Source: NEW]
9.70.090 Space-Efficient Parking
Space-efficient parking, defined as parking in which vehicles are stored and accessed by tandem spaces, mechanical stackers or lifts, automated parking systems, or other space -efficient means, may be used to fulfill off-street parking requirements for spaces serving long-term parkers (e.g., employees, hotel guests, and residents, etc.). Parking spaces may be space -efficient except for spaces required and specifically designated for persons with disabilities unless designed in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act. Space-efficient parking must be approved by the Director based on a proposed parking operations plan supplied by the applicant. [Source: NEW]
9.70.100 Parking Area Maintenance
All parking areas including parking spaces, drive aisles, maneuvering aisles, turnaround areas, and landscaping areas shall be kept free of dust, graffiti, litter, and weeds. Striping, paving, walls, light standards, and all other facilities shall be permanently maintained in good condition. [Source: NEW]
9.70.110 Site Access and Drive Aisles
A. Site Access. All parking spaces and facilities shall be served by a drive aisle, private street, or easement that meets the following standards:
1. Dwelling, Three or More Units . [Source: 9.16.100, 9.18.100, 9.20.100, 9.22.100 , modified]
a. Width of drive aisles serving one to three parking spaces: 12 feet; b. Width of drive aisles serving four to eight parking spaces: 16 feet; c. Width of drive aisles serving more than eight parking spaces: 25 feet; d. Drive aisles and open parking areas shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete, permeable pavers and/or surface, or similar durable material; and e. All drive aisle improvements shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer;
f. Drive aisles shall not cover more than 30 percent of the required front of street side setback area.
B. Projection of Garage Doors and Access Gates. Garage doors and access gate shall not, when open or being opened, project beyond the parcel line. [Source: 9.80.050, modified] C. Curb Cuts and Drive Aisles Prohibited. New curb cuts and drive aisles are not allowed on East Palm Canyon Drive (between Cathedral Canyon Drive and Date Palm Drive), West Buddy Rogers Avenue, George Montgomery Trail, or frontages along the Civic Center Plaza. [Source:
9.31.080, modified]
D. Circulation. Sufficient aisle space for turning and maneuvering vehicles shall be provided.
Each required parking space shall have unobstructed access from an aisle or alley without Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-42
moving another vehicle. All parking spaces for non -residential uses and multi -unit residential developments with five or more units shall have provisions for forward travel to and from parking facilities when access is directly onto a dedicated street. [Source: 9.58.090]
9.70.120 Shared and Joint Use Parking Facilities
A. Shared Parking Areas. The required off-street parking facilities required by this Division may be shared between two or more structures or uses as consistent with the standards established in Table 9.70-05 (Shared-Use Parking Standards).
1. Shared-Use Parking Agreement. Shared parking facility agreements shall be recorded with the City. The agreement shall require that the parking be operated on a nonexclusive basis, open and available to the general public for shared use at all times. [Source: 9.58.060, modified]
2. Uses Not Listed. Land uses not specifically listed in Table 9. 70-05 (Shared -Use Parking Standards) may enter a shared -use parking agreement, as approved by the Director. The Director may require documentation to demonstrate that shared parking shall provide adequate and accessible parking and comply with the other requirements of this Chapter. The Director shall use the requirements Table 9. 70-05 (Shared-Use Parking Standards) as a guide in determining the minimum num ber of shared parking spaces to be provided. [Source: NEW]
Table 9.70-05
Shared-Use Parking Standards for Multi-Tenant Developments [Source: NEW] Land Use Minimum Parking Ratios
Retail Sales
Alcoholic Beverage
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of floor area
Auto Sales Small/Large
General
Grocery Store Small/Large
Home Furnishings, Appliance, and
Materials Small/Large
Neighborhood Market
Garden Supply
Eating and Drinking Establishment 6 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of floor area Eating and Drinking Establishment, Bar Eating and Drinking Establishment,
Outdoor Dining None required
Office
Medical 1 space per 400 sq. ft. of floor area Professional Recreation and Entertainment Facility
Cinema or Theater 1 space per 7 seats, plus 5 for employees Indoor 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of floor area
Dwelling
Three-unit Excluded from use of shared-use parking
standards Four-unit
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-43
Land Use Minimum Parking Ratios
Five or more units
B. Joint Use Parking Facilities. The required off-street parking facilities required by this Chapter may be provided for two or more structures or uses to use jointly, consistent with the following requirements. The following joint use parking standards apply to two or more uses that have distinct and different peak hours.
1. A reduction in the required number of parking spaces may be approved by the Director.
At minimum, the joint-use parking facility shall provide the minimum number of parking spaces required for the most intensive use. A joint-use parking analysis may be required by the Director to support a request for a parking reduction: [Source: 9.58.060, modified]
2. Structures or uses with joint use parking facilities shall be located within 300 feet of the parking facility.
3. A pedestrian pathway and/or a sidewalk shall be provided between the joint -use parking facility and its associated structures or uses.
4. All parties involved in the joint -use parking facilit y shall record a joint use parking agreement with the City. The agreement shall require that the parking be operated on a nonexclusive basis, open and available to the general public for shared use at all times.
9.70.130 Off-Street Loading Spaces
A. Required Off -Street Loading Spaces. Off-street loading space shall be provided and maintained on the same parcel with every structure or separate occupancy as provided in Table
9.70-06. [Source: 9.58.130]
B. Size of Loading Space. Each required off-street loading space shall be not less than 10 feet in width and 15 feet in height. Each space shall be designed and located so that vehicles need not extend onto public sidewalks or streets in the course of loading or unloading goods, and each such space shall be a minimum of 25 feet in length. [Source: 9.58.130] C. No Loading Allowed On Streets. No loading shall be allowed on a public road, street, or highway. [Source: NEW]
D. Loading Spaces Abutting an Alley. [Source: NEW]
1. When the parcel upon which the loading spaces are located abuts upon an alley, the loading spaces shall adjoin or have access directly from the alley.
2. The length of the loading space may be measured perpendicularly to or parallel with the alley.
3. Where the loading area is parallel with the alley and the parcel is 50 feet or less in width, the loading area shall extend across the full width of the parcel.
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-44
Table 9.70-06
Required Off-Street Loading Spaces [Source: 9.58.130]
Land Use Number of Required Loading Spaces
Hotels and Eating and Drinking
Establishments 1
Commercial and Industrial Uses
Under 20,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 1
Under 40,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 2
Under 80 000 sq. ft. gross floor area 3
Under 120,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 4
Under 160,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 5
Over 160,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 6
Offices and Hospitals
Under 30,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 1
Under 80,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 2
Over 80,000 sq. ft. gross floor area 3
E. Allowed Hours of Operation. Where a loading area abuts a residential zoning district, loading shall only occur between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.; otherwise, the area shall be located not less than 50 feet from the residential zoning district or be completely enclosed. [Source: NEW]
F. Loading Area Screening. Loading areas within 50 feet of a residential zoning district and visible from residential uses shall be screened by a solid masonry or concrete wall at least six feet in height. Loading areas visible from a public street or highway shall be screened with planting of not less than six feet in height as required by Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping). [Source:
NEW]
9.70.140 Modification of Parking Requirements
A. Modifications to Development Standards. The Review Authority may approve a modification to the requirements of this Chapter based on use or operational conditions. The Director may require documentation to demonstrate that the requested modification shall provide safe and convenient parking facilities and comply with other requirements of this Chapter. [Source:
NEW]
B. Modification of Parking Spaces Required. The number of parking spaces required by this Chapter may be reduced or increased through the Administrative Adjustment or Variance process, in compliance with Chapter 9.260 (Administrative Adjustment ) or Chapter 9.255 (Variances). A parking analysis may be required to support the request to reduce the required number of parking spaces. [Source: NEW]
C. Reduction of Parking Through Transportation Demand Management Plan. The number of parking spaces required for any project may be reduced by the Director based on submittal of a Transportation Demand Management (TDM) plan. TDM plans are required to reduce vehicle trip generation rates by at least 15 percent below the standard rates as established in the most recent edition of the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation Manual. TDM Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-45
plans shall describe and provide details of proposed measures and quantify their impacts using the most recent editions of the California Air Pollution Control Officers Association (CAPCOA) Handbook for Analyzing Greenhouse Gas Emission Reductions and Quantifying Gre enhouse Gas Mitigation Measures. [Source: NEW]
9.70.150 Valet Parking
A. Valet Parking. Valet parking is permitted subject to the issuance of a Minor Use Permit per Chapter 9.160 (Minor Use Permit), issued by the Director. [Source: NEW]
1. The proposed valet parking use must, at a minimum, maintain the number of parking spaces that exist on the site. [Source: NEW]
B. Temporary Valet Parking. In a circumstance involving a non -reoccurring special event or special needs of an applicant to commence operations prior to the time a Minor Use Permit application per Chapter 9.160 (Minor Use Permit) can be processed for valet parking service, a Temporary Use Permit for a period of operation not exceeding seven calendar days may be issued by the Director in compliance with Chapter 9.235 (Temporary Use Permit) , accompanied by the applicable fees, and the certificate of insurance. Any other requirement of this Section may be waived by the Director, if the Director determines that it would be impractical for the applicant to comply with the requirement and that compliance with the requirement is not necessary in order to protect the i nterest of the City or the public peace, health, or safety. [Source: NEW]
9.70.160 Parking Overlay Exemptions
Commercial uses located within a parking overlay shall be exempt from the parking space requirements of this Chapter and shall conform to the parking requirements of the parking overlay. [Source: 9.58.030, modified]
9.70.170 Transportation Demand Management
A. Purpose and Intent. These regulations are intended to protect the public health, welfare and safety by reducing air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions caused by vehicle trips and vehicle miles traveled. It is intended to accomplish emission reductions by meeting the requirements of Section 65089(b)(3) of the Government Code, which requires development of a trip reduction and travel demand element to the Congestion Management Plan (CMP), and Section 65089.3(a)(2) of the Government Code, which requires ad option and implementation of Trip Reduction and Travel Demand Ordinances by local agencies. [Source: 9.102.010] B. Applicability.
1. These regulations shall apply to all new nonresidential development projects requiring discretionary action by decision-makers and/or projects involving a change of land use that are estimated to employ a total of 100 or more persons.
2. For the purpose of determining whether a new development project is subject to these regulations, the total employment figure shall be determined as follows: [Source:
9.102.030]
Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-46
a. Employment projections developed by the project applicant, subject to approval by the Director; or
b. Employment projections developed by the Director using the following employee generation factors by type of use in Table 9.70-08.
The employment projection for a development of mixed use or multiple uses shall be calculated on a case-by-case basis based upon the proportion of development devoted to each type of use.
Table 9.70-08
Employment Projection [Source: 9.102.030]
Land Use Category Gross Sq. Ft. per Employee
Retail/commercial 500
Office/professional 250
Industrial/manufacturing 525
Hotel/motel 0.8-1.2 employees/room
Hospital 300
C. Exemptions. Notwithstanding any other provisions, the following uses and activities shall be specifically exempt: [Source: 9.102.040]
1. Development projects expected to employ fewer than 100 persons;
2. Temporary construction activities on any affected project, including activities performed by engineers, architects, contractors, subcontractors and construction workers;
3. Temporary activities as authorized by the City when such temporary activities shall discontinue at the end of the designated time period;
4. Subdivision of land for the purpose of creating sites for the future development of place of employment.
D. Minimum Standards. [Source: 9.102.050]
1. All applicable new developments (nonresidential developments which employ 100 or more persons) which are owned and managed as one unit shall submit a transportation demand management plan prepared by a traffic engineer, transportation planner or other qualified professional identifying traffic impacts associated with a proposed project and including design recommendations and mitigation measures, as appropriate, to address on- and off-site project impacts. Said TDM plan shall include a trip reduction plan to reduce work-related vehicle trips by 10 percent from the expected number of trips related to the project (as indicated in the Trip Generation Handbook published by the Institute of Traffic Engineers). The plan shall also indicate specific strategies and guidelines to reduce the amount of trips a nd increase the amount of nonvehicular transportation.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-47
2. All developers of applicable new developments and/or change of use shall be subject to required capital improvement standards as specified in this Chapter . These standards shall all be addressed to determine if they are applicable to the development.
These required standards may be used to achieve the mandatory reduction of 10 percent in the expected number of trips related to the project. Developers of all applicable developments shall include in their project site development plans provisions to address each of the following capital improvements:
a. Transit Facilities (On - and Off-Site). If an applicable development is on a current transit route, if not already existing in close proximity, provide a transit stop including a shelter, trash barrels, benches, and shade and wind protection. Also included where appropriate should be a bus turno ut and a direct pedestrian walkway from the development;
b. Bicycle Lanes. Provisions for the implementation of bicycle lanes, including bicycle parking facilities equal to five percent of the total required vehicle parking spaces, and reserving a minimum of one percent of the gross floor area for employee locker and shower facilities; and
c. Rideshare Facilities. Capital improvements which would benefit an employee who rideshares to the work site, including rideshare vehicle loading areas, preferential parking for carpool vehicles, and vanpool vehicle accessibility.
3. TDM Operational standards shall be established 60 days after occupancy of the development by an employer.
4. The following options may be included in the developer's TDM plan to fulfill both the capital improvement standards and the TDM operational standards:
a. Alternate Work Schedules/Flex -Time. Incorporate alternate work schedules and flex-time programs (such as a 9/80 or 4/40 work schedule); b. Telecommuting. Establish telecommuting or work -at-home programs to allow employees to work at home or at a satellite work center; c. On-Site Employee Housing and Shuttles. Provide affordable on -site housing and shuttles to and from residential and work areas;
d. Information center for transportation alternatives;
e. On-site child care facilities;
f. Availability of electrical outlets for recharging of electric vehicles; g. On-site amenities such as cafeterias and restaurants, automated teller machines, and other services that would eliminate the need for additional trips; h. Airport shuttle service to hotels and spas;
i. Contributions to funds providing regional facilities, such as park -and-ride lots, multi-modal transportation centers and transit alternatives in the area; Chapter 9.70 Parking, Loading, And Access
3-48
j. Incentives for mass transit usage, including provision of a bus pass, additional pay, flex-time, or others;
k. Implementation of increased parking fees or new fees; l. Restriction of business hours;
m. Restriction of delivery hours;
n. Contribute up to one dollar per square foot to a housing subsidy fund so that affordable housing can be created closer to employer sites; o. Develop rideshare and shuttle programs at resorts/hotels; p. Create golf cart circulation system;
q. If an applicable development is not located on a current transit route, contribute to a fund which shall be used to provide transit amenities; and r. Other strategies submitted by the developer to the satisfaction of the Director.
E. Processing Time Limits. The Director shall inform the applicant of a transportation demand management review application of the completeness of such an application within 30 days of receipt. Once the application is complete, the Director shall either approve or deny the application within 60 days or forward the application to the City Council for their approval, assuring that the application is processed expeditiously (within 90 days from the date the application was deemed complete). [Source: 9.102.060]
F. Filing Procedure and Evaluation. [Source: 9.102.070]
1. A request for TDM approval shall be made through application forms provided by the Director.
2. A processing fee shall be paid at the time the application is filed. The fee shall be as established by City Council resolution.
3. An application for TDM review shall be supplemented by plans and other pertinent information to adequately address all applicable aspects of a proposal.
4. The Director shall review applications and arrive at recommendations or approvals as appropriate, by considering aspects of conformance with this Section.
G. Annual Review. [Source: 9.102.080]
1. The Director shall review approved TDM plans annually for compliance to this Section by sampling 25 percent of implemented TDM programs. This sampling shall result in either renewal of a TDM program if the TDM plan is reducing work -related trips by 10 percent, or denial of a renewal due to noncompliance with these regulations. If a TDM plan is not renewed, an updated plan shall be submitted by the applicable development (developer, owner, employer or managing office) within 30 days of the denial of renewal. A follow-up review for compliance of the updated TDM plan shall take place within 90 days.
2. The Director shall also review any approved TDM plan for compliance if complaints about a TDM plan and its noncompliance are recorded to the City.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.70 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-49
H. Enforcement and Penalties. For purposes of ensuring that applicable developments comply with the provisions of these regulations, the City shall, following written notice to subject property owner(s), initiate enforcement action(s) against such property owner(s) or designee(s) which may include, but not be limited to, the following: [Source: 9.102.090]
1. Withholding issuance of a Building permit or certificate of use and occupancy, or the cancellation of any permit issued if compliance no longer exists;
2. Noncompliance infraction;
3. Issuance of a stop work order; and
4. Injunctive action or other appropriate court proceeding.
I. Appeals. [Source: 9.102.100]
1. An appeal may be made by the property owner(s) or designee(s) of any applicable development regarding decisions made by the Director on provisions of these regulations.
2. Such appeals may be reviewed by the City Council, who shall act on such appeals within 60 days of such filing, unless the appellant agrees to a delay on such decision.
Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls
3-50
Chapter 9.75
Fences and Walls
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.75 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-51
Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls
Sections
9.75.010 Purpose and Intent
9.75.020 Applicability
9.75.030 Height Limitations
9.75.040 Materials
9.75.050 Required Fencing
9.75.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to establish regulations for fences in all zoning districts to enable protection of property and privacy, ensure that these elements do not unnecessarily block visibility and sunlight, and promote aesthetic enhancement of the City. [Source: NEW]
9.75.020 Applicability
The provisions of this Chapter apply to all new fences (as defined in Division 8 (Definitions)) unless otherwise stated. These regulations do not apply to fences required by State or Federal agencies, or by the City for reasons of public safety. [Source: NEW]
9.75.030 Height Limitations
A. Measuring Fence Height. Measurement of all fencing height shall be made from the highest adjacent grade to the highest point of the fence. [Source: 9.80.120] Table 9.75-01
Measuring Fence Height
B. Maximum Fence Height. The maximum height of fencing shall comply with the requirements shown in Table 9.75-01 (Maximum Fence Height), except as provided in Subsection B (Fence Height Exceptions), below.
Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls
3-52
Table 9.75-01
Maximum Fence Height
[Source: 9.80.120, modified; NEW]
C. Land Use
Maximum Fence Height
Front Yard Side and Rear Yard Sight distance triangle
Residential 42 in. (Solid fencing)
6 ft. (Open Fencing)
A combination of
solid fencing and
open fencing may
be provided,
provided the solid
fencing does not
exceed a height of
42 inches.
6 ft.
Fences and walls located on
corners at intersections of
streets, alleys, private
driveways, and any
combination thereof shall
comply with the sight distance
triangle requirements of
Section 9.50.060 (Sight
distance triangle). Commercial 7 ft.
Industrial 8 ft.
Other Land Uses 6 ft.
D. Fence Height Exceptions.
1. Fences, walls and hedges not exceeding twelve feet in height shall be allowed to enclose sports courts located within the rear half of the parcel; provided, however, such enclosure shall be located not less than three feet from any side or rear property line; and provided, further, however, that any portion of said enclosure which is higher than six feet shall be composed of wire mesh or other material whose vertical surface shall not be closed more than 10 percent. [Source: 9.80.120]
2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Code, fences enclosing public utility stations, substations, or other similar facility may be erected at any height as required by the State Public Utilities Commission. [Source: 9.80.120]
9.75.040 Materials
A. Allowed Fence Materials. Fences may be constructed of any solid or open material , except barbed wire, chain link, razor wire, electrified fence, wood, plywood or similar wood products, vinyl, or used materials of any kind, except as provided below. [Source: 9.80.120]
1. Solid Fencing in Residential Zoning Districts. If constructed, solid fencing in front yards shall be constructed with one of the following:
a. One or more of the materials used on the primary structure. [Source: 9.16.110,
9.18.110, 9.20.110, 9.22.110, modified]
b. Slumpstone [Source: NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.75 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-53
c. Stucco [Source: NEW]
2. Temporary Fencing. Temporary fencing may be constructed of any material.
B. Alternative Materials. Alternative construction material and various metals and composites for fences may be approved by the Director, which decision may be appealed to the Architectural Review Committee by the applicant.
9.75.050 Required Fencing
A. Residential Zoning Districts.
1. Required Perimeter Fencing. At the time of construction of any residence on a parcel 15,000 square feet or less in size, a six-foot high fence shall be constructed on all rear and side parcel lines, except as provided in Subsection A.2 (Exceptions), below. [Source: 9.14.110, 9.16.110, 9.18.110, 9.20.110, 9.22.110] a. Front yard fencing is not required. However, if constructed for a single -unit dwelling, the fence shall comply with Section 9.75.030 (Height Limitations) and Section 9.75.040 (Materials).
2. Exceptions.
a. Residential Estate (RE) and Open Space Residential (OS-R) Zoning Districts.
The requirements of this Section do not apply in the RE and OS -R zoning districts. [Source: 9.12.110, 9.44.110]
b. If a fence exists at the required location, the requirement may be waived by the Director if it is found that the existing fence is of sound construction with an expected life of at least 10 years. For the purposes of this Section, open fences are not considered a fence meeting this requirement. [Source:
9.14.110, 9.16.110, 9.18.110, 9.20.110, 9.22.110]
B. Multi-Unit Residential and Mixed -Use Development. All fences and/or walls provided for new multi-unit residential and mixed -use development shall comply with the following standards, as applicable: [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. Solid Fences and Walls. Fences and walls with a transparency percentage of zero percent that span more than 10 feet in length, are more than five feet in height, and face a sidewalk or street shall be treated with one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project, provided a minimum of one of these techniques meets the minimum standards of this Section. [Source: NEW, ODS]
a. Landscaping Trellises or Lattices. Provide landscaping trellises or lattices constructed of metal or composite material along a minimum of 50 percent of the fence or wall facing a street, including landscaped areas at the base of such trellises or lattices that are designed and maintained i n compliance with Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping).
Chapter 9.75 Fences and Walls
3-54
b. Landscaped Area . Provide a landscaped area in compliance with Chapter
9.55 (Landscaping) between the fence or wall and sidewalk or roadway that is a minimum of three feet in width and spans the entire length of fence or wall. c. Textured Surface. Provide a wall constructed or designed with a textured surface that provides a minimum relief of two inches of depth. Spacing of reliefs shall not exceed three feet either vertically or horizontally. d. Architectural Features. Provide a vertical pilaster, column, or similar architectural feature along the fence or wall at a minimum interval of one feature per 10 feet of length.
e. Fence Modulation. Modulate the fence or wall along every 10 feet of length with depth variation that projects or recesses a minimum of one foot. f. Breeze Block Wall . Provide a wall constructed with decorative concrete masonry units along a minimum of 60 percent of the wall surface.
Figure 9.75-1
Fence Treatments
C. Swimming Pool Enclosures. All swimming pool enclosures shall comply with the Uniform Building Code (UBC). [Source: 9.80.080, modified]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.80 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-55
Chapter 9.80
Trash and Recycling
Enclosures
Chapter 9.80 Trash and Recycling Enclosures
3-56
Chapter 9.80 Trash and Recycling Enclosures
Sections
9.80.010 Purpose and Intent
9.80.020 Applicability
9.80.030 Location
9.80.040 General Enclosure Standards
9.80.050 Nonconforming Properties
9.80.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to establish standards for trash and recycling enclosures for all zoning districts to ensure that adequate areas for trash and recycling are provided, designed, and located in a manner that is accessible to trash haulers and protects the use and enjoyment of neighboring properties. [Source: 9.88.010, modified]
9.80.020 Applicability
The provisions of this Chapter apply to all development in any zoning district , with the following exceptions: [Source: 9.88.020, modified]
A. Exceptions.
1. Projects with fewer than five residential units may have individual trash and recycling containers for each unit, provided the trash and recycling containers shall be located within the rear and side setbacks, behind a solid fence or gate, and shall not be visible from the public right -of-way, except when in places of collection on scheduled waste collection days. [Source: 9.14.120]
2. Projects with three or more dwelling units that have alley or private common drive access capable of accommodating refuse removal vehicles may have individual trash and recycling containers for each unit, provided the trash and recycling containers shall be located behind a solid fence or gate and shall not be visible from the public right-of- way, except when in places of collection on scheduled waste collection days. [Source:
9.16.150, modified]
3. Projects where the projected need for refuse containers is less than three cubic yards weekly, and any provided refuse containers are screened from public view by walls, fences, structures, or landscaping.
9.80.030 Location
A. Trash enclosure areas shall be accessible to haulers. Trash enclosure areas shall be located so that the trucks and equipment used by the City or its contracted solid waste and recycling collector(s) have sufficient maneuvering areas and, if feasible, so that the collection equipment can avoid backing.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.80 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-57
9.80.040 General Enclosure Standards
A. Construction Standards. A trash enclosures shall be provided for all uses and shall be of adequate size to contain and obscure from view refuse containers, discarded boxes, and other materials required to be screened by this division. Minimum construction standards shall be determined by design review and sound construction methods; provided that the enclosure shall be of adequate size, and shall be properly located for func tional use by the user and the disposal company, and the contents shall be obscured from view on all sides and such enclosure shall be built of approved materials compatible with structures, walls, and surroundings (wood or chain link are prohibited). [Source: 9.88.020] B. Minimum Height of Screening. Trash enclosure areas located outside or on the exterior of any structure shall be screened with at least a six-foot-high solid enclosure. [Source: NEW] C. Enclosure Material. Enclosure material shall be solid masonry or concrete tilt -up with decorated exterior-surface finish compatible to the main structure(s). [Source: NEW] D. Gate Material. Gate material shall be decorative, solid, heavy -gauge metal or a heavy-gauge metal frame with a covering of a view-obscuring material. [Source: NEW] E. Access to Enclosure. Each trash enclosure shall be designed to allow walk-in access without having to open the main enclosure gate in compliance with the Building Code. [Source: NEW] F. Drainage. The floor of the enclosure shall have a drain that connects to the sanitary sewer system. If food preparation activities are performed, this drain shall first connect to a grease trap/interceptor before discharging to the sanitary sewer system. [Source: NEW] G. Enclosure Cover. A roof or canopy shall cover the entire enclosure. [Source: NEW] H. Combined Enclosure Area. Trash and recycling storage areas may be combined for more than one use, provided the capacity is adequate for all users. [Source: 9.88.060] I. Variance. Land Uses which are unable to comply with the requirements of this Chapter shall be required to apply for a variance under the provisions of Chapter 9.255 (Variances). [Source:
9.88.060]
9.80.050 Nonconforming Properties
Properties which do not conform to the provisions of this Chapter shall be required to comply within the following periods of time: [Source: 9.88.050]
A. Persons to whom written notification has been provided of the provisions of this chapter related to trash enclosure requirements shall be provided 30 days from the issuance of said notice in which to submit plans to the City for a Building permit to construct a conforming trash enclosure.
Construction of a conforming trash enclosure shall be completed within 30 days of the date of issuance of said Building permit. If the property cannot accommodate a conforming trash enclosure, an equivalent improvement shall be provided as determined by the Director.
Chapter 9.85 Screening
3-58
Chapter 9.85
Screening
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.85 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-59
Chapter 9.85 Screening
Sections
9.85.010 Purpose and Intent
9.85.020 Applicability
9.85.030 Required Screening
9.85.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to establish screening standards for specific uses in all zoning districts for the purpose of protecting persons against hazardous conditions and safeguarding the public welfare by reducing noise impacts, and preventing unsightly outdoor storage of materials, equipment and products that devalue the neighborhood and community. [Source: 9.88.010, modified]
9.85.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all new developments and additions to existing structures that are 25 percent more of the floor area of the existing structure. In the case of additions to an existing use, the entire parcel shall be brought into compliance with the requirements of this Chapte r. If the amount of required screening cannot be accommodated due to physical constraints on the site, the Director shall determine the screening requirements necessary to bring the proposed development into substantial conformance with the regulations established in this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
9.85.030 Required Screening
A. As Required by Design Review. A fence or wall shall be constructed along the perimeter of all areas considered by the Design Review Authority.
B. Residential Subdivisions. Residential subdivisions adjacent to roadways or nonresidential- zoned parcels shall be screened through the use of a masonry wall. Alternate forms of screening, including, but not limited to fences or hedges, may be allowed through the Design Review process consistent with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review).
C. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Screening. Mechanical, electrical, and all other structural equipment, including rooftop and ground -mounted mechanical equipment, shall be screened from view on all sides. Rooftop solar equipment is exempt from this requirement. [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. Multi-Unit Residential and Mixed -Use Development. Screening for mechanical, electrical, and all other structural equipment in multi -unit residential and mixed -use development shall be constructed with one or more of the materials used on the primary structure.
D. Parking Areas and Facilities. The following types of parking areas and facilities shall provide screening a minimum of four feet in height: [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.85 Screening
3-60
1. Podium parking, where screening encloses the parking area;
2. Parking areas and facilities on a parcel adjacent to a residentially -zoned parcel, with screening between the parking area or facility and the residential parcel;
3. Parking facilities adjacent to sidewalks or pedestrian pathways, with screening between the parking facility and sidewalks or pedestrian pathways; and
4. Loading areas adjacent to residential uses.
E. Industrial Uses Adjacent to Nonindustrial Uses. Industrial uses adjacent to nonindustrial- zoned parcels shall be screened through the use of a masonry wall a minimum of six feet in height.
F. Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage in commercial zoning districts shall be restricted to areas allowed by design review as compatible with adjoining properties and with view-obscuring walls or fences compatible; providing that such storage does not violate regulations relating to dangerous materials.
G. Adequacy of Screening. Adequacy of screening shall be determined through Design Review. [Source: 9.88.040]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.90 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-61
Chapter 9.90
Accessory Structures
Chapter 9.90 Accessory Structures
3-62
Chapter 9.90 Accessory Structures
Sections
9.90.010 Purpose and Intent
9.90.020 Applicability
9.90.030 Relation to Existing Structures and Uses
9.90.040 Development Standards
9.90.050 Storage Containers
9.90.010 Purpose and Intent
The purpose of this Chapter is to list general requirements for accessory structures in all zoning districts which are not provided within the regulations of each zoning district. [Source: 9.80.010, modified]
9.90.020 Applicability
A. Detached Structures. The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to detached, roofed structures, including, but not limited to garages, carports, sheds, workshops, gazebos, covered patios, and other similar structures which are detached from and accessory to a primary structure on the site. These provisions also apply to open, unroofed structures, play equipment, decks, and trellises that are over 36 inches in height and are detached from and accessory to a primary structure on the site. [Source: NEW]
B. Exceptions. The following types of accessory structures are exempt from the provisions of this Section:
1. Attached Structures. Accessory structures sharing a common wall or roof with the primary structure shall be considered an attached accessory structure and part of the primary structure. Attached accessory structures shall comply with all requirements of this Code applicable to the primary structure. [Source: NEW]
2. Accessory Dwelling Units. Accessory Dwelling Units, attached or detached, are subject to the standards of Section 9.130.30 (Accessory Dwelling Units). [Source:
NEW]
9.90.030 Relation to Existing Structures and Uses
Accessory structures may only be constructed on a parcel or site on which there is an allowed primary structure or use to which the accessory structure is related. [Source: 9.80.020 , modified]
9.90.040 Development Standards
Accessory structures shall meet the development standards of the zoning district in which it is located, except as follows:
A. Accessory Structures in All Zoning Districts. Accessory structures in all zoning districts shall comply with the following standards, as applicable:
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.90 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-63
1. Enclosed Detached Accessory Structures.
a. Detached accessory structures shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from other structures. [Source: 9.80.020, modified]
b. Detached accessory structures shall be located a minimum of five feet from a side or rear parcel lines. [Source: 9.80.020, modified] c. Exterior color(s) shall match the existing primary structure on the site. [Source:
NEW]
2. Flagpoles. A flagpole, mast, or similar structure, whether freestanding or structure mounted, may be allowed subject to Design Review by the Director, when appurtenant to a developed site and in compliance with the following standards. a. Maximum Height. The height of a flagpole shall not exceed:
i. Residential Zoning Districts. 50 feet;
ii. Non-Residential Zoning Districts on Sites Less Than 15 Acres in Size. 60 feet; and
iii. Non-Residential Zoning Districts on Sites Greater Than 15 Acres in Size. 100 feet. [Source: 9.80.030, modified]
3. Required Setbacks. Any flagpole less than 50 feet in height shall be set back a minimum of 20 feet from any pu blic right-of-way. Any flagpole greater than 50 feet in height shall be set back a minimum of 40 feet from any public right -of-way. [Source:
9.80.030, modified]
B. Accessory Structures in Residential Zoning Districts. Accessory structures in residential zoning districts shall comply with the following standards, as applicable:
1. All Residential Accessory Structures. Accessory structure s shall not occupy any portion of the side yard on the street side of the corner parcel, and on a reversed corner parcel no accessory structure shall be erected closer to the street than the structure line of the adjacent key parcel. [Source: 9.80.020]
2. Detached Garages with Alley Access. Detached garages with vehicle access from an alley shall not be closer than 25 feet from the opposite property line of the alley. [Source: 9.80.020]
3. Open Accessory Structures. Open, non-habitable accessory structures, including, but not limited to, playground equipment, gazebos, arbors , and trellises, are allowed up to a maximum height of 10 feet, provided the accessory structure is set back from all parcel lines a distance equal to or greater than the structure's height. In all instances, open accessory structures shall be set back a minimum distance of five feet from all parcel lines.
a. Playground equipment and other structures with elevated platforms are limited to a maximum platform height of five feet.
Chapter 9.90 Accessory Structures
3-64
b. Structures with elevated platforms require additional landscape screening to restrict views into neighboring residences. Landscape improvements shall include placement of shrubs and trees along the rear and side property lines. [Source: 9.80.020]
9.90.050 Storage Containers
Storage containers, including cargo and shipping containers, are allowed, subject to the following requirements:
A. Temporary Storage Containers. Storage containers meeting the following provisions shall be allowed with a Special Use Permit:
1. Temporary Construction Storage Container. Temporary storage containers related to construction activities may be permitted up to a maximum of 12 months. [Source:
NEW]
2. Other Temporary Storage Containers. All other temporary storage containers may be permitted up to a maximum of 60 days in commercial and industrial zoning districts. [Source: NEW]
B. Permanent Storage Containers. Permanent storage containers used for greater than 12 months shall be allowed with a Minor Use Permit, subject to the following requirements:
1. Permanent storage containers shall be fully screened and enclosed in compliance with Chapter 9.85 (Screening). [Source; NEW]
2. Permanent storage containers shall only be allowed in commercial and industrial zoning districts. [Source; NEW]
C. Development and Maintenance Standards for All Storage Containers.
1. Storage containers shall be located a minimum of five feet from all parcel lines. [Source: NEW]
2. Storage containers shall not exceed 45 feet in length or 10 feet in height, and the storage container shall not exceed 400 square feet. [Source: NEW]
3. Storage containers shall be maintained in good condition , with no r ust, peeling paint, or other visible forms of deterioration. [Source: NEW]
4. All storage containers shall be removed prior to the permit expiration date . [Source:
NEW]
D. Other Requirements. Containers shall conform to all Building Code requirements and may require a Building Permit. [Source: 9.80.130, modified]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.95 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-65
Chapter 9.95
Outdoor Lighting
Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting
3-66
Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting
Sections
9.95.010 Purpose and Intent
9.95.020 Applicability
9.95.030 Outdoor Lighting on Public Property
9.95.040 Exempt Lighting
9.95.050 Required Outdoor Lighting
9.95.060 Lighting and Glare Standards
9.95.070 Upward/Searchlight Display Lighting
9.95.080 Director Authority
9.95.090 Conflict with Other Laws
9.95.010 Purpose and Intent
This Chapter is intended to provide standards for outdoor lighting in all zoning districts so as to maintain ambient lighting levels as low as possible in order to enhance the City's community character and charm and promote dark skies; provide for good visibility while maintaining minimum glare and spillage onto other properties or into the sky; and maintain safety, utility, security and productivity while enhancing nighttime enjoyment of property and the night skies. [Source: 9.89.010, modified]
9.95.020 Applicability
The provisions in this Chapter apply to all outdoor artificial lighting devices installed after the effective date of this Code, except as provided below in Section 9.95.040 (Exempt Lighting). [Source: 9.89.020, modified]
9.95.030 Outdoor Lighting on Public Property
The City Engineer shall determine outdoor lighting and glare standards for property in the public right - of-way or City-owned property. [Source: NEW]
9.95.040 Exempt Lighting
A. Exemptions. The following lighting fixtures and applications are exempt from the standards established in this Chapter: [Source: NEW]
1. Indoor lighting;
2. Seasonal and holiday lighting;
3. Lighting on public property;
4. Construction or emergency lighting provided such lighting is temporary and is discontinued upon completion of the construction work or termination of the emergency; and
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.95 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-67
5. Aircraft navigation lights.
6. Vehicle Sales. The illumination of vehicle sales facilities meeting one of the following conditions:
a. Vehicle sales facilities located within the Auto Center Specific Plan (Specific Plan 99-53).
b. Vehicle sales facilities with frontage on East Palm Canyon Drive. c. New outdoor lighting fixtures installed within existing vehicle sales facilities shall comply with the requirements established in Section 9.95.050 (Lighting and Glare Standards).
9.95.050 Required Outdoor Lighting
A. Multi-Unit Residential Development. New multi-unit residential developments shall comply with the following outdoor lighting standards, as applicable: [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. General Provisions.
a. Outdoor lighting provided along pedestrian pathways shall be a maximum of 10 feet in height and shall be placed along pathways at an interval of a minimum of one outdoor light fixture per 30 feet.
2. Dwelling, Two -Unit. Outdoor lighting shall be provided within four feet of primary structure entries.
3. Dwelling, Three-Unit, Four-Unit, and Five or More Units. a. Outdoor lighting shall be provided along all pedestrian pathways, vehicle and bicycle parking areas, trash and recycling storage enclosures, and open space areas.
b. Outdoor lighting shall be provided within four feet of primary structure entries.
B. Mixed-Use Development. New mixed-use developments shall comply with the following outdoor lighting standards, as applicable: [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. General Provisions.
a. Outdoor lighting shall be provided along all pedestrian pathways, vehicle and bicycle parking areas, structure entries, trash and recycling storage enclosures, and open space areas.
b. Outdoor lighting provided along pedestrian pathways shall be a maximum of 12 feet in height and shall be placed along pathways at an interval of a minimum of one outdoor light fixture per 30 feet.
c. Exterior lighting shall be designed and maintained in a manner so that glare and reflections are contained within the boundaries of the subject parcel and shall be directed away from adjoining properties.
2. Parking Areas. Parking areas in mixed-use developments shall provide lighting in compliance with Chapter 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting).
Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting
3-68
C. Automated Teller Machine (ATM). Outdoor lighting shall be provided within five feet of all new ATMs. [Source: NEW]
9.95.060 Lighting and Glare Standards
All outdoor lighting fixtures, subject to the standards established in this Section shall comply with the following lighting and glare standards:
A. Energy Efficient Lighting Required. All outdoor lighting fixtures shall energy efficient light sources, such as LED technology . The use of incandescent, halogen, metal halide, mercury vapor, high- or low-pressure sodium lamps, or any other similar non-semiconductor light source is prohibited. [Source: NEW]
B. Prohibited Lighting.
1. Except for those light fixtures allowed under Section 9.95.040 (Exempt Lighting), above, strobe lights, flashing lights, and laser illumination, are prohibited. [Source:
NEW]
2. The unshielded outdoor illumination of any structure, landscaping, signing, or other purpose is prohibited. [Source: 9.89.060, modified]
3. The use of lighting inside a transparent or translucent ground or wall mounted awning is prohibited. [Source: 9.89.060]
C. Nonresidential Color -Changing Lighting. All nonresidential developments incorporating exterior color-changing lighting fixtures or strips to accentuate the structure shall require Design Review (Chapter 9.215) approval by the Planning Commission.
D. LED Retrofitting. A certified lighting plan showing compliance with the standards established in this Section shall be submitted to the Director before the replacement or retrofit of lighting fixtures formerly used for non-LED lights with LED lighting. [Source: NEW] E. Lighting Color (Chromacity) . The correlated color temperature of any outdoor light fixture shall not exceed 3,000 Kelvin. [Source: NEW]
F. Hours of Operation. All outdoor light fixtures shall comply with the following operational standards. [Source: NEW]
1. Light Curfew. Light fixtures installed after the effective date of this Code shall be turned off no later than 11:00 p.m. or when people are no longer present in exterior areas, whichever is later, except for lighting activated by motion sensor which extinguishes 10 mi nutes after activation and lighting at building entrances, recesses, passageways, circulation areas, parking areas, and driveways. The Review Authority may modify this requirement when additional lighting hours are recommended by the Police Chief in order to ensure/improve safety based on considerations, such as the use of the property, location, etc. [Source: NEW]
2. Light Activation. Light fixtures may be turned on no earlier than one hour before sunset. [Source: NEW]
3. Security Lighting. All motion activated security lighting shall turn off after no more than 10 seconds of lighting activation. [Source: NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.95 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-69
G. Automated Lighting Control Systems. Automated lighting control systems, such as motion sensors and timers, shall be used to meet the light curfew requirements established in Paragraph E.5, above. Photocells or photocontrols shall be used to extinguish all outdoor lighting automatically when sufficient daylight is available. Automated controls should be fully programmable and supported by battery or similar backup. The Review Authority may modify this requirement when additional lighting hours are recommende d by the Police Chief in order to ensure/improve safety based on considerations, such as the use of the property, location, etc. [Source: NEW]
H. Maximum Lumens. Each light fixture shall be limited to a maximum brightness of 850 lumens. [Source: NEW]
I. Glare Control. All outdoor light fixtures shall comply with the following light and glare control standards: [Source: NEW]
1. To minimize sky glow, glare, and light trespass onto adjacent properties, light fixtures shall be indirect or diffused and directed downward, away from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way, and [Source: NEW]
2. Light fixtures shall have “house side” reflectors to minimize glare. [Source: NEW] J. Light Shielding. All outdoor light fixtures shall be fully shielded and installed and maintained in such a manner that the shielding does not: [Source: NEW]
1. Allow light trespass more than those amounts set forth in Subsection H, above, and
2. Allow the direct observation of the light source from an abutting parcel.
K. Fixture Height Including the Base. Outdoor light fixtures shall be limited to a maximum height of 20 feet above finished grade or the height of the nearest structure on the parcel, whichever is less. [Source: NEW]
L. Allowable Light Trespass. Lighting shall not cause light trespass exceeding the following amounts, measured with a light meter oriented vertically or horizontally at the property line of the property on which the light is trespassing: [Source: NEW]
1. Residential Properties. The maximum light trespass onto residential uses and properties shall not exceed 0.3 foot-candles. [Source: NEW]
2. Nonresidential Properties. The maximum light trespass onto nonresidential uses and properties shall not exceed 0.5 foot-candles. [Source: NEW]
9.95.070 Upward/Searchlight Display Lighting
A. Searchlights and laser lights may be allowed subject to the following requirements: [Source:
9.89.100, modified]
1. A Special Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 9.235 (Temporary Use Permits) is required.
2. Hours of operation shall be limited from dusk to 11 p.m.
3. Use of the display light(s) is limited to a maximum period of 10 days per calendar year.
Chapter 9.95 Outdoor Lighting
3-70
4. Approval of the Federal Aviation Agency, if required, shall be obtained before each event and notification of permit issuance shall be sent to appropriate authorities at the Palm Springs International Airport.
5. No other permits have been issued for the same period.
6. Searchlights shall be operated so as to avoid directing the beam at any structure.
7. Searchlights shall be so operated that the beam is not displayed at an angle greater than 45 degrees from the vertical.
8. Equipment shall be kept on private property and shall not be allowed within the public right-of-way.
9. The applicant shall be required to show evidence of insurability by having liability and property damage insurance in force at all times during the time a permit is in effect sufficient amounts to protect permittee from a liability, and to hold the City ha rmless from any damages, claims or causes of action by reason of the issuance of the permit and operation of a special advertising device.
9.95.080 Director Authority
A. To ensure compliance with the standards established in the Chapter, the Director may make any of the following actions: [Source: NEW]
1. Replacement and Removal. Require fixture replacement or removal if it is determined that glare and light trespass thresholds exceed the maximum trespass amounts established in this Chapter, and [Source: NEW]
2. Modification to Standards. Waive or modify any lighting standard when the following findings are made, based on substantial evidence: [Source: NEW] a. There are unique circumstances affecting the subject property that make it infeasible or impractical to comply with strict application of the lighting standards detailed in this Chapter;
b. The proposed waiver or modification will achieve the purpose and intent of this Chapter, and
c. The proposed waiver or modification will not conflict with the General Plan.
9.95.090 Conflict with Other Laws
In the event the standards in this Section conflict with Federal or State law, this Chapter shall be applied in a manner intended to carry out all provisions of law to the maximum extent feasible. When there is an irreconcilable conflict between the standards of this Section and the requirements of Federal or State law, the provisions of Federal or State law shall prevail over the standards contained in this Chapter only to the extent necessary to avoid a violation of those laws. [Source: NEW]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.100 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-71
Chapter 9.100
Performance Standards
Chapter 9.100 Performance Standards
3-72
Chapter 9.100 Performance Standards
Sections
9.100.010 Purpose and Intent
9.100.020 Applicability
9.100.030 Performance Standards
9.100.010 Purpose and Intent
These performance standards are established to provide necessary control measures to protect the community and adjoining uses from nuisances, hazards, and objectionable conditions . [Source:
9.86.010]
9.100.020 Applicability
The minimum requirements in this Chapter apply to land uses in all zoning districts. The use of land or structures which do not comply with the standards of performance for said uses or the standards for equipment employed in the operation of said uses as required by this Chapter shall be brought into conformity with said standards within a period of 12 months from the effective date of the ordinance codified in this Chapter, otherwise the nonconforming use shall be discontinued. [Source: 9.66.070 ,
9.86.010, modified]
9.100.030 Performance Standards
A. All land uses shall comply with the following performance standards: [Source: 9.86.020 ,
9.86.030, 9.86.040, modified]
1. Noise. The maximum allowable exterior noise level shall not exceed the levels established by Municipal Code Chapter 11.96.
2. Vibration. All uses shall be so operated as not to generate vibration discernible without instruments by the average person while on or beyond the parcel upon which the source is located or within an adjoining enclosed space if more than one establishment occupies a structure. Vibration caused by motor vehicles, trains, and temporary construction or demolition work is exempted from this standard.
3. Particulate Matter and Air Contaminants. In addition to compliance with the air pollution control authorities' standards, all uses shall be operated so as not to emit particulate matter or air contaminants which are readily detectable without instruments by the average person while on the parcel containing such uses.
4. Odor. All uses shall be operated so as not to emit matter causing unpleasant odors which are perceptible to the average person while within or beyond the parcel containing such uses.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.100 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-73
5. Humidity, Heat and Glare. All uses shall be operated so as not to produce humidity, heat, glare, or high -intensity illumination which is perceptible without instruments by the average person while on or beyond the parcel containing the use.
6. Maintenance of Buildings. Buildings, including accessory structures, trellises, awnings, and other similar features, shall be maintained in a condition free of the following abuses, including, but not limited to: loose roofing and siding materials, unconcealed roof equipment, peeling paint or faded stain, broken or cracked windows, any unsafe structural element or other items which would degrade the appearance and/or safety of the structure.
7. Maintenance of Site Improvements. Site improvements shall be maintained in a condition to guarantee safety and quality appearance and shall include, but not be limited to: parking and walking areas free of weeds and excessive sand and dirt, visible parking lot striping, paving materials ( including walkways) which provide a smooth, unbroken surface, unbroken curbs and gutters, litter-free trash and loading areas, walls and fences in a sturdy condition and free of graffiti or the like, fountains or other wate r uses which are free of potential health dangers, lighting, signs, bicycle racks, internal traffic control items such as speed bumps, and drainage control items which are maintained in safe repair.
8. Maintenance of Landscaping. Landscaping improvements shall be maintained in a healthy condition and complementary to neighboring structures and properties. Such maintenance shall include but not be limited to: lawns which are watered and trimmed to a uniform height (subject to state law limitations on watering requirements), flowers and ground covers which are healthy and uniform in their appearance, and shrubs and trees which are trimmed and pruned to retain their health and adequate clearance over pedestrian and vehicular areas. Landscaping incorporating bare earth or gravel shall be kept free of weed growth. Plant materials designated on a landscape plan shall be retained in their natural shape unless otherwise denoted on the approved plan.
9. Maintenance of Irrigation Systems. Irrigation systems shall provide adequate irrigation to all plant materials to allow normal growth, retain water within planted areas and be maintained in an operative condition, subject to state law limitations on watering requirements.
10. Special Requirements. Any other provisions established by the Planning Commission to ensure proper maintenance of properties including maintenance standards established through Design Review, Conditional Use Permit, or Variance.
11. Trash Removal. All properties, including vacant properties, shall be kept free of trash, structure materials or the storage of other goods which are visible from the street or adjacent properties. Properties shall also be kept free of excessive vegetative undergrowth.
12. Trash Containers. All uses shall provide on-site location for storage of trash pending removal by a trash removal service. Within the trash storage area trash shall be placed in containers. At all times the trash storage area and containers shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and safe manner. The trash storage area shall not be situated in any Chapter 9.100 Performance Standards
3-74
required front or street side setback area. The trash containers shall be shielded from view from public streets and adjacent property by solid fencing, walls or opaque plant material. The trash containers shall remain in the trash storage area except during the day of contracted trash removal.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-75
Chapter 9.105
Signs
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-76
Chapter 9.105 Signs
Sections
9.105.010 Purpose and Intent
9.105.020 Applicability
9.105.030 General Regulations and Standards
9.105.040 Sign Review and Approval Procedures
9.105.050 Exempt Signs
9.105.060 Prohibited Signs
9.105.070 Standards for Specific Types of Signs
9.105.080 Temporary Sign Regulations
9.105.090 Special Sign Regulations
9.105.100 Maintenance, Replacement, and Removal
9.105.110 Nonconforming Signs
9.105.120 Violation of Chapter and Appeals
9.105.010 Purpose and Intent
A. Purpose. This Chapter promotes the orderly and attractive construction, placement, and display of signs in all zoning districts throughout the city. This Chapter establishes sign regulations to: [Source: 9.62.010, modified]
1. Promote tourism and economic development;
2. Preserve and enhance the visual quality of the city;
3. Promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the community;
4. Create a convenient, attractive, and harmonious community;
5. Reduce traffic and safety hazards through reducing visual clutter and distractions to motorists;
6. Ensure the public's ability to easily identify uses and premises and regulate signs on the basis of the characteristics, location, and proportion of signs;
7. Balance the needs for signs as means of expression with the need to protect the visual character of surrounding land uses;
8. Comply with State and Federal laws; and
9. Regulate signs in a constitutional, content-neutral manner.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-77
9.105.020 Applicability
The provisions of this Chapter apply to signs in all zoning districts. Only the signs authorized by this Chapter shall be allowed. [Source: NEW]
9.105.030 General Regulations and Standards
A. Measurement of Sign Height. Sign height shall be measured from the uppermost part of the sign used in determining the area of the sign to the lowest elevation at the base (including the structure or foundation of the sign if applicable) of the sign. [Source: 9.62.020, modified] B. Measurement of Sign Area. Sign area shall be measured as follows: [Source: NEW]
1. The surface area of a sign shall be calculated by enclosing the extreme limits of all writing, logo, representation, emblem, or other display within a single continuous perimeter composed of squares or rectangles with no more than eight lines.
2. Supporting framework or bracing that is clearly incidental to the display itself shall not be computed as sign area.
3. Signs composed of more than one sign face shall be computed as including only the maximum single display surface that is visible from any ground position at one time.
4. Where a sign consists of one or more three -dimensional objects (i.e., balls, cubes, clusters of objects, sculpture, or statue -like trademarks), the sign area shall be measured as their maximum projection upon a vertical plane.
5. For signs that incorporate time and temperature devices, the area of these devices shall not be included in the total area of the sign.
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-78
Figure 9.105-1
Sign Area Measurements
C. Illumination of Signs. The artificial illumination of signs, either from an internal or external source, shall be designed to eliminate negative impacts on surrounding rights -of-way and properties, and the public in general in compliance with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
1. External light sources shall be directed and shielded to limit direct illumination of any object other than the sign. Cannister lights are allowed, provided they point downward towards the sign.
2. All internally illuminated signs, including monument signs, wall signs, projecting signs and pylons shall have dark backgrounds with light letters. Light shall be emitted only through individual letters, graphics and symbols. The background of the sign sha ll not emit light.
3. The light from an illuminated sign shall not be of an intensity or brightness that interferes with the reasonable enjoyment of properties in direct visual proximity to the sign.
4. Signs shall not have blinking, flashing, or fluttering lights or other illuminating devices that have a changing light intensity, brightness, or color.
5. Colored lights shall not be used at a location or in a manner to be confused or construed as traffic control devices.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-79
6. Reflective bulbs and incandescent lamps that exceed 15 watts shall not be used on the exterior surface of signs to expose the face of the bulb or lamp to a public right-of- way or adjacent property.
7. Illuminated signs shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from a single-family residential zoning district. [Source: 9.62.050, modified]
8. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated. [Source: 9.62.060] D. Signs on Public Property. Signs on public property shall comply with the following standards, unless otherwise permitted in this Chapter: [Source: NEW]
1. No person, except a duly authorized public officer or employee, shall erect, construct or maintain, paste, paint, print, nail, tack, or otherwise fasten or affix any sign, or cause the same to be done on any curbstone, lamppost, pole, bench, hydrant, bridge, wall, tree, sidewalk, or structure in or upon any public street, alley, public right -of-way, or upon any other public property, except as may be required or allowed by ordinance or law.
2. The Director, or their authorized representative, may cause the removal of any sign prohibited by Subsection D.1, above. Removal and abatement shall not be subject to any notice or hearing requirements. The Director may make a report of the cost of removal and the origin of the sign and forward a copy of that report to the City Attorney to initiate recovery of costs.
E. Content Neutrality. Both commercial and non-commercial signs are regulated by the City from a viewpoint-neutral and content-neutral manner. The message of the sign shall not be read or evaluated, except to determine the type and category of the sign. [Source: NEW] F. Substitution of Messages. Signs authorized by this Chapter are allowed to display noncommercial messages in lieu of any other commercial or noncommercial messages. This provision prevails over any more specific provision to the contrary within this Chapter. The purpose of this provision is to prevent an inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over non- commercial speech or favoring of any specific non-commercial message over any other non- commercial message. [Source: 9.62.015, modified]
G. Owner's Consent. No permanent sign shall be displayed without the consent of the legal owner of the property and/or person holding present right to possess and control property.
Temporary signs are exempt from this requirement. [Source: 9.62.015, modified]
9.105.040 Sign Review and Approval Procedures
A. Sign Permit Required.
1. No sign shall be erected, construct ed, installed, used, enlarged, alter ed, relocate d, replaced, or reconstructed without first obtaining a Sign Permit in compliance with this Chapter, unless the sign is exempt from the Sign Permit requirements in Section
9.105.050 (Exempt Signs). [Source: 9.62.030, modified]
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-80
2. Signs may be approved by the Director through the Building Permit process provided that the proposed sign is consistent with the purpose and provisions of this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
B. Judicial Review. The judicial review of any permit issued or denied in compliance with this Chapter shall be subject to expedited judicial review in compliance with the time limits established in Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1094.8 et seq. [Source: NEW] C. Regulatory Interpretations. When any sign permit is subject to a discretionary review, such review shall not consider the message content of the sign. [Source: 9.62.015] D. Application for Master Sign Program. [Source: 9.62.030, modified]
1. Purpose and Intent. A Master Sign Program is intended to integrate a project’s signs with the design of the site, creating a unified architectural statement. A Master Sign Program provides a means for the flexible application of sign regulations to encourage creativity and excellence in the design of signs for multi-tenant projects. The design of signs proposed under a Master Sign Program shall still achieve the intent of this Chapter. [Source: 9.62.030, modified]
2. Master Sign Program Required. A Master Sign Program shall be required whenever any of the following circumstances exist:
a. New multi-tenant developments consisting of three or more separate tenants that share either the same parcel and/or structure and use common access and parking facilities;
b. Whenever a highway-oriented sign is proposed; or
c. Whenever the Director determines that a Master Sign Program shall be developed for a project due to special circumstances (i.e., the number or size of signs proposed, constrained visibility of the site, location of site relative to major transportation routes).
3. Application Requirements. Master Sign Progra ms shall clearly detail the type s of allowable signs, number of signs allowed per tenant , size maximums, and placement of signs if applicable.
4. Approval of a Master Sign Program . A proposed master sign program for new developments shall be approved by the Planning Commission as part of the Design Review process. Master Sign Programs for existing developments may be approved by the Director subject to the following findings:
a. The Master Sign Program is consistent with the objectives of the General Plan. b. The Master Sign Program is consistent with all adopted specific plans, master plans, and any other plans applicable to the project.
c. The Master Sign Program complies with the purpose and intent of this Chapter. d. The Master Sign Program establishes a unified design theme for all permanent signs within the project.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-81
5. Revisions to Approved Master Sign Programs. Revisions to an approved Master Sign Program may be approved by the Director if the revisions are consistent with the requirements of this Chapter. Revisions that would substantially deviate from the original approval shall require approval by the Planning Commission.
9.105.050 Exempt Signs
A. Exempt Signs. Sign Permits shall not be required for the following signs in any zoning district and shall not be included in the determination of type, number, or area of signs allowed on each parcel. Exempt signs shall be required to adhere to the regulations established for each sign type as provided in this Section. [Source: 9.62.040, modified]
1. Interior Signs. Signs within a structure not visible from the outside of the structure.
2. Flags. Flags provided that the pole height does not exceed 25 feet in residential zoning districts and 35 square feet in nonresidential zoning districts. The length of the flag shall not be more than 1/4 of the height of the pole. Larger flags may be approved by the Director. This does not include feather banners, which are prohibited in Section
9.105.060 (Prohibited Signs).
3. On-Site Directional Signs. On-site directional signs to assist and direct traffic, parking, and loading on private property are allowed in compliance with the following limitations:
a. Copy shall be limited to the facility name and address, instructions, and directional arrows.
b. The total sign area per parcel shall not exceed four square feet in residential zoning districts and six square feet in nonresidential districts, unless otherwise approved by the Director.
c. The maximum height for on-site directional signs shall be six feet , unless additional height is approved by the Director after determining that the visibility of a lower sign will be impaired.
4. Structure Plaques. Commemorative plaques, tables, date of construction, and similar signs constructed of permanent material are allowed, limited to one sign for each structure, not to exceed two square feet in area for each sign allowed. [Source: NEW]
5. Window Signs. Window signs in nonresidential zoning district s, subject to the following:
a. Window signs shall be painted or affixed on the inside of a window. b. Window signs shall cover less than 20 percent of the cumulative ground floor window area of a structure and less than 10 percent of the cumulative second story window area of a structure.
c. Only neon signs may be illuminated.
6. Noncommercial Murals. Murals or other artistic paintings are allowed on walls, provided no names, information, logos, emblems , or other similar information or Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-82
illustrations of activities associated with uses on the premises or in the vicinity are included in the mural or painting. [Source: NEW]
7. Temporary Signs on Property Offered for Sale, Rental, or Lease. For-sale, for-rent, or for-lease signs shall be allowed during the period that the subject property is offered to the public for sale, rent, or lease, subject to the following: [Source: 9.62.040 , modified]
a. Allowed On-Site Signs. The following temporary signs shall be allowed on the subject parcel, subject to the following:
i. Signs shall be limited to one per street frontage, with a maximum per parcel of two.
ii. Signs shall not exceed seven feet in height.
iii. Signs shall not exceed four square feet for residential uses or 32 square feet for nonresidential uses.
iv. Signs shall not be illuminated.
v. Signs shall be located outside the public right-of-way and shall not be located within the sight distance triangle.
vi. Signs shall be removed within 15 days after the close of escrow, or after rental or lease of the property has been accomplished. Signs located in new subdivisions shall be removed when all units or parcels are sold.
b. Allowed Off-Site Signs. Up to five related off-site open-house signs shall be allowed during any period that the subject property is open for public viewing; provided that the property owner or agent is present at the site during the period of time that the sign is in place, subject to the following:
i. Off-site open-house signs shall not exceed 32 inches in height and shall not exceed five square feet.
ii. Off-site open-house signs shall not be illuminated. iii. Off-site open-house signs shall be located outside the public right -of- way and shall not be located within the sight distance triangle
8. Political Signs. Signs related to any political campaign are allowed in compliance with the following limitations: [Source: NEW]
a. No political sign shall be posted without the consent of the legal owner of the property and/or person holding present right to possess and control property . b. Political signs shall not exceed six square feet in residential zoning districts or 16 square feet in nonresidential zoning districts.
c. Political signs shall be removed within 14 days of the election associated with the political campaign.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-83
9. Residential Yard Signs. One yard sign is allowed per residential parcel, provided that the yard sign does not exceed eight square feet. [Source: NEW]
10. "No Trespassing" Signs. “No Trespassing” signs are limited to one square foot in area. Signs may be placed at each corner and entrance to a parcel and at intervals of not less than 50 feet or in compliance with legal requirements. [Source: NEW]
11. Holiday Displays and Decorations. Holiday displays and decorations are allowed only when not creating a traffic hazard or being located within any sight distance triangle. [Source: NEW]
12. Copy changes in approved changeable copy signs. [Source: NEW]
13. Incidental Commercial, Mixed-Use, or Industrial Signs or Notices. Signs or notices incidental to a commercial, mixed -use, or industrial establishment (e.g., hours of operation, credit card information, emergency contact information, help wanted, open- close signs) are allowed, provided the signs do not contain any commercial messages, the establishment logo, and in total do not exceed four square feet in area for all incidental signs. [Source: NEW]
14. Gas Station Signs. Signs required to be posted at gas stations in compliance with State Business and Professions Code Sections 13530 et seq. shall be allowed.
15. Utility Signs. Signs placed by utilities or other publicly regulated service providers indicating location of underground facilities, danger, and aids to service or safety, including official advisory and signal flags. [Source: NEW]
16. Governmental and Public Agency Signs. Signs required by local, State, or Federal law and signs erected or maintained by a local, State, or Federal agency or public utility. [Source: 9.62.010, modified]
B. Building Permit May Be Required. Under certain circumstances, temporary signs and other exempt signs may require a Building or Electrical Permit, as required by the uniform codes adopted by the City.
9.105.060 Prohibited Signs
A. Prohibited Signs. The following signs are prohibited in all zoning districts: [Source: 9.62.050, modified]
1. Signs abandoned for a period of 90 days or more.
2. Signs pertaining to a time, use, event, purpose, or business which no longer exists .
3. Signs emitting audible sounds, odors, or visible matter.
4. Signs which rotate, move, flash, blink, or are otherwise animated.
5. Feather banners.
6. Signs that project over or into the public right -of-way, unless otherwise authorized by this Chapter or approved by the Director.
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-84
7. Off-site signs, including advertisements for products sold off-site, except as otherwise provided in this Chapter.
8. Billboard signs, except that existing billboard signs may be maintained in compliance with State law.
9. Vehicle signs and mobile billboards.
10. Signs attached to utility poles, government signs, or traffic control devices.
11. Snipe signs placed or installed in nonresidential areas (excluding signs with political messaging).
12. Signs installed in a manner that interfere with ingress and egress from a door, window, exit, stairway, or fire escape.
13. Signs placed in a manner that interferes with traffic visibility and safety, including any sign, signal, or device that imitates or resembles an official traffic control device or obstructs the efficient and safe flow of traffic.
14. Neon or LED lighting bordering the outline of windows.
15. Tethered balloon(s) or other temporarily or continuously inflatable objects used to draw attention to a use or event.
16. Signs on roof, parapet, or wall above the eave line.
17. Signs on a natural feature (i.e., rock, tree, mound, hill, or mountain).
18. Nonconforming sign structure(s) reconstructed beyond the scope and limitations of Section 9.105.110 (Nonconforming Signs) of this Chapter.
9.105.070 Standards for Specific Types of Signs
A. The following signs are allowed with an approved Sign Permit in compliance with the following requirements: [Source: 9.62.080, modified]
1. Wall signs. Wall signs shall: [Source: 9.62.040]
a. Not project from the surface upon which they are attached more than required for construction purposes and in no case more than 12 inches. b. Not exceeding 70 percent of the total linear width of the surface upon which it is installed.
c. Be centered along the surface upon which it is installed. d. Not project above the edge of the roof of a structure. e. Not be placed to obstruct any portion of a window.
f. A maximum of two wall signs is allowed per use or structure. In multi-tenant developments, each unit shall be allowed to have one wall sign. g. Wall signs facing a residential use or residentially -zoned parcel shall not be illuminated.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-85
2. Projecting, Overhead, or Suspended Signs. Projecting, overhead, or suspended signs shall: [Source: NEW]
a. Project a maximum of two-thirds the width of the sidewalk below or six feet over a sidewalk, whichever is less.
b. Not exceeding a maximum height of 14 feet.
c. Not exceeding a maximum sign area of six square feet. d. Maintain a minimum clearance of eight feet from the bottom of the sign to the finished grade and sidewalk below.
Figure 9.105-2
Projecting, Overhead, or Suspended Sign Standards
3. Canopy Signs. Canopy signs shall: [Source: NEW]
a. Be mounted only on the front or sides of a canopy or suspended below a canopy;
b. Not projecting more than six inches from the face of a canopy; c. Not extending above the uppermost height of a canopy; and
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-86
d. Shall be installed so that a clear distance of eight feet is maintained from the lowest part of a suspended or cantilevered sign to the ground below.
4. Awning Signs. Awning signs shall: [Source: NEW]
a. Only be located on structure frontages, including those fronting a street, parking lot, or pedestrian pathway or sidewalk.
b. Be limited to ground level uses only.
c. Not be internally illuminated. Lighting directed downwards that does not illuminate the awning is allowed.
5. Portable Signs. A moveable sign that rests on the ground and is not designed to be permanently attached to a structure or permanently anchored to the ground, including, but not limited to , A-frame and H -frame signs are allowed subject to the following standards: [Source: NEW]
a. Each business may have a maximum of one portable sign. b. Portable signs shall be located on-site on private property within 20 feet of the entrance to the business it is identifying.
c. Portable signs shall not exceed two feet in width.
d. Portable signs shall not exceed four feet in height. e. Portable signs shall not obstruct a public right-of-way or access on designated paths of travel, including sidewalks.
f. Portable signs shall be removed during hours when the establishment is not open to the public and cannot be displayed after the activity with which they are associated with is over.
6. Monument Signs. Monument signs shall: [Source: NEW]
a. Be allowed only along roadway frontages.
b. Not be located closer than five feet from any property line. c. Contain an address number plate identifying the project or use by specific street address to assist emergency response personnel in locating the site.
The address plate shall not exceed four square feet of sign face area. Numbers shall be a minimum of three inches in height and sh all be clearly visible from the adjacent street. Address plates shall not be included in calculating the allowed sign face area.
d. Not exceeding six feet in height.
e. Not exceeding 32 square feet of maximum sign area.
f. There shall be a minimum of 75 feet between any two monument signs to ensure adequate visibility for all signs. The Director may waive this requirement in situations where this requirement would be impractical due to the locations of existing signs.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-87
g. A planter base or landscaping shall be provided at the base of the supporting structure of a monument sign equal to twice the area of one face of the sign.
For example, 30 square feet of sign area requires 60 square feet of landscaped area.
7. Residential Development Identification Signs. Identification signs for residential development shall: [Source: 9.62.070, modified]
a. Include a maximum of one architectural feature wall or similar identification sign per entrance to a planned unit development or other residential development of more than five units.
b. Not exceeding a maximum sign area of 16 square feet. c. Not exceeding a maximum height of four feet.
d. Architectural feature wall signs shall be set in landscaping.
8. Drive-Through and Drive-In Facility Signs. Drive-through and drive-in facility signs shall: [Source: 9.62.070, modified]
a. Land uses that incorporate a drive-through and drive-in facility shall be allowed two additional signs located within five feet of the drive-through lane. b. Not exceeding a maximum sign area of 32 square feet and a maximum height of seven feet each.
c. Menu boards shall not exceed 24 square feet in area with a maximum height of six feet, shall face away from public rights -of-way, and shall be screened from view from the public right -of-way. Speakers and digital menu screens imbedded in the menu board shall count towards the total allowable sign area. [Source: NEW]
d. Not be located so as to be a hazard for drive aisle or corner radius and shall be set back at least five feet from the public right-of-way. e. Be located in a landscaped planter area.
Each entrance to and exit from any drive aisle shall be clearly marked to show the direction of traffic flow by signs and pavement markings or raised curbs. [Source: NEW]
9. Highway-Oriented Signs. Highway-oriented signs shall be approved by the Director, provided the sign complies with the following standards:
a. Maximum sign area shall not exceed 150 square feet.
b. Maximum sign height shall be 30 feet. The Planning Commission may approve greater sign heights due to special site conditions (i.e. lower site elevation than the highway). Any increase in allowed sign height shall be as low as possible while still maintaining reasonable visibility from the highway.; c. One sign shall be allowed per parcel or per multi-tenant development.
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-88
d. A minimum separation of 100 feet shall be required between all highway - oriented signs.
e. Signs may be internally illuminated.
f. Highway-oriented signs shall comply with the State Outdoor Advertising Act.
10. Commercial Murals. A mural associated with a commercial use, including murals including a business name, information, logo (s), emblem (s), or other similar information or illustrations of activities associated with uses on the premises or in the vicinity may be installed or painted on the wall of a structure. A mural with text shall not exceed 70 percent of the total linear width of the surface upon which it is installed
9.105.080 Temporary Sign Regulations
A. Sign Permit Required. A Sign Permit shall be required for all temporary signs and is subject to Director review and approval. [Source: NEW]
B. Temporary Signs. The following temporary signs are allowed:
1. Construction Site Signs. Signs located on a construction site during ongoing construction of the site are allowed in compliance with the following limitations:
[Source: NEW]
a. One sign per street frontage not to exceed 20 square feet with a maximum height of six feet.
b. Signs shall be removed upon first occupancy of the parcel.
2. Special Event Signs . Special events signs are limited to the approval of up to four permits per calendar year for each business or organization, subject to the following:
[Source: NEW]
a. Holiday and Special Event Signs. Holiday and special event signs or banners directly related to the holiday or special event during the holiday period or special event are allowed for up to 60 days per placement. Holiday and special event signs shall not exceed 32 square feet in area. b. Grand Opening Banner. One temporary, on -site grand opening banner is allowed for a period not to exceed two weeks after the opening day of the newly established business, as established by the start date on the City Business Tax Certificate. Allowed materials for grand opening banners include vinyl and other similar soft or flexible materials. The grand opening banner shall not exceed 32 square feet in area, shall not be placed higher than first story, and shall maintain a minimum of 80 -inch clearance above any public right-of-way or pedestrian walkway.
c. Other Commercial Banner. One temporary, on -site commercial banner is allowed for a period not to exceed 60 days from placement Allowed materials for commercial banners include vinyl and other similar soft or flexible materials.
The commercial banner shall not exceed 32 square feet in area, shall not be placed higher than first story, and shall maintain a minimum of 80 -inch clearance above any public right-of-way or pedestrian walkway.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-89
3. Temporary Non-commercial Signs. Temporary non-commercial signs are allowed , subject to the following standards: [Source: NEW]
a. Residential Uses. Up to two temporary non-commercial signs, each no larger than six square feet in area, are allowed per dwelling unit. No more than two such signs may be located in the front yard or street -facing side yard of any residential parcel. Temporary noncommercial signs may be attached to freestanding sign structures no more than five feet in height, structure walls, or fences. Temporary non-commercial signs shall be removed or replaced within 60 days of placement.
b. Nonresidential and Mixed -Use Uses. Temporary non-commercial signs on parcels with commercial, mixed -use, and other nonresidential uses shall not exceed 24 square feet per sign. Temporary non-commercial signs shall be removed or replaced within 60 days of placement. For uses not subject to a Master Sign Program, the maximum number of temporary noncommercial signs per property at one time shall be four.
c. Signs are prohibited within a street intersection, sight distance triangle, or at a location where the sign may interfere with, obstruct the view of, or be confused with an authorized traffic sign.
d. Signs shall not be nailed or affixed to trees, fences, or public utility polices and shall not be in the public right-of-way, parkway, or on publicly owned land.
9.105.090 Special Sign Regulations
A. Signs in Downtown Zoning Districts. [Source: 9.62.070, modified]
1. Applicability. These standards apply to signs in the Mixed Use, Downtown (MU -DT) zoning district in addition to other standards in this Chapter. Where there may be a conflict, the sign standards specific to these zoning districts shall override the general standards in this Chapter.
2. Master Sign Program May Be Required. A Master Sign Program shall be required of all multi-tenant development containing two or more tenant spaces.
3. Downtown Sign Standards.
a. Signs shall be architecturally compatible with a structure's architectural style in regard to size, color, materials, and illumination.
b. Allowed Signs. The following types of signs are allowed and shall comply with all standards in Section 9.105.070 (Standards for Specific Types of Signs):
i. Wall signs;
ii. Projecting, Overhead, or Suspended Signs;
iii. Awning signs;
iv. Canopy signs;
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-90
v. Monument signs; and
vi. Commercial murals.
c. Materials allowed. The following materials are allowed for use in signs:
i. Wood or metal with painted or engraved letters, or mounted letters of wood or metal;
ii. Neon signs directly mounted on walls or interior mounted. Neon signs may include a signboard or metal support frame or enclosure; d. Lighting Standards. Signs may be illuminated with one of the following methods:
i. Internally illuminated with lighting inside and/or behind the sign (halo - lit); or
ii. Lighting fixtures that illuminate the top or bottom of the sign with spotlights. All spotlights shall be screened to minimize light and glare. e. Wall signs shall be located on parapets, towers, turrets, recessed wall areas and/or other structure architectural features specifically designed for a sign; f. Signs shall not exceed one square foot per one linear foot of tenant frontage and shall not exceed 100 square feet in total area; and B. Specific Plan No. 99-53 Area Signs. [Source: 9.62.070]
1. Signs within the area of Specific Plan No. 99-53, except as may otherwise be approved pursuant to any other provision of this Chapter, shall meet all of the following requirements:
a. Freestanding or monument signs are allowed, each of which shall not exceed 50 square feet in area and seven feet in height; provided, however, each such sign shall be separated by at least a distance of 75 feet and shall not be located within the sight distance triangle or public right-of-way; and said signs may be illuminated;
b. The total area of signs for attached wall signs for each side of a structure facing public right-of-way or parking lot shall not exceed one square foot per linear foot of frontage to a maximum of 100 square feet when the structure is less than 100 feet from the public right -of-way; provided, however, the total area shall not exceed one and one-half square feet per linear foot of frontage, to a maximum of 150 square feet, if the structure is set back at least 100 feet from the public right -of-way; and provid ed the signs are attached to the structure fascia and do not exceed two-thirds of the height of the fascia; c. Directional signs shall be limited to either monument signs, not exceeding three feet in area and four feet in height, or attached wall signs not exceeding six square feet in area; provided, however, that said directional signs shall not be within the sight distance triangle or the public right-of-way, and shall not be illuminated;
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-91
d. Monument signs shall match the design of the main freestanding sign; e. Directional signs shall be architecturally consistent with other signs as a part of the master sign program; and
f. All signs shall be designed in a manner that integrates it with the project design and architecture through the use of common elements pertaining to scale, style, material, color, lettering, illumination, construction and location.
2. Identification signs within public or private easements adjacent to the specific plan area at the intersection corners of Auto Park Drive and Perez Road at East Palm Canyon Drive, and the intersection corners of Kyle Road at Perez Road, shall be allowed provided the following criteria are met:
a. Changeable copy or other non-related advertising copy is prohibited; b. Said signs shall not encroach within any street right-of-way; c. Said signs shall not exceed a graphic area of 50 square feet nor a height of 20 feet as measured from the top of the nearest street curb; d. Each sign shall be internally illuminated; and
e. The design of the sign shall incorporate the materials, color, and architectural theme of the specific plan area.
3. Additional monument signs identifying only the name or logo of a manufacturer, consistent with the terms of any applicable master association agreement, shall be allowed provided the following criteria is met:
a. Location of signs to be limited to East Palm Canyon Drive and Perez Road; b. Maximum number of signs not to exceed an average spacing of 80 feet although signs may be clustered in groups closer than 80 feet; c. The design concept shall incorporate uniform color/graphic styles, materials, illumination, sign enclosure, and support structures;
d. The maximum sign height shall be five feet;
e. The maximum sign area shall be 10 square feet;
f. If signs are lighted, lighting shall be limited to internal illumination; g. Signs shall be situated in a manner to ensure adequate sight distance from street intersections and drives; and
h. Changeable copy or other non-related advertising copy is prohibited.
4. Temporary signs shall be allowed so long as the criteria below are met:
a. Any sign that becomes faded, torn, broken, loose, ragged, etc., shall be removed immediately;
b. When allowed, signs within street rights-of-way shall be limited to banners and other flexible material;
Chapter 9.105 Signs
3-92
c. A temporary advertising device allowed under this section shall be removed if the city planner or designee finds that the sign constitutes a traffic hazard or a nuisance to adjacent or surrounding properties or the public at large, or is detrimental to the public convenience or welfare;
d. Provided all other criteria are met, temporary signs that encroach into public right-of-way may be allowed with review of the city traffic engineer, approval of the city council and issuance of an encroachment permit; and e. No changeable copy shall be incorporated in the temporary sign.
5. Excluding signs allowed in compliance with subsections ( B)(2), (3) and (4) of this section, one on-site, electronic, changeable copy sign per parcel, of either a monument or wall type, is allowed so long as the sign meets all of the following criteria:
a. The height and area of such signs shall be regulated by the maximum sign area limits established in this chapter;
b. Of the total allowable sign area, up to a maximum of 75 percent of the area may be dedicated to the changeable copy format;
c. The sign shall be designed as an integral portion of the business's monument, marquee or wall sign and be compatible with the design and character of the development and the surrounding area;
d. Sign height and mass shall be of an appropriate scale and relationship to the structures on site and adjacent to the street, and shall not be a detriment to public safety; and
e. Signs allowed in compliance with Subsections (B)(2), (3) and (4) of this Section shall not include changeable copy.
9.105.100 Maintenance, Replacement, and Removal
A. Maintenance of Signs. Signs and supporting hardware, including temporary signs, shall be maintained in good repair and function properly at all times. Repairs to signs shall be of equal or better quality with regard to materials and design as the original sign. Signs which are not properly maintained and are dilapidated shall be deemed to be a public nuisance. [Source:
9.62.110; NEW]
B. Replacement of Removal of Signs. When existing signs are removed or replaced, all brackets, poles, and other supports that are no longer required shall be removed. Unpainted areas shall be painted to match the adjacent portion of the structure or sign support structure. [Source: NEW]
9.105.110 Nonconforming Signs
A. General Requirements. All legally installed and allowed signs which do not conform with the standards of this Chapter shall be considered nonconforming and shall be allowed to remain on a parcel until such sign becomes an illegal sign, as described in Subsection B below, or is subject to any of the following conditions. [Source: 9.62.090, modified]
1. The sign is remodeled or relocated;
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.105 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-93
2. The business name changes, except when only a portion of a multi-tenant sign is being changed. [Source: 9.62.090]
3. The property owner expands, remodels, or enlarges the structure or land use on the parcel containing the sign.
B. Illegal Sign. A sign shall be considered an illegal sign if it meets at least one of the following criteria: [Source: 9.62.090, modified]
1. Any sign that did not comply with all applicable ordinances and regulations in effect at the time of its installation;
2. Any abandoned sign;
3. Any sign considered a prohibited sign, as specified in Section 9.105.060 (Prohibited Signs); or
4. A sign that is the subject of an agreement between the sign owner and the City for its removal by a particular date.
9.105.120 Violation of Chapter and Appeals
A. Violation of This Chapter . Any violation of the requirements of this Chapter shall constitute a public nuisance which shall be subject to the provisions of Title 13 (Code Enforcement and Remedies) of this Code. [Source: 9.62.130]
1. Appeals. Any determination of a violation of the requirements of this Chapter that constitutes a public nuisance may be appealed subject to the provisions of Title 13 (Code Enforcement and Remedies) of this Code. [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-94
Chapter 9.110
Objective Design Standards for
Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use
Development
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-95
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
Sections
9.110.010 General Standards
9.110.020 Multi-Unit Residential Development Design Standards
9.110.030 Mixed-Use Development Design Standards
9.110.010 General Standards
A. Purpose. This Chapter outlines design standards for multi -unit residential, mixed -use, and commercial developments to: [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. Provide minimum objective design criteria for future development;
2. Streamline the design review process;
3. Ensure that essential design elements, such as massing and articulation, structure frontage and orientation, ventilation, access, open space, and landscaping, are adequately addressed; and
4. Ensure compliance with Senate Bill 35, Senate Bill 330, and other State legislation applicable to multi-unit and mixed-use development to streamline approval processes, provide predictability regarding permit applications and approvals, and reduce potential constraints to these types of development.
B. Applicability. The design standards established in this Chapter shall apply citywide to:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
1. New Multi-Unit Residential Projects. A new development containing four or more dwelling units, including the following types of development, as allowed in Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards) and as defined in Division 8 (Definitions): [Source: NEW, ODS]
a. Dwelling, Four-Unit; and
b. Dwelling, Five or More Units.
2. New Mixed-Use Projects. A new development developed and designed with a blend of various compatible uses (e.g., residential, retail sales, office, eating and drinking establishment), including “Dwelling, Live-Work Unit,” as allowed in Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards) and as defined in Division 8 (Definitions). [Source: NEW, ODS]
3. Exemptions. All single-unit, two-unit, and three-unit dwellings; other residential uses not listed in Subsection B.1 above; commercial; industrial; public and quasi -public; medical and veterinary; and office development is exempt from the design standards Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-96
established in this Chapter. Such developments shall comply with all other applicable regulations of the Development Code. [Source: NEW, ODS] C. Relationship to Development Code, Specific Plans, and Other Regulations. The design standards of this Chapter supplement and are in addition to the development standards for the applicable zoning district, Specific Plan(s) in which a proposed project is located, and other applicable standards in the Development Code. Where there may be a conflict between standards in this Chapter and other City requirements, the requirements of this Chapter shall apply. [Source: NEW, ODS]
D. Use of Objective Design Standards.
1. Compliance with City Standards. Applicable projects , as consistent with Section
9.110.010 (Applicability) above, shall ensure compliance with the following, in addition to the requirements of this Chapter: [Source: NEW, ODS] a. Cathedral City General Plan, including its goals and policies for development; b. Cathedral City Development Code, including regulations for zoning districts and land uses; and
c. Any applicable, objective Specific Plan requirements.
2. Permits Required. Applicable projects , as consistent with Section 9.110.010 (Applicability) above, are subject to all applicable permits, including, but not limited to, Building Permits and Grading Permits. Projects that qualify for streamlined processing consistent with State Government Code Section 65913.4 shall not be subject to discretionary permit review processes. [Source: NEW, ODS]
3. Staff Review. Projects found to be in compliance with the standards of this Chapter shall be approved or recommended for approval. Projects not in compliance with the standards of this Chapter may resubmit their application for approval or withdraw their application. [Source: NEW, ODS]
4. Discretionary Review Process. New multi-unit residential and mixed use projects that do not wish to comply with the objective design standards in this Chapter are subject to Design Review in compliance with Chapter 9.215 (Design Review). [Source:
NEW, ODS]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-97
Figure 9.110-1
Permit Review Process for Applicable Projects
9.110.020 Multi-Unit Residential Development Design Standards A. Multi-Unit Residential Development Design Standards. This Section outlines the design standards for multi -unit residential projects, as defined in Section 9.110.010 (Applicability) above. [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. Site Standards. Multi-unit residential project sites shall de designed in compliance with the following requirements: [Source: NEW, ODS]
a. Entry Monumentation. All multi -unit residential projects with five or more units shall provide a minimum of one residential development identification sign consistent with Section 9.105.070 (Standards for Specific Sign Types). [Source: NEW, ODS]
b. Pedestrian Circulation.
i. Mid-Block Pathways. [Source: NEW, ODS]
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-98
(1) Mid-Block Pathway Placement and Design. If provided, mid-block pathways shall comply with the following minimum width standards based on structure height:
(2) Two Stories. Paseos shall be a minimum of 12 feet wide when fronted by structures up to two stories high.
(3) Three or More Stories. A minimum of 16 feet wide when fronted by one or more structures that are three or more stories high.
(4) Pedestrian Connection. If provided, mid -block pathways shall include a minimum of one entry to a fronting structure and shall be connected by a pathway to an on -site parking area.
2. Structure Standards.
a. Massing and Articulation.
i. Vertical Articulation. Multi-unit residential structures two stories in height or taller shall be designed to differentiate the base and upper floors through the use of a minimum of one of the following methods:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Use of a minimum of one of the following which cover all windows along a minimum of one floor:
(a) Balconies on any upper floor that project or recess a minimum of two feet from the façade plane; or
(b) Awnings or canopies on the base floor that project a minimum of three feet from the façade plane.
(2) Use of a minimum of one of the following variations in windows between the base and upper floors:
(a) Windows on the base floor that cover a minimum of
60 percent of the façade and windows on upper floors
that cover a minimum of 40 percent of the façade, up
to a maximum of 55 percent of the façade; or
(b) Variation in windows between the base and upper
floors through size, proportion, and/or pattern.
ii. Horizontal Articulation. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Structures with exterior walls greater than 40 feet in length shall use a minimum of one of the following techniques:
(a) Use of landscaping trellises or lattices constructed of metal or composite material along a minimum of 40
percent of the façade, including landscaped areas at
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-99
the base of such trellises or lattices that are designed and maintained in compliance with Chapter 9.55
(Landscaping). The landscaping trellises or lattices
and associated landscaped area(s) shall be
maintained for the life of the project.
(b) Use of a minimum of one window that meets or
exceeds minimum dimensions of 36 inches by 60
inches.
(c) Material and/or color changes covering a minimum of 30 percent of the street-facing façade(s).
(2) Façade Modulation. Modulation shall occur along every 20 to 30 feet of horizontal façade with depth variation that projects or recesses a minimum of two feet.
(3) Maximum Structure Length. Individual structures shall be limited to 250 feet in length. For structures 200 feet or more in length, separate structures shall be separated by a minimum of 30 feet that includes a minimum of one of the following:
(a) Pedestrian pathway;
(b) Mid-block pathway;
(c) Common open space;
(d) Landscaped area.
iii. Stepbacks and Recesses. In addition to all other applicable standards in this Chapter, multi -unit residential structures taller than three stories in height shall be designed with one minimum five -foot stepback on floors above three stories in height. [Source: NEW, ODS] Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-100
Figure 9.110-2
Multi-Unit Massing and Articulation
b. Corner Parcels. In addition to all other applicable standards of this Chapter, multi-unit residential projects with five or more dwelling units on a corner parcel or with frontages on multiple streets shall include the following features:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Corner Entry. An entry to the multi-unit residential development shall be provided at or within three feet of the corner. [Source: NEW, ODS] ii. Corner Features. Corner structures shall include a minimum of two of the following features within 15 feet from each edge of the structure corner to highlight the corner: [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) A change in wall material and/or color;
(2) A change in roof height, parapet wall, or other similar architectural feature of more than four feet;
(3) A projected or recessed entry with a minimum depth of three feet from the corner wall plane;
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-101
(4) An awning above base floor entries and windows that exceeds the width of the entry and has a minimum depth of two feet;
(5) Landscaped area a minimum of 200 square feet in area. Any provided landscaping shall be maintained in compliance with Section 9.55.040 (Landscaped Area Maintenance);
(6) Different fenestration pattern from the frontage; or (7) Rounded structure corners.
Figure 9.110-3
Multi-Unit Corner Features
c. Structure Orientation. Multi-unit residential structures shall be oriented based on the type of development in compliance with the following: [Source:
NEW, ODS]
i. Dwelling, Four-Unit. Structures shall be oriented in one or multiple rows, with entries and front façades facing a street, a common
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-102
landscaped or recreational open space, or a pedestrian pathway. [Source: NEW, ODS]
ii. Dwelling, Five or More Units. Structures shall be oriented with entries and/or front façades facing a street, a common landscaped or recreational open space, or a pedestrian pathway. [Source: NEW, ODS]
d. Exterior Materials. Exterior materials used on multi-unit residential structures (excluding fenestration and roofing) shall comply with the following standards:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Allowed Materials. The following materials may be used on exterior walls: [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Cement plaster or stucco;
(2) Textured concrete;
(3) Bricks or pressed brick;
(4) Natural stone;
(5) Ceramic tile;
(6) Terracotta;
(7) Decorative concrete masonry units;
(8) Heavy timber (limited to use in beams and/or posts); (9) Metal siding (limited to a maximum coverage of 50 percent of each elevation);
(10) River rock.
ii. Prohibited Materials. Use of the following materials are prohibited on exterior walls: [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Clapboard and plywood siding;
(2) Solid concrete masonry units; and
(3) Vinyl siding.
iii. Number of Materials and Colors. A maximum of four materials and/or colors may be provided across all elevations , not including windows, window trim, doors, and roofing. [Source: NEW, ODS] iv. Consistent Materials and Colors. Materials and colors used shall be consistent across all elevations of a development. [Source: NEW, ODS]
e. Exterior Stairwells. Stairwells located along the exterior of a structure shall be screened from view with a material providing a transparency percentage of up to 50 percent. [Source: NEW, ODS]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-103
f. Fenestration.
i. Minimum Fenestration. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Each façade shall have a minimum of one window or
entryway.
(2) A minimum of one entryway shall be provided per 100 feet of structure façade.
(3) A minimum of one entryway shall be oriented towards a street. ii. Windows and Glazings. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) All windows shall be designed using a minimum of one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project.
(a) Recess windows a minimum of six inches from the
outside face of the wall; or
(b) Provide awnings on windows that exceed the width of the window opening and are a minimum of 16 inches
deep.
(2) Window trim styles and materials used on the front structure elevation shall be consistent on all other structure elevations. iii. Exterior Doors. All exterior doors shall be designed using a minimum of one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Recessed Door. Recess doors a minimum of one foot from the outside face of the wall.
(2) Awning. Provide awnings on doors that exceed the width of the doorway opening and are a minimum of two feet deep. (3) Wall Projection. Provide a wall projection that projects between three and six feet in depth on both sides of doors.
The wall projection shall meet or exceed the height of the door.
(4) Breeze Block Wall. Provide a wall constructed with decorative concrete masonry units parallel to the door that exceeds the width of the doorway entry and is located a minimum of eight feet from the door. The wall shall meet or exceed the height of the door.
(5) Connection to Interior Area. Provide an open -air
passageway connecting to an interior area, including, but not limited to, a courtyard, open space, parking facilities, and/or a mid-block pathway, consistent with the following standards:
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-104
(a) The entry to the passageway shall be directly
connected to a sidewalk or pedestrian pathway and
shall be a minimum of six feet in width and a minimum
of 10 feet in height.
(b) The passageway shall connect the entry to an interior area and shall be a minimum depth of 10 feet.
(6) Patio or Porch. Provide a door connecting to a patio or porch consistent with the following standards:
(a) The patio or porch shall be directly connected to a sidewalk or pedestrian pathway.
(b) The patio or porch may project from the structure
façade or may be recessed into the façade of the
structure.
(c) The porch or patio shall be open on a minimum of two sides and shall have a roof or overhang that equals
the dimensions of the porch or patio.
(d) The patio or porch shall have the following
dimensions:
(i) Depth. A minimum of six feet up to a
maximum of 12 feet.
(ii) Height. A minimum of eight feet up to a
maximum of 10 feet.
(iii) Width. A minimum of 10 feet up to a
maximum of 15 feet.
(e) Shade Tree. Provide a minimum of one shade tree in
compliance with Section 9.65.030.B (Shade Tree).
g. Roof Design.
i. Roof Pitch and Form. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Roof pitch shall not exceed a rise and span of 4:12. (2) Rooflines shall be vertically articulated at least every 100 feet along street frontages through one of the following
techniques:
(a) A change in wall or roof height of a minimum of
four feet; or
(b) A change in the roof pitch or form such as the
inclusion of dormers and/or gables.
(3) Structure tops shall include one of the following architectural solutions:
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-105
(a) Projected cornices that overhang a minimum of
two feet from the façade;
(b) Roof overhangs that overhang a minimum of two feet
from the façade; or
(c) Eaves that overhang a minimum of two feet from the
façade with supporting brackets.
ii. Parapets. If provided, all parapets shall be painted with one of the colors used on the exterior walls of the structure. [Source: NEW, ODS] iii. Prohibited Materials. The following roofing materials are prohibited:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Glazed or painted tiles; and
(2) Wood, including, but not limited to, wood shakes and shingles.
9.110.030 Mixed-Use Development Design Standards
A. Mixed-Use Development Design Standards. This Section outlines design standards for mixed-use projects, as defined in Section 9.110.010 (Applicability) above. [Source: NEW, ODS]
1. Site Standards.
a. Pedestrian Circulation.
i. Mid-Block Pathways. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Mid-Block Pathway Placement and Design. If provided, mid-block pathways shall comply with the following mini mum width standards based on structure height:
(a) Two Stories. Paseos shall be a minimum of 12 feet
wide when fronted by structures up to two stories
high.
(b) Three or More Stories. A minimum of 16 feet wide
when fronted by one or more structures that are three
or more stories high.
(2) Pedestrian Connection. If provided, mid -block pathways shall include a minimum of one entry to a fronting structure and shall be connected by a pathway to an on -site parking area.
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-106
2. Structure Standards.
a. Allowed Mixed-Use Development Types. All mixed-use projects are allowed as either vertical or horizontal mixed-use development types, unless otherwise prohibited in a specific plan. [Source: NEW, ODS]
b. Massing and Articulation.
i. Vertical Articulation. Mixed-use structures two stories in height or taller shall be designed to differentiate the base and upper floors through the use of a minimum of one of the following methods:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Use of a minimum of one of the following projections which cover all windows along a minimum of one floor:
(a) Balconies on any upper floor that project a minimum of two feet from the façade plane; or
(b) Awnings or canopies on the base floor that project a minimum of three feet from the façade plane.
(2) Use of a minimum of one of the following variations in windows between the base and upper floors:
(a) Windows on the base floor that cover a minimum of
60 percent of the façade and windows on upper floors
that cover a minimum of 40 percent of the façade, up
to a maximum of 55 percent of the façade; or
(b) Variation in windows between the base and upper
floors through size, proportion, and/or pattern.
ii. Horizontal Articulation. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Structures with exterior walls greater than 40 feet in length shall use a minimum of one of the following techniques:
(a) Use of landscaping trellises or lattices constructed of metal or composite material along a minimum of 40
percent of the façade, including landscaped areas at
the base of such trellises or lattices that are designed and maintained in compliance with Chapter 9.55
(Landscaping). The landscaping trellises or lattices
and associated landscaped area(s) shall be
maintained for the life of the project;
(b) Use of a minimum of one window that meets or
exceeds minimum dimensions of 36 inches by 60
inches;
(c) Material and/or color changes covering a minimum of 30 percent of the street-facing façade(s); or
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-107
(2) Façade Modulation. Modulation shall occur along every 20 to 30 feet of horizontal façade with depth variation that projects or recesses a minimum of four feet.
(3) Maximum Structure Length. Individual structures shall be limited to 250 feet in length. For structures 200 feet or more in length, separate structures shall be separated by a minimum of 30 feet that includes a minimum of one of the following:
(a) Pedestrian pathway;
(b) Mid-block pathway;
(c) Common open space;
(d) Landscaped area.
iii. Stepbacks and Recesses. In addition to all other applicable standards in this Chapter, mixed-use structures taller than three stories in height shall be designed with one minimum five -foot stepback on floors above three stories in height. [Source: NEW, ODS] Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-108
Figure 9.110-4
Mixed-Use Massing, Articulation, and Corner Features
c. Corner Parcels. In addition to all other applicable standards of this Chapter, mixed-use projects on a corner parcel or with frontages on multiple streets shall locate a minimum of one corner of the structure within 10 feet of the setbacks for parcel boundaries fronting multiple streets. This corner shall include the following features: [Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Corner Entry. Ground floor nonresidential uses located at a corner shall provide their primary entry at or within three feet of the corner. [Source: NEW, ODS]
ii. Corner Features. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Corner structures two stories in height shall include a minimum of two of the following features within 15 feet from each edge of the structure corner. Corner structures three or more stories in height shall incorporate a minimum of three of the following features within 15 feet from each edge of the structure corner.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-109
(a) Corner plaza with a minimum dimension of 16 feet
and minimum area of 450 square feet, which
accommodates either a publicly accessible plaza or
outdoor seating for public dining;
(b) A change in wall material and/or color;
(c) A change in roof height, parapet wall, or other similar architectural feature of more than four feet;
(d) A projected or recessed entry with a minimum depth
of three feet from the corner wall plane;
(e) An awning above base floor entries and windows that exceeds the width of the entry and has a minimum
depth of two feet;
(f) Different fenestration pattern from the frontage;
(g) Landscaped area a minimum of 200 square feet in
area. Any provided landscaping shall be maintained
in compliance with Section 9.55.040 (Landscaped
Area Maintenance);
(h) A canopy, shade structure(s), and/or shade tree(s) in compliance with Chapter 9.65 (Shade); or
(i) Rounded structure corners.
(2) Any proposed corner features, including, but not limited to, windows, awnings, wall material and/or color, roof height, parapet wall, and other corner architectural features shall wrap around the corner such that these elements extend from one façade to another along a minimum of 15 feet across both façades.
d. Exterior Materials. Exterior materials used on mixed-use structures (excluding fenestration and roofing) shall comply with the following standards:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
i. Allowed Materials. The following materials may be used on exterior walls: [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Cement plaster or stucco;
(2) Textured concrete;
(3) Bricks or pressed brick;
(4) Natural stone;
(5) Ceramic tile;
(6) Terracotta;
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-110
(7) Decorative concrete masonry units;
(8) Heavy timber; and
(9) Metal siding (limited to a maximum coverage of 50 percent of each elevation).
ii. Prohibited Materials. Use of the following materials are prohibited on exterior walls: [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Clapboard and plywood siding;
(2) Solid concrete masonry units; and
(3) Vinyl siding.
iii. Number of Materials and Colors. A maximum of four materials and/or colors may be provided across all elevations , not including windows, window trim, doors, and roofing. [Source: NEW, ODS] iv. Consistent Materials and Colors. Materials and colors used shall be consistent across all elevations of a development. [Source: NEW, ODS]
e. Exterior Stairwells. Stairwells located along the exterior of a structure shall be screened from view with a material providing a transparency percentage of up to 50 percent. [Source: NEW, ODS]
f. Fenestration.
i. Minimum Fenestration. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Each façade shall have a minimum of one window or
entryway.
(2) A minimum of one entryway shall be provided per 100 feet of structure façade.
(3) A minimum of one entryway shall be oriented towards a street. ii. Transparent Fenestration Façade Coverage. Façades for ground - floor, nonresidential uses facing roadways and open space shall include windows, doors, and/or openings for a minimum of 70 percent of the frontage length. Windows shall be located between two and 10 feet above the level of the sidewalk. [Source: NEW, ODS] iii. Windows and Glazings.
(1) Window Design. All windows shall be designed using a minimum of one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project. [Source:
NEW, ODS]
(a) Recess windows a minimum of six inches from the
outside face of the wall.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-111
(b) Provide awnings on windows that exceed the width of the window opening and are a minimum of 16 inches
deep.
(2) Window Material. Window trim styles and materials used on the front structure elevation shall be consistent on all other structure elevations. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(3) Commercial Windows. Mirrored glass is prohibited.
Obscured or tinted glass windows are allowed, provided the tint shall not exceed 50 percent VLT (visible light
transmission). [Source: NEW, ODS]
iv. Exterior Residential Doors. All exterior doors connecting to residential uses shall be designed using a minimum of one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Recessed Door. Recess doors a minimum of one foot from the outside face of the wall.
(2) Awning. Provide awnings on doors that exceed the width of the doorway opening and are a minimum of two feet deep. (3) Wall Projection. Provide a wall projection that projects between three and six feet in depth on both sides of doors.
The wall projection shall meet or exceed the height of the door.
(4) Breeze Block Wall. Provide a wall constructed of decorative concrete masonry units parallel to the door that exceeds the width of the doorway entry and is located a minimum of eight feet from the door. The wall shall meet or exceed the height of the door.
(5) Connection to Interior Area. Provide an open -air
passageway connecting to an interior area, including, but not limited to, a courtyard, open space, parking facilities, and/or a mid-block pathway, consistent with the following standards:
(a) The entry to the passageway shall be directly
connected to a sidewalk or pedestrian pathway and
shall be a minimum of six feet in width and a minimum
of 10 feet in height.
(b) The passageway shall connect the entry to an interior area and shall be a minimum depth of 10 feet.
(6) Shade Tree. Provide a minimum of one shade tree in compliance with Section 9.65.030.B (Shade Tree).
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-112
v. Exterior Nonresidential Doors. All exterior doors connecting to nonresidential uses shall be designed consistent with the following standards. Entries dedicated to deliveries and employee -only access are exempt from the following requirements. [Source: NEW, ODS] (1) Primary Nonresidential Entry.
(a) Location. The primary entry for nonresidential uses shall be located along a façade facing an arterial,
secondary, or collector street, or a publicly-accessible open space.
(b) Primary Entry Features. The primary entry shall be
designed and highlighted using a minimum of one of
the following techniques. If the project is located on a corner parcel, the primary entry shall be provided in
compliance with Section 9.110.030.A.2.c (Corner
Parcels).
(i) Shopfront. Provide a primary entry that is
recessed a minimum of two feet up to a
maximum of five feet. An awning shall be
provided above the primary entry that
exceeds the width of the doorway opening
and is a minimum of two feet deep.
(ii) Terrace. Provide a primary entry connecting
to a ground -floor terrace consistent with the
following standards:
o The terrace shall be directly
connected to a sidewalk or
pedestrian pathway.
o If a recessed primary entry is
provided with a terrace, the entry
may have up to a maximum depth of
five feet.
o A low wall shall be placed along the
longest edge of the terrace and shall
be a minimum height of two feet up
to a maximum height of three feet.
This wall may be constructed as
wall seating.
o The terrace shall have the following
dimensions:
▪ Depth. A minimum of six
feet up to a maximum of 10
feet.
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-113
▪ Finish Level Above
Sidewalk or Pedestrian
Pathway. A minimum of one
foot to a maximum of three
feet.
▪ Distance Between Sets of
Stairs. A maximum of 25
feet.
(iii) Outdoor Seating and/or Dining. Provide a
primary entry connecting to an outdoor
seating and/or dining area consistent with the
following standards:
o The outdoor seating and/or dining
area shall have the following
dimensions:
▪ Depth. A minimum of six
feet.
▪ Length. A minimum of half
the length of the frontage.
o Outdoor seating shall be provided in
this area in the form of benches,
chairs and tables, and/or wall
seating with a minimum of 50
percent shade coverage. Shade
may be provided through a canopy,
shade structure(s), and/or shade
tree(s) in compliance with Chapter
9.65 (Shade).
(iv) Arcade. Provide a primary entry connecting
to an arcade consistent with the following
dimensions:
o Depth. Arcades shall maintain a
consistent depth across the length
of the façade. The depth shall be a
minimum of 6 feet.
o Ground Floor Height. A minimum of
10 feet.
o Setback from curb. A minimum of
one foot.
(v) Wall Projection. Provide a wall that projects
between four and six feet in depth on both
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-114
sides of a door. The wall shall meet or exceed
the height of the door.
(2) Other Nonresidential Entries. All other exterior doors connecting to nonresidential uses shall be designed using a minimum of one of the following techniques. A combination of these techniques may be used on the same project.
(a) Recessed Door. Recess doors a minimum of one
foot from the outside face of the wall.
(b) Awning. Provide awnings on doors that exceed the
width of the doorway opening and are a minimum of
two feet deep.
(c) Breeze Block Wall. Provide a wall/partition
constructed of decorative concrete masonry units that
projects between three and four feet in depth on both
sides of a door. The wall shall meet or exceed the
height of the door.
g. Roof Design.
i. Roof Pitch and Form. [Source: NEW, ODS]
(1) Roof pitch shall not exceed a rise and span of 4:12. (2) Rooflines shall be vertically articulated at least every 100 feet along street frontages through one of the following
techniques:
(a) A change in wall or roof height of a minimum of
four feet; or
(b) A change in the roof pitch or form such as the
inclusion of dormers and/or gables.
(3) Structure tops shall include one of the following architectural solutions:
(a) Projected cornices that overhang a minimum of
two feet from the façade;
(b) Roof overhangs that overhang a minimum of two feet
from the façade; or
(c) Eaves that overhang a minimum of two feet from the
façade with supporting brackets.
ii. Parapets. If provided, all parapets shall be painted with one of the colors used on the exterior walls of the structure. [Source: NEW, ODS] iii. Prohibited Materials. The following roofing materials are prohibited:
[Source: NEW, ODS]
Division 3 – General Development Standards Chapter 9.110 Public Review Draft – May 2026
3-115
(1) Glazed or painted tiles; and
(2) Wood, including, but not limited to, wood shakes and shingles.
Chapter 9.110 Objective Design Standards for Multi-Unit and Mixed-Use Development
3-116
This page is intentionally left blank.
4-1
Title 9 – Planning and Zoning
Division 4 – Standards For
Specific Land Uses
PUBLIC REVIEW DRAFT
MAY 2026
Table of Contents
Chapter 9.130 Standards for Specific Land Uses ............................................................................... 4-5
9.130.10 Purpose, Intent, and Applicability .................................................................................. 4-5
9.130.20 Accessory Uses ............................................................................................................. 4-6
9.130.30 Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU And JADU) ... 4-10
9.130.40 Alcoholic Beverage Manufacturing .............................................................................. 4-18
9.130.50 Antennas ..................................................................................................................... 4-19
9.130.60 Bed and Breakfast Inn ................................................................................................. 4-19
9.130.70 Car Wash ..................................................................................................................... 4-20
9.130.80 Eating and Drinking Establishment, Bar ...................................................................... 4-21
9.130.90 Emergency Shelters .................................................................................................... 4-22
9.130.100 Home Occupations ...................................................................................................... 4-23
9.130.110 Mobilehome Parks ....................................................................................................... 4-25
9.130.120 Recreational Vehicle (RV) Parks ................................................................................. 4-26
9.130.130 Retail Sales, Grocery Store Small/Neighborhood Market ........................................... 4-35
9.130.140 Retail Sales, Restricted ............................................................................................... 4-36
9.130.150 Senior Housing ............................................................................................................ 4-39
9.130.160 Sexually Oriented Businesses ..................................................................................... 4-40
9.130.170 Single-Room Occupancy (SRO) ................................................................................. 4-41
9.130.180 Solid Waste Management: Community Composting, Recycling Facilities, and Recycling Centers ..................................................................................................................................... 4-43
9.130.190 Time-Share Use or Occupancy of Land ...................................................................... 4-45
9.130.200 Two-Unit Residential Developments and Urban Parcel Splits .................................... 4-46 Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-2
9.130.210 Vehicle Sales, Used and Vehicle Rental Facility, Passenger and Recreational ......... 4-50
9.130.220 Vehicle Fueling Stations .............................................................................................. 4-51
9.130.230 Vehicle Repair Shop .................................................................................................... 4-53 Chapter 9.120 Standards for Temporary Land Uses ................................................................. 4-57
9.120.10 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 4-57
9.120.20 Applicability .................................................................................................................. 4-57
9.120.30 Types of Temporary Land Uses .................................................................................. 4-57 Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses ................................................................................................ 4-60
9.125.00 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 4-60
9.125.10 Relationship to Other Laws ......................................................................................... 4-60
9.125.20 Permit Required........................................................................................................... 4-60
9.125.30 Application and Processing Procedures ..................................................................... 4-61
9.125.40 Findings for Approval .................................................................................................. 4-62
9.125.50 Development and Location Standard .......................................................................... 4-63
9.125.60 Conditions of Approval ................................................................................................ 4-64
9.125.70 Limited City Liability ..................................................................................................... 4-66
9.125.80 Inspections .................................................................................................................. 4-66
9.125.90 Enforcement ................................................................................................................ 4-67 Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus ........................................................................................................... 4-69
9.130.00 Purpose and Intent ...................................................................................................... 4-69
9.130.10 Authority and Conflicts ................................................................................................ 4-69
9.130.20 Eligibility and Types of Bonuses and Incentives ......................................................... 4-69
9.130.30 Waivers ........................................................................................................................ 4-71
9.130.40 Parking ........................................................................................................................ 4-71
9.130.50 Application Submittal and Processing ......................................................................... 4-72
9.130.60 Severability .................................................................................................................. 4-75 Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommunications .................................................................................. 4-77
9.135.10 Purpose and Applicability ............................................................................................ 4-77
9.135.20 Exemptions .................................................................................................................. 4-77
9.135.30 Permits Required ......................................................................................................... 4-79
9.135.40 Application Submittal Requirements ........................................................................... 4-81
9.135.50 Findings ....................................................................................................................... 4-81
9.135.60 General Development Standards ................................................................................ 4-81
9.135.70 Nonconforming Provisions .......................................................................................... 4-84
9.135.80 Exceptions ................................................................................................................... 4-85
9.135.90 Standard Conditions of Approval................................................................................. 4-85 Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-3
9.135.100 Conditions of Approval for Section 6409(a) Modifications .......................................... 4-89
9.135.110 Timing of Review ......................................................................................................... 4-92
9.135.120 Peer Review ................................................................................................................ 4-92
9.135.130 Decision ....................................................................................................................... 4-92
9.135.140 Revocation ................................................................................................................... 4-93
9.135.150 Appeal ......................................................................................................................... 4-93
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-4
Chapter 9.115
Standards for Specific Land
Uses
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-5
Chapter 9.130 Standards for Specific Land Uses
Sections
9.130.10 Purpose, Intent, and Applicability
9.130.20 Accessory Uses
9.130.30 Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU And JADU)
9.130.40 Alcoholic Beverage Manufacturing
9.130.50 Antennas
9.130.60 Bed and Breakfast Inn
9.130.70 Car Wash
9.130.80 Eating and Drinking Establishment, Bar
9.130.90 Emergency Shelters
9.130.100 Home Occupations
9.130.110 Mobilehome Parks
9.130.120 Recreational Vehicle (RV) Parks
9.130.130 Retail Sales, Grocery Store Small/Neighborhood Market
9.130.140 Retail Sales, Restricted
9.130.150 Senior Housing
9.130.160 Sexually Oriented Businesses
9.130.170 Single-Room Occupancy (SRO)
9.130.180 Solid Waste Management: Community Composting, Recycling Facilities, and Recycling Centers
9.130.190 Time-Share Use or Occupancy of Land
9.130.200 Two-Unit Residential Developments and Urban Parcel Splits
9.130.210 Vehicle Sales, Used and Vehicle Rental Facility, Passenger and Recreational
9.130.10 Purpose, Intent, and Applicability
A. Purpose. The purpose of this Chapter is to provide site planning, operational, and development standards for specific land uses and activities established in Division 2 (Zoning District Regulations and Development Standards) that require additional standards to ensure compatibility with adjacent land uses. [Source: NEW]
B. Intent. The standards and requirements established in this Chapter are intended to ensure that all development in the City is: [Source: NEW]
1. Compliant with State and Federal law;
2. Consistent with the General Plan;
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-6
3. Consistent with all applicable City and County regulations; and
4. Compatible with existing and future development.
C. Applicability. The standards and requirements established in this Chapter shall apply to specified uses in zoning districts. Specified uses shall comply with all required development and operational standards in the zoning district in which they are located in addition to the standards established in this Chapter. In the event of conflict between these standards and the underlying zoning regulations, the requirements of this Chapter shall apply. [Source: NEW]
9.130.20 Accessory Uses
A. Purpose and Intent. The Section establishes development and operational standards specific to uses accessory and incidental to a primary use on a site, where allowed in Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards). [Source: NEW] B. Relationship of Accessory Use to Primary Use. [Source: NEW]
1. Accessory uses shall only be allowed in conjunction with a a primary use, as permitted. [Source: NEW]
2. Accessory uses shall be incidental to and not alter the character of the primary use. [Source: NEW]
C. Community Garden.
1. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to allow for community gardens to increase access to fresh foods and support healthy communities in the city. [Source:
NEW]
2. Applicability. The development and operational standards established in this Section shall apply to all community gardens. [Source: NEW]
3. Accessory Use. Community gardens are allowed as an accessory use on a parcel in residential and mixed use zoning districts. [Source: NEW]
4. Development and Site Standards.
a. Ancillary Structures. Structures used to support community gardens, such as tool sheds, greenhouses, structures used to secure and shelter animals, and instructional spaces shall comply with all development and site standards in the applicable zoning district. [Source: NEW]
b. Garden Stand. Garden stands are allowed on the site of a community garden subject to the following standards: [Source: NEW]
i. Garden stands up to 120 square feet are allowed by-right. ii. Garden stands larger than 120 square feet are allowed through a Minor Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 9.225 (Minor Use Permit).
iii. Garden stands shall be temporary and removed and stored in an enclosed space during non-operational hours.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-7
iv. Product sales are limited to produce grown and produced on-site.
5. Operational Standards.
a. Allowed Plant Crops . All community garden plots may cultivate fruits, vegetables, flowers, plant fiber, nuts, seeds, or culinary herbs. Agricultural products requiring additional licensing for cultivation, including, but not limited to, cannabis and hemp, are prohibited crop s in community gardens. [Source:
NEW]
b. Animals Prohibited. The keeping of animals is prohibited in community gardens. [Source: NEW]
c. Operational Hours. Cultivation, maintenance, and harvesting activities shall be limited to between 6:00 a.m. and 8 p.m. [Source: NEW] d. Maintenance. Community gardens shall be maintained in an orderly manner, including litter removal, irrigation, weeding, pruning, pest control and removal of dead or diseased plant materials so that they do not generate odors, pests, or noises that negatively affect adjacent properties. [Source: NEW] e. Compost. Compost facilities ancillary to a community garden are allowed in compliance with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
i. Setback. Compost facilities shall be located a minimum of 20 feet from any property line.
ii. Location. Compost facilities shall be located in rear yard areas only. iii. Maintenance. Compost facilities shall be maintained to be free of pests and odors.
f. Equipment. [Source: NEW]
i. Use of mechanized farm equipment is prohibited in residential zoning districts.
ii. When not in use, all equipment shall be enclosed or screened from public rights-of-way. [Source: NEW]
iii. Exceptions. [Source: NEW]
(1) Landscaping equipment designed for household use is allowed.
(2) Equipment up to 8,000 pounds may be used for initial site preparation of community gardens consistent with Chapter
11.96 (Noise Control).
g. Trash Screening. Trash receptacles used to support community gardens shall be located indoors or screened from the public rights-of-way and adjacent properties through landscaping, fencing, or other method of screening consistent with Chapter 9.85 (Screening). [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-8
h. Fences. Fences are allowed in community gardens in compliance with all standards in the applicable zoning district and Chapter 9.75 (Fences and Walls). [Source: NEW]
i. Parking. Parking facilities shall comply with all parking requirements in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, And Access). [Source: NEW] D. Drive-In and Drive-Through Sales.
1. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to allow for drive -in and drive - through sales in conjunction with a primary use that are compatible with adjacent uses and to address potential air pollution, greenhouse gas emissions, light and glare, traffic and circulation, and noise impacts resulting from new drive-in and drive-through uses. [Source: NEW]
2. General Standards. Drive-in and drive -through facilities shall be designed and operated to mitigate problems of congestion, idling, excessive pavement, litter, and noise. [Source: NEW]
3. Permit Requirements. All drive-in and drive -through facilities require a Conditional Use Permit, where allowed in Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards). [Source: NEW]
a. Mixed-Use, Downtown Commercial ( MU-DT). This Section applies only to that portion of the MU-DT zoning district bounded as follows: up to 240 feet south of East Palm Canyon Drive between Van Fleet Street and Date Palm Drive. Drive-In and Drive-Through Sales are limited to Retail Sales, General; Bank and Financial Institutions, and Eating and Drinkin g Establishments. [Source: 9.31.055, modified]
4. On-Site Circulation Standards. Parcels with drive-in and drive-through facilities shall provide internal circulation and a stacking area meeting the standards below, as approved by the City Engineer. [Source: NEW]
a. Aisle Design. Drive-in and drive -through aisles shall comply with the following: [Source: NEW]
i. The entrance/exit of any drive -through aisle shall be at least 50 feet from an intersection of public rights -of-way (measured at the closest intersecting curbs) and at least 25 feet from the edge of any driveway on an adjoining parcel. [Source: NEW]
ii. Drive-through aisles shall be designed with a minimum 10-foot interior radius at curves and a minimum 10-foot width. [Source: NEW] b. Stacking Area. A clearly identified area shall be provided for vehicles waiting for drive-in and drive -through service that is physically separated from other on-site traffic circulation. [Source: NEW]
i. The stacking area shall accommodate a minimum of five cars for each drive-through window for non-food and beverage oriented businesses and a minimum of eight cars for food and beverage related Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-9
businesses, in addition to the vehicle(s) receiving service. Additional stacking may be required for drive-in or drive-through facilities known to generate more stacking than required by this Section. A queuing study may be required at the discretion of the Director. [Source: NEW] ii. The stacking area shall be located at and before the menu board, teller window, pharmacy window, etc. [Source: NEW]
iii. The stacking area shall be separated from other on-site traffic through concrete curbing or paint striping on at least one side of the lane. [Source: NEW]
iv. Stacking areas parallel to streets or public rights -of-way are prohibited, unless no other configuration is feasible. Alternative configuration of the stacking area requires approval of the Review Authority. [Source: NEW]
v. The stacking area shall not extend over a pedestrian walkway, public sidewalk, or into the right-of-way. [Source: NEW]
c. Walkways. Pedestrian walkways should not intersect the drive -through aisles. If such an intersection is unavoidable due to site constraints, the intersection shall have clear visibility and shall be emphasized by enhanced paving subject to the approval of the Review Authority. [Source: NEW]
5. Screening. An opaque screen consisting of plant material and/or a solid masonry wall, a minimum of six feet in height, shall be constructed on each property line that is adjoining a residential or residential mixed-use zoned parcel or use. The design of the wall and the proposed construction materials shall be subject to the approval of the Review Authority. [Source: NEW]
6. Signs. In addition to the standards established in Chapter 9.105 (Signs), drive-in and drive-through facilities shall comply with the following sign standards: [Source: NEW] a. Menu Boards. Outdoor speakers shall be located at least 100 feet from any residential use or zoned parcel. [Source: NEW]
E. Outdoor Commercial Displays and Sales.
1. Temporary Outdoor Displays and Sales. See Section 9.120 (Standards for Temporary Uses). [Source: NEW]
2. Permanent Outdoor Displays and Sales. The permanent outdoor display and sale of merchandise (e.g., garden centers, nurseries, lumber yards, etc.) shall comply with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
a. Materials associated with a permanent outdoor display and sales area shall not exceed 10 feet in height, unless a greater height is allowed through the approval of a Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 9.230 (Conditional Use Permit). [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-10
b. Outdoor sales areas shall not encroach into required setback areas . [Source:
NEW]
c. Displayed merchandise shall occupy a fixed, specifically approved location that does not disrupt the normal function of the site or its circulation, and does not encroach upon driveways, landscaped areas, parking spaces, or pedestrian walkways. Displays s hall not obstruct intersection visibility or otherwise create hazards for vehicle, bicycle, or pedestrian traffic. [Source:
NEW]
d. The outdoor display and sales area shall be directly related to a business occupying a permanent structure on the subject parcel. [Source: NEW] e. No additional signage shall be permitted for outdoor display or sales areas beyond the signage otherwise allowed for the primary use. [Source: NEW] F. Outdoor Storage. All outdoor storage areas shall comply with the following standards:
[Source: NEW]
1. Outdoor storage areas shall be entirely enclosed by a solid wall or fence constructed of one or more of the materials used on the primary structure . Stored materials shall not exceed the height of the fence, except with a Minor Use Permit in compliance with Chapter 9.225 (Minor Use Permit). Maximum enclosure height for outdoor storage areas is as follows: [Source: NEW]
a. Commercial Zoning Districts. Six feet.
b. Industrial Zoning Districts. Eight feet.
2. In any case where an outdoor storage area abuts a street right -of-way, the required screening wall or fence shall be set back from the right -of-way as required by the applicable zone, and the setback area shall be landscaped in compliance with Chapter
9.55 (Landscaping). [Source: NEW]
9.130.30 Accessory Dwelling Units and Junior Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU And JADU)
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section allows and regulates accessory dwelling units (ADUs) and junior accessory dwelling units (JADUs) to lower barriers to the development of more affordable, infill housing. [Source: NEW]
B. Administration. [Source: 9.114]
1. Accessory dwelling units shall be permitted through issuance of a Building Permit. No ADU shall be constructed without first applying for and obtaining a Building Permit from the City. Applications for an accessory dwelling unit Building Permit shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee established by resolution of the City Council . [Source: 9.114]
2. A Building Permit application for an accessory dwelling unit shall be acted upon by the Building Official ministerially without discretionary review or a public hearing. The Building Permit application shall be acted upon within 60 days from receipt of a Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-11
completed application if there is an existing single -unit or multiple-unit dwelling on the lot. If the applicant requests a delay, the 60-day time period shall be tolled for the period of the delay. If the Building Permit for an ADU is submitted in conjunction with a permit application to create a new single-unit dwelling on the lot, the Building Permit shall be acted upon concurrently with the permit application to create the new single -unit dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
3. A Demolition Permit for a detached garage that is to be replaced with an accessory dwelling unit shall be reviewed with the application for the accessory dwelling unit and issued at the same time. [Source: 9.114]
4. The City shall not deny a permit for a previously unpermitted ADU or JADU that was constructed before January 1, 2020 due to nonconforming zoning condition or a violation of building standards pursuant to Article 1 (commencing with Section 17960) of Chapter 5 of Part 1.5 of Division 13 of the California Health and Safety Code, unless it is deemed substandard pursuant to Section 17920.3 of the Health and Safety Code. [Source: 9.114]
a. A homeowner applying for a permit for a previously unpermitted ADU or JADU constructed before January 1, 2020, shall not be required to pay impact fees or connection or capacity charges except when utility infrastructure is required to comply with Section 17920.3 of the Health and Safety Code and when the fee is authorized by subdivision (c) of Section 66311.5 of the California Government Code, which applies to ADUs that have more than 750 square feet of livable space and accessory to a single-unit dwelling. b. Upon receiving a permit application for a previously unpermitted ADU or JADU constructed before January 1, 2020, an inspector from the City may inspect the unit for compliance with health and safety standards and provide recommendations to comply with health and safety standards necessary to obtain a permit. If the inspector finds noncompliance with health and safety standards, the City shall not penalize the applicant for having the unpermitted ADU or JADU and shall approve necessary permits to correct noncompliance with health and safety standards.
5. Building permits issued in compliance with this section shall expire and become null and void 12 months after Building Permit issuance unless construction work authorized by the permit has commenced or an extension of the permit has been granted through the Building Department pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 18938.6. [Source: 9.114]
6. The City shall not impose any impact fee upon the development of an accessory dwelling unit with 750 square feet of interior livable space of less, including a junior accessory dwelling unit. Any impact fees charged for an accessory dwelling unit with more than 750 square feet of livable space shall be charged proportionately in relation to the square footage of the primary dwelling unit. [Source: 9.114] C. Approval.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-12
1. The City shall approve an application for a Building Permit for an accessory dwelling unit that meets the objective standards set forth in this Chapter in any zoning district where single-unit or multi-unit residential uses are permitted by right or with a Conditional Use Permit. [Source: 9.114]
2. If the City denies an application for an accessory dwelling unit permit, the City shall provide a full set of comments to the applicant with a list of deficiencies and description of how they can be remedied within the time frames below for approval or denial of the application. [Source: 9.114]
D. General Provisions. The following provisions apply to all accessory dwelling units:
1. Zoning. The accessory dwelling unit must be proposed on a lot that is zoned to allow for single-unit or multi-unit residential uses either by right or with a Conditional Use Permit, and includes a proposed or existing primary dwelling. Accessory dwelling units are a residential use that is consistent with the existing general plan and zoning designation for the lot. An accessory dwelling unit shall not be construed as causing the lot to exceed its allowable density. [Source: 9.114]
2. Building Codes. The accessory dwelling unit shall comply with State building standards for dwellings. Accessory dwelling units are not required to provide fire sprinklers unless they are required for the primary residence. The construction of an accessory dwelling unit shall not trigger a requirement for fire sprinklers to be installed in the existing primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
3. Passageway. No passageway shall be required in conjunction with the construction of an accessory dwelling unit. A passageway is a pathway that is unobstructed clear to the sky and extends from a street to one entrance of the accessory dwelling unit. [Source: 9.114]
4. Septic and Sewer. All accessory dwelling units shall be connected to the public sewer system unless an exemption is granted pursuant to Chapter 8.50. If there is no "available public sewer system" as defined in Chapter 8.50, and a private sewage system will be used, it must be appropriately sized in compliance with the Building Code. [Source: 9.114]
5. Ownership and Occupancy. An accessory dwelling unit may be rented separate from the primary residence, but may not be sold or otherwise conveyed separate from the primary residence, except as provided by Government Code Sections 66340 to 66342.
An accessory dwelling unit shall not be utilized as a short -term vacation rental as defined in Chapter 5.96 of this Code. [Source: 9.114]
6. Certificate of Occupancy. The City shall not issue a Certificate of Occupancy for an accessory dwelling unit before it issues a Certificate of Occupancy for the primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
7. Parking. When a garage, carport, covered parking structure, or uncovered parking space is demolished in conjunction with the construction of an accessory dwelling unit or converted to an accessory dwelling unit, those off -street parking spaces are not required to be replaced. [Source: 9.114]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-13
8. Number of Units. The following number of accessory dwelling units shall be allowed as follows, provided that each unit complies with State building standards for dwellings:
[Source: 9.114]
a. Single-Family Lot. On a lot with an existing or proposed single-unit dwelling, one JADU shall be permitted in addition to the following combinations of ADUs:
[Source: 9.114]
i. One detached ADU with no more than 800 square feet of livable space and/or one conversion ADU.
ii. One detached ADU with more than 800 square feet of livable space or one attached ADU.
b. Multiple-Family Lot. [Source: 9.114]
i. The total number of accessory dwelling units that are within the portions of an existing multi-unit dwelling structure that are not used as livable space, including, but not limited to, storage rooms, boiler rooms, passageways, attics, basements, or garages shall not exceed 25 percent of the existing multi-unit dwelling units, provided that at least one such ADU shall be permitted.
ii. On a lot with an existing multi-unit dwelling, a maximum of eight detached accessory dwelling units, but not more than the number of existing units on the lot, shall be approved.
iii. On a lot with a proposed multi-unit dwelling, a maximum of two detached accessory dwelling units shall be approved.
iv. JADUs are not permitted.
E. Attached Accessory Dwelling Units On Lots With A Single -Unit Dwelling. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units attached to an existing single -unit dwelling: [Source: 9.114]
1. Unit Size. The maximum total floor area shall not exceed 850 square feet of livable space for a studio or one -bedroom unit and 1,000 square feet of livable space for a unit with more than one bedroom, or 50 percent of the existing primary dwelling, whichever is less. No more than two bedrooms are allowed. [Source: 9.114]
2. Setbacks. [Source: 9.114]
a. Front. The minimum front setback shall be as established in the underlying zoning district.
b. Side. A minimum setback of four feet.
c. Rear. A minimum setback of four feet.
d. The attached ADU must be five feet from other structures on the property.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-14
3. Building Height. An attached accessory dwelling unit shall not exceed the height limitation that applies to the primary dwelling unit or 25 feet, whichever is lower. This clause shall not be construed to permit an attached accessory dwelling unit to exceed two stories. [Source: 9.114]
4. Location. Attached accessory dwelling units shall be located to the rear or side of the dwelling unit. [Source: 9.114]
5. Lot Coverage. Attached accessory dwelling units shall conform to the lot coverage requirements of the underlying zoning district in which the accessory dwelling unit is located. [Source: 9.114]
6. Landscape. For an accessory dwelling unit involving new construction, landscaping shall be installed that is consistent with the existing or proposed landscaping surrounding the primary residence, and such landscaping shall be consistent with the requirements of Chapter 8.57 for water efficiency. [Source: 9.114]
7. Architectural Review. The accessory dwelling unit shall match the design of the primary dwelling unit, including building materials, color and roofing material. [Source:
9.114]
8. Parking.
a. One new parking space per accessory dwelling unit shall be required, except as provided in subparagraph (b) below. Off-street parking shall be permitted in setback areas or through tandem parking in designated parking areas, unless specific findings are made that parking in setback areas or tandem parking is not feasible based upon specific site or regional topographical or fire and life safety conditions. [Source: 9.114]
b. No additional parking shall be required for any accessory dwelling unit in the following instances: [Source: 9.114]
i. The unit is within one -half mile walking distance of public transit. A map shall be provided confirming the distance.
ii. The unit is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.
iii. When on -street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the accessory dwelling unit.
iv. When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the accessory dwelling unit.
v. When a permit application for an accessory dwelling unit is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-unit dwelling or a new multi-unit dwelling on the same lot, provided that the accessory dwelling unit or the parcel satisfies any other criteria listed in this Section.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-15
9. Access. The accessory dwelling unit shall have an independent exterior access/entrance, apart from that of the primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114] F. Conversion Accessory Dwelling Units On Lots With A Single-Unit Dwelling. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units constructed within the existing or proposed space of a single-unit dwelling, or within an existing accessory structure on a lot with a single-unit dwelling: [Source: 9.114]
1. Setbacks. No setbacks shall be required except as required by the Building Code for fire and safety purposes. [Source: 9.114]
2. Building Height. Attached and detached accessory dwelling units shall not exceed the height of the primary dwelling unit, except as follows: [Source: 9.114] a. An attached accessory dwelling unit shall not exceed the height limitation that applies to the primary dwelling unit or 25 feet, whichever is lower. This clause shall not be construed to permit an attached accessory dwelling unit to exceed two stories. [Source: 9.114]
b. An accessory dwelling unit constructed within the existing space of an accessory structure may not expand the physical dimensions of the existing structure, except as needed to accommodate ingress and egress. [Source:
9.114]
3. Access. The accessory dwelling unit shall have an independent exterior access/entrance, apart from that of the primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
4. Conversion and Expansion. For accessory dwelling units that will be created within an existing, legally permitted accessory structure, no expansion of the physical dimensions of the existing structure is permitted, except that an expansion of up to 150 square feet may be included solely for the purpose of accommodating ingress and egress. [Source: 9.114]
G. Junior Accessory Dwelling Units. The following development standards apply to junior accessory dwelling units: [Source: 9.114]
1. One junior accessory dwelling unit may be permitted per lot zoned for single -unit dwellings with a single -unit dwelling already built, or proposed to be built, on the lot. [Source: 9.114]
2. A junior accessory dwelling unit shall be constructed within the walls of the proposed or existing single -unit dwelling, and is not permitted within an accessory structure. [Source: 9.114]
3. A junior accessory dwelling unit shall have an independent exterior access separate from the main entrance to the proposed or existing primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
4. A junior accessory dwelling unit shall include an efficiency kitchen that includes cooking facilities, a food preparation counter, and storage cabinets. [Source: 9.114]
5. A deed restriction that runs with the land shall be recorded and a copy filed with the City that includes a prohibition on the sale of the junior accessory dwelling unit separate Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-16
from the sale of the primary residence, that this prohibition may be enforced against future purchasers, and that restricts the size of the junior accessory dwelling unit to no more than 500 square feet of livable space. [Source: 9.114] H. Detached Accessory Dwelling Units, No Larger Than 800 Square Feet, On Lots With A Single-Family Dwelling. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units, with no more than 800 square feet of livable space, that are new construction and detached from a single-unit dwelling: [Source: 9.114]
1. Setbacks. A minimum side and rear setback of four feet. [Source: 9.114]
2. Building Height. Detached accessory dwelling units shall not exceed the height of the primary dwelling unit, except as follows: [Source: 9.114] a. A detached accessory dwelling unit may be up to 16 feet high if the primary dwelling is less than 16 feet high. [Source: 9.114]
b. A detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot within one -half mile of a major transit stop or a high -quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Public Resources Code Section 2115, may be up to 18 feet high. An additional two feet in height shall also be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit. [Source: 9.114]
I. Detached Accessory Dwelling Units, Larger Than 800 Square Feet, On Lots With A Single-Family Dwelling. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units that are newly constructed, have more than 800 square feet of livable space, and are detached from a single-unit dwelling: [Source: 9.114]
1. Unit Size. The maximum total floor area shall not exceed 850 square feet of livable space for a studio or one-bedroom unit and one thousand square feet of livable space for a unit with more than one bedroom. No more than two bedrooms are allowed. [Source: 9.114]
2. Setbacks. [Source: 9.114]
a. Front. The minimum front setback shall be as established in the underlying zoning district.
b. Side. A minimum setback of four feet.
c. Rear. A minimum setback of four feet.
d. The ADU must be five feet away from the main residence and five feet from other structures on the property.
3. Building Height. Detached accessory dwelling units shall not exceed the height of the primary dwelling unit, except as follows: [Source: 9.114] a. A detached accessory dwelling unit may be up to 16 feet high if the primary dwelling is less than 16 feet high.
b. A detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot within one -half mile of a major transit stop or a high -quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-17
Public Resources Code Section 2115, may be up to 18 feet high. An additional two feet in height shall also be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.
4. Location. A detached accessory dwelling unit with more than 800 square feet of livable space shall be located to the rear or side of any primary dwelling unit. [Source: 9.114]
5. Lot Coverage. A detached accessory dwelling unit with more than 800 square feet of livable space shall conform to the lot coverage requirements of the underlying zoning district in which the accessory dwelling unit is located. [Source: 9.114]
6. Landscape. For a detached accessory dwelling unit with more than 800 square feet of livable space and involving new construction, landscaping shall be installed that is consistent with the existing or proposed landscaping surrounding the primary residence, and such landscaping shall be consistent with the requirements of Chapter
8.57 for water efficiency. [Source: 9.114]
7. Architectural Review. The accessory dwelling unit shall match the design of the primary dwelling unit, including building materials, color and roofing material. [Source:
9.114]
8. Parking.
a. One new parking space per accessory dwelling unit shall be required, except as provided in subparagraph (b) below. Off-street parking shall be permitted in setback areas or through tandem parking in designated parking areas, unless specific findings are made that parking in setback areas or tandem parking is not feasible based upon specific site or regional topographical or fire and life safety conditions. [Source: 9.114]
b. No additional parking shall be required for any accessory dwelling unit in the following instances: [Source: 9.114]
i. The unit is within one -half mile walking distance of public transit. A map shall be provided confirming the distance.
ii. The unit is located within an architecturally and historically significant historic district.
iii. When on -street parking permits are required but not offered to the occupant of the accessory dwelling unit.
iv. When there is a car share vehicle located within one block of the accessory dwelling unit.
v. When a permit application for an accessory dwelling unit is submitted with a permit application to create a new single-unit dwelling or a new multi-unit dwelling on the same lot, provided that the accessory dwelling unit or the parcel satisfies any other criteria listed in this Section.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-18
J. Conversion Accessory Dwelling Units On Lots With Multiple -Unit Dwellings. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units constructed within portions of an existing multiple-unit dwelling that are not used as livable space: [Source: 9.114]
1. Access. The accessory dwelling unit shall have an independent exterior access/entrance, apart from that of the primary dwelling. [Source: 9.114]
2. Conversion and Expansion. For accessory dwelling units that will be created within the existing space of a multiple-unit dwelling, no expansion of the physical dimensions of the existing structure is permitted, except that an expansion of up to 150 square feet may be included solely for the purpose of accommodating ingress and egress. [Source:
9.114]
K. Detached Accessory Dwelling Units On Lots With Multiple -Unit Dwellings. The following development standards apply to accessory dwelling units that are detached from an existing or proposed multiple-unit dwelling: [Source: 9.114]
1. Setbacks. A minimum side and rear setback of four feet. [Source: 9.114]
2. Building Height. Detached accessory dwelling units shall not exceed the height of the primary dwelling unit, except as follows: [Source: 9.114] a. A detached accessory dwelling unit may be up to 16 feet high if the primary dwelling is less than 16 feet high.
b. A detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing or proposed multi- unit, multi-story dwelling, may be up to 18 feet high.
c. A detached accessory dwelling unit on a lot within one -half mile of a major transit stop or a high -quality transit corridor, as those terms are defined in Public Resources Code Section 2115, may be up to 18 feet high. An additional two feet in height shall also be allowed to accommodate a roof pitch on the accessory dwelling unit that is aligned with the roof pitch of the primary dwelling unit.
9.130.40 Alcoholic Beverage Manufacturing
A. Purpose and Intent. The Section establishes development and operational standards to allow for alcoholic beverage manufacturing that is compatible with surrounding uses. [Source: NEW] B. Development and Operational Standards.
1. Parking. Off-street parking for an alcoholic beverage manufacturing establishment, as well as any associated tasting room, shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, and Access). [Source: NEW]
2. Permit and License Requirements. Alcoholic beverage manufacturing establishments, as well as any associated tasting rooms, if provided, shall obtain any applicable permits and licenses from City, County, and State agencies that govern the use, including, but not limited to, applicable State Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control licenses.[Source: NEW]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-19
9.130.50 Antennas
A. Noncommercial Antennas. Noncommercial antennas shall comply with the following standards: [Source: 9.96.100]
1. Ground-mounted satellite antennas shall not exceed a height of 15 feet.
2. Radio antennas and other similar antennas shall not exceed an overall height of 50 feet in residential zoning districts and 60 feet in commercial and industrial zoning districts.
3. All utilities servicing antennas shall be placed underground wherever appropriate.
4. The Planning Department may approve a deviation from the standards within this Section pertaining to height, location, and undergrounding utilities where the Planning Department finds that locating the antenna in conformance with the specifications of this Section would obstruct the antenna's reasonable reception or otherwise excessively interfere with reception, and such obstruction or interference involves factors beyond the applicant's control, or the cost of meeting the specifications of this Section is excessive, given the cost of the proposed antenna. The Planning Department shall exercise the discretion granted hereby to ensure compliance with 51 Fed. Reg. 5519; 47 C.F.R. 25.104.
9.130.60 Bed and Breakfast Inn
A. Purpose and Intent. The Section establishes development and operational standards to allow for bed and breakfast inns which are incidental to and compatible with surrounding uses. [Source: NEW]
B. Exterior Appearance. The exterior appearance of the structure housing the bed and breakfast inn (B&B) in a residential zone shall not be altered from its original residential character, except for allowed signs and any structural modifications necessary to comply with Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations. [Source: NEW]
C. Limitations on Guest Rooms. The B&B shall be limited to four guest rooms. [Source: NEW] D. Limitation on Services Provided.
1. Allowed Services. Services provided by the B&B shall be limited to the rental of bedrooms or suites and meal/beverage service provided to registered guests only. [Source: NEW]
2. Prohibited Services. Separate/additional kitchens for guests are prohibited. A B&B within a residential zone shall not be used for receptions, private parties, or similar activities. [Source: NEW]
E. Off-Street Parking. Parking facilities shall comply with the hospitality parking standards established in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, and Access). [Source: NEW] F. On-Site Management. The property owner shall reside on property as their primary residence and shall be present on site during all guest stays. [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-20
G. Signs. Signs shall comply with the sign standards established in Chapter 9.105 (Signs). [Source: NEW]
9.130.70 Car Wash
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section regulates car washes to mitigate potential security, traffic, noise, public health, and safety impacts on nearby land uses. [Source: 9.96.140, modified] B. Development and Operational Standards. Car washes shall comply with the following standards: [Source: 9.96.140, modified]
1. Car Wash Standards.
a. Tunnels shall be designed so that dryers are located at least 10 feet from exits. [Source: NEW]
b. Car wash tunnel exits shall be designed with solid screening features extending from the ceiling and walls of the car wash tunnel so that dryers are blocked from view when standing directly in front of the exit. [Source: NEW] c. 50 percent of the wall and ceiling area adjacent to the dryers, and a minimum of 10 feet on each side of the dryers, shall be treated with sound absorbing materials with a minimum Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) of 1.0. [Source:
NEW]
d. Central vacuum systems shall be used so that multiple vacuum stalls are supported by a single vacuum motor. [Source: NEW]
e. Vacuum motors and other associated mechanical equipment shall be located within a fully enclosed and roofed building. [Source: NEW] f. Washing, prepping, loading, and detailing is prohibited in on -site driveways, landscaped areas, and sidewalks. [Source: NEW]
2. Lighting and Security.
a. Site area lighting and security lighting shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting). All outdoor lighting shall be shielded to prevent glare to adjacent parcels;
b. Entrance and exit areas for car washes shall be closed and secured outside of hours of operation to prevent unauthorized access. [Source: NEW]
3. Screening.
a. Queuing areas, v acuum systems, wash stalls, and other car washing equipment visible from public rights -of-way shall be screened from view with decorative fencing and/or walls consistent with Chapter 9.85 (Screening). [Source: NEW]
b. A solid wall, a minimum of six feet in height and eight inches in thickness, shall be constructed on each property line that is adjoining a residential or residential mixed-use zoned parcel or use. [Source: NEW]
4. Noise.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-21
a. Noise attenuation devices shall be installed on the interior walls of the car wash facility, along the property boundary wall, and/or in other locations as appropriate to reduce the projection of any excessive noises from equipment beyond the parcel boundary.
b. A noise analysis shall be provided to demonstrate that noise levels measured at the boundary of the site shall not exceed the policies of the Noise Element of the General Plan. Before occupancy, noise measurements shall be performed with all carwash functions in an operational mode to demonstrate compliance with applicable noise standards.
5. Hours of Operation. Hours of operation shall be limited to between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. [Source: NEW]
6. Parking and Queuing Areas. All parking, queuing, vehicle preparation and detailing areas shall be clearly delineated on the site, as indicated by the approved site plan. ;
7. Water Recycling/Grease Trap Facilities. Water recycling/grease trap facilities shall be installed and maintained as approved by the Engineering Department and the water/sewer serving agency;
8. Incidental Uses. Incidental uses may be allowed as permitted by the underlying zoning district and/or if determined compatible by the Planning Commission, provided that vehicular access and circulation, parking, structure placement, and landscaping meet minimum standards for such uses.
a. Exception. No vehicle repair uses shall occur on a parcel with a car wash facility.
9. Maintenance. The site shall remain free of debris at all times. Permanent trash receptacles shall be installed/maintained. [Source: NEW]
10. Other Conditions. The Commission may require additional conditions necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Section and other sections of this Code. [Source: NEW]
9.130.80 Eating and Drinking Establishment, Bar
A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to allow for bars in appropriate areas of the city that are compatible with adjacent uses and address potential noise and odor impacts resulting from the use. [Source: NEW]
B. Permit and License Requirements. Bars shall obtain any applicable permits and licenses from City, County, and State agencies that govern eating and drinking establishments, including, but not limited to, applicable State Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control licenses.[Source: NEW]
C. Development and Operational Requirements.
1. Noise.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-22
a. Indoor. Bars that provide indoor entertainment or amplified music shall not exceed 75 dBA, as measured from the parcel boundary. [Source: NEW] b. Outdoor. Bars that provide outdoor entertainment or amplified music shall not exceed 55 dBA, as measured from the parcel boundary. [Source: NEW]
2. Hours of Operation Near Residential Uses and Zoned Parcels . Bars may only be open for operation between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 12:00 a.m., daily.
3. Impacts to Surrounding Uses. Bars shall not be allowed within 500 feet of a residentially-zoned parcel or a parcel with an active, current residential use; or 500 feet of a school, park, or playground.
4. Outdoor Seating Area. Outdoor seating areas adjacent to residential uses (excluding mixed-use) shall be fully and permanently screened on all sides at a minimum of six feet in height. All outdoor lighting shall be shielded in compliance with Chapter 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting). [Source: NEW]
9.130.90 Emergency Shelters
A. Purpose and Intent . This Section allows and regulates emergency shelters to alleviate the lack of available shelter for persons experiencing homelessness, including groups at risk, such as youth under the age of 18, families, seniors, and other at-risk groups. [Source: NEW] B. Operational Requirements for Emergency Shelters. Emergency shelters shall comply with the following operational requirements: [Source: 9.56.060, modified; NEW]
1. Hours of Operation. An operational emergency shelter shall remain open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. [Source: NEW]
2. On-Site Management. At least one on-site manager shall be on -site 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Additional staffing shall be provided at a ratio of one staff member per every 20 beds. [Source: 9.56.060, modified]
3. Length of Stay. No individual shall be allowed to stay more than 180 consecutive days in a twelve-month period of time. [Source: 9.56.060, modified]
4. Management Plan. Before the issuance of the certificate of occupancy of an emergency homeless shelter, there shall be a written management plan provided to the City by the operator of the facility that addresses, at minimum, of the following:
[Source: 9.56.060, modified]
a. The provision of on-site management 24 hours a day and seven days per week to oversee the facility,
b. On-going maintenance of structures and landscaping,
c. Descriptions of any supportive services provided on-site, d. Implementation of a security plan,
e. On-going enforcement of written rules of conduct for clients, including the prohibition of alcohol and illegal drugs,
f. Plan for handling complaints from neighboring properties, and Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-23
g. Availability of the operator to meet with City officials to resolve complaints C. Development Standards for Emergency Shelters. Emergency shelters shall comply with the following development standards: [Source: 9.56.060; NEW]
1. Number of Beds. An individual emergency shelter shall have no more than 60 beds. [Source: NEW]
2. Lighting. All exterior lighting associated with an emergency shelter shall be located, adequately shielded, and directed so that no direct light falls outside the property perimeter or into the public right -of-way, in compliance with Section 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting). [Source: 18.88.060.E, modified]
3. Proximity to Other Emergency Shelters. No emergency shelter may be located within 300 feet of another emergency shelter. [Source: NEW]
9.130.100 Home Occupations
A. Purpose and Intent . This Section establishes standards to allow for the conduct of home enterprises which are incidental to and compatible with surrounding residential uses. [Source:
9.70.010, modified]
B. Permits Required. The following permits are required to conduct a home occupation:
1. Home Occupation Permit. All persons operating a home occupation shall apply for a Home Occupation Permit with the Planning Department . The Planning Department may issue a Home Occupation Permit upon determining that the proposed home occupation meets all the requirements of this Section. [Source: 9.70.050, modified]
2. Business License. All persons operating a home occupation in the City shall first procure a business license and comply with all applicable provisions. [Source:
9.70.040, modified]
C. Prohibited Uses. The following uses are prohibited as a home occupation: [Source: 9.70.030, modified]
1. Vehicle service or repair;
2. Machinery, equipment, or appliance repair;
3. Medical offices and laboratories; and
4. Storage for fee.
D. Operational Requirements. Home Occupations shall comply with the following operational requirements: [Source: 9.70.070 , modified ; Conditions of Approval for Home Occupations, modified; NEW]
1. Employees. In addition to any residents of the dwelling, one additional employee who does not reside in the dwelling may be employed in the operation of the home occupation.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-24
2. Allowed Area of Operations. The home occupation shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed area. The home occupation shall not occupy more than 25 percent of the total area of the entire structure.
3. Home Occupation in Rented Unit. Home occupations proposed to be conducted within a rented dwelling unit shall first be provided written approval by the owner of the dwelling unit. [Source: NEW]
4. Hours of Operation. Home occupations may allow customers only between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M.
5. Allowed Customers. A maximum of one non -resident customer is allowed per hour of operation, excluding a customer in any provided waiting area . Home occupations may provide a waiting area for a maximum of one additional customer.
6. Storage of Materials. Materials associated with the home occupation shall only be stored within a structure, in compliance with the following:
a. There shall be no more than five pounds, five gallons, or 50 cubic feet supply of hazardous materials stored on the premises at any given time (i.e., pool chlorine, paint thinner, etc.)
b. Not more than 100 cubic feet of merchandise, materials, or equipment may be stored on-site.
c. Outdoor storage of machinery, supplies, materials, or merchandise is prohibited, with the exception of vehicle use in compliance with Subsection 7 below.
7. Vehicle Use.
a. The use of vehicles for the operation of the home occupation shall be limited to one vehicle having a manufacturer's gross vehicle weight, in compliance with State Vehicle Code, Section 12804.9, rating of less than 10,000 lbs. For the purpose of this Section, a vehicle used for a home occupation is any vehicle, trailer , or equipment that is used in the operation of the home occupation and meets one or more of the following criteria:
i. A vehicle that transports supplies or people that are involved with the home occupation,
ii. A vehicle that has a commercial license,
iii. A vehicle that has the company name or other commercial identification on the vehicle, and/or
iv. A vehicle that is used for carrying equipment or supplies involved with the home occupation.
8. Signs. There shall be no signs or other devices identifying or advertising the home occupation.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-25
9. Structure Appearance. The appearance of the structure or parcel shall not be altered and the home occupation shall not be conducted in a manner where the parcel or structure may be reasonably recognized as serving a nonresidential use (either by materials, construction, lighting, etc.).
10. Impacts. The home occupation shall not generate noise levels, vibrations, or pedestrian or vehicular traffic beyond that normal to the zon ing district in which it is located.
11. Multiple Home Occupations. More than one home occupation may be considered by the Planning Department, provided one of the businesses is an e-commerce or online business and the applicant(s) complies with all other operational requirements.
9.130.110 Mobilehome Parks
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards for mobile home parks in compliance with the Mobilehome Parks Act and other applicable requirements in this Code. [Source; NEW] B. Development Standards.
1. Mobile Home Parks. Mobile home parks shall comply with State standards for mobile homes (California Code of Regulations, Title 25, Chapter 2) in addition to the standards established in this Section. [Source: 9.64.020, modified; 9.64.040] a. Setbacks. Perimeter setback requirements are as follows: [Source: 9.64.020, modified]
i. Minimum Front Perimeter Setback. 15 feet,
ii. Minimum Side and Rear Perimeter Setback. Five feet,. iii. Minimum Residential Buffer. All mobile home parks shall provide a 10 foot setback along parcel lines adjacent to the R1 zoning district. b. Walls and Fences. Each mobile home park shall be entirely enclosed along the perimeter of the park by a six-foot screen wall or fencing consisting of solid masonry or other appropriate decorative screening . This screen may be reduced to three feet in height when constructed along the street frontage and at any entrance to the park. [Source: 9.64.020, modified] c. Landscaping. All areas not occupied by manufactured or mobile homes, accessory structures, or paving shall be landscaped and maintained consistent with the requirements of Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping). [Source:
9.64.040, modified]
d. Community Recreational and Open Space. A minimum of 150 square feet of area per mobile home space shall be provided for a combination of both indoor and outdoor community recreation and open space facilities. [Source:
9.64.040, modified]
i. Outdoor community recreational and open space facilities shall be consolidated into a minimum area of 2,000 square feet, with minimum Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-26
dimensions of 25 feet per side . Examples of outdoor community recreational facilities could include, but are not limited to, recreational courts, outdoor park space, outdoor patio areas, community garden, swimming pool, outdoor fitness park, child -friendly play equipment, dog park, and other similar uses.
ii. Indoor community facilities shall be consolidated into a minimum area of 2,500 square feet. Examples of indoor community recreational facilities could include, but are not limited to, community room and kitchen, community events space, indoor fitness center, studios for fitness classes, and other similar uses.
e. Access. Access driveways shall be constructed to comply with street standards as established in Division 5 (Subdivision Regulations). [Source:
9.64.020, modified]
f. Park Storage Areas. Service vehicles , equipment, supplies , and maintenance materials used for maintenance of a manufactured and mobilehome park shall be stored in enclosed or fenced areas. [Source:
9.64.040, modified]
g. Parking Requirements. Mobile home parks shall provide the required parking spaces established in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, And Access).
9.130.120 Recreational Vehicle (RV) Parks
A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to establish development and operational standards for recreational vehicle (RV) parks that provide seasonal and short -term accommodations while ensuring compatibility with surrounding land uses, protecting public health and safety, and preventing the establishment of permanent residential occupancy.
These standards are intended to support recreational and tourism -oriented uses while maintaining high -quality site design, internal circulation, landscaping, and onsite amenities.
Furthermore, these provisi ons provide for the continuance of existing travel trailer parks and recreational vehicle parks not in compliance with this code. [Source: 9.84.010, modified] B. Applicability. The following standards shall apply to all recreational vehicle parks, recreational camping parks, and similar facilities intended for temporary occupancy by recreational vehicles, travel trailers, motorhomes, camper vans, and fifth-wheel trailers. [Source: NEW] C. Permit Required. Recreational vehicle parks shall require approval of a Conditional Use Permit prior to establishment or expansion. [Source: NEW] D. Density and Occupancy Standards. [Source: NEW]
1. Maximum Density.
a. Recreational vehicle parks shall not exceed a maximum density of 15 recreational vehicle spaces per gross acre.
b. Density calculations shall include all recreational vehicle spaces within the park, excluding public road dedications.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-27
2. Seasonal Long-Term Stay Requirements.
a. A minimum of 60 percent of all recreational vehicle spaces within the park shall be designated for seasonal long-term recreational occupancy. b. Seasonal tong-term spaces shall:
i. Allow for occupancy periods exceeding 30 consecutive days; ii. Not exceed a maximum stay of seven consecutive months within any 12-month period; and
iii. Not be occupied as a primary or permanent residence. c. Seasonal long -term occupancy records shall be maintained by the park operator and made available to the City upon request.
3. Short-Term Camping Limitations.
a. No more than 30 percent of the total recreational vehicle spaces within the park may be designated for short-term recreational camping accommodations. b. Short-term camping spaces shall:
i. Be limited to a maximum stay of 30 consecutive days; ii. Be intended solely for transient recreational occupancy; and iii. Not be converted to seasonal or permanent occupancy without approval by the City.
4. Prohibition on Permanent Residency.
a. No recreational vehicle, travel trailer, or similar unit shall be occupied as a person’s primary residence.
b. One onsite manager or caretaker dwelling unit may be permitted for operational oversight of the facility , provided they are not housed in a recreational vehicle or park trailer.
5. Prohibition on Short-Term Rental Use.
a. Recreational vehicles and recreational vehicle spaces within the park shall not be used as short -term rental accommodations offered through online lodging platforms or similar transient rental services.
b. The park operator shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with this requirement.
E. Allowed Accessory Structures and Uses. [Source: 9.84.030, modified]
1. The following accessory structures and uses may be permitted onsite and shall be located at least 100 feet from any property line of the recreational vehicle park, and serving only park guests:
a. Clubhouses or community buildings;
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-28
b. Community kitchen or gathering pavilions;
c. Recreation buildings;
d. Recreation areas including but not limited to swimming pools, putting greens, playgrounds, recreation courts, and tot lots;
e. Delicatessen, snack bar and food store;
f. Laundry facilities, provided there is no dry -cleaning equipment or outdoor laundry drying;
g. Dog parks;
h. Restroom and shower facilities;
i. Wi-fi or business centers;
j. Maintenance buildings;
k. Covered picnic shelters;
l. Office space that is utilized solely for park operations, including, but not limited to, use for the sales and/or rentals of lots within a recreational vehicle park. m. Storage buildings; and
n. Manager office or caretaker unit (See Subsection 3 below).
2. Similar Accessory Uses. The Planning Commission may, by the Conditional Use Permit approval, permit any other accessory uses which it may determine to be similar to those listed above, operated exclusively for the convenience of recreational vehicle park residents, and not more obnoxious or detrimental to the public health, safety and welfare, or to other uses allowed in the park, as provided in this code. All uses shall be subject to the property development standards contained in this Section.
3. Onsite Manager and Caretaker Unit.
a. Mobile Homes. Not more than one mobile home lot for every 200 RV spaces may be placed in a recreational vehicle park. The mobile home is to be occupied only by the owner, the manager, or employee in the operation of the park. [Source: 9.84.060]
b. One single -unit dwelling for the onsite manager or caretaker of a recreational vehicle park. The yard requirements for this single-unit dwelling in this zoning district shall be equivalent to the R4.5 residential zoning district.
The minimum site area requirement for this dwelling unit shall be 6,000 square feet. The dwelling unit may include office space for use in connection with the park operation. [Source: 9.84.060]
F. Prohibited Onsite Uses. [Source: 9.84.050]
1. Tent Camping. Tent camping and other similar temporary camping uses are prohibited. [Source: NEW]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-29
2. Nonresidential Uses. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section, no part of the recreational vehicle park shall be used in any way, directly or indirectly, for any business, commercial, manufacturing, mercantile, storing, vending or similar purpose or any other purpose unrelated to a recreational vehicle park.
3. Home Occupations. Not allowed within any recreational vehicle, park trailer or residence within a recreational vehicle park.
4. Individual Common Shower, Bath, and Locker Room Facilities. Prohibited on recreational vehicle lot as separate structure. [Source: 9.84.060]
5. Sale of Propane. The on -site sale of propane is prohibited, except from a mobile commercially-licensed vendor.
G. Accessory Structures. [Source: 9.84.060, modified]
1. General. The following structures and their uses are allowed in all recreational vehicle parks per occupancy type and recreational vehicle space designation
2. Seasonal Long-Term Stay Lots.
a. Storage structures, provided that:
i. The storage structure does not exceed dimensions of ten feet in width, nine feet in depth and seven feet in height.
ii. The storage structures within a given park are similar in design, style, quality and structure materials to other structures or approved theme designs in the park.
iii. The storage structures are located within the rear half of the lot. iv. There is a maximum of one storage structure per recreational vehicle lot.
b. Patio covers provided that:
i. The patio cover is self -supporting and not permanently attached to a recreational vehicle. However, patio covers may be attached to park trailers.
ii. Patio covers shall not exceed an area of 540 square feet. iii. Vehicle parking is allowed under the patio cover.
c. Decking no higher than the height of the threshold of the doorway to the recreational vehicle.
H. Prohibited Accessory Structures. The following structures are prohibited within all recreational vehicle lots: [Source: 9.84.070]
1. Any enclosed habitable structures, except as otherwise specifically allowed in this Section.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-30
2. Garages and carports, except carports built as part of a patio cover where specifically allowed in this Section.
I. Development Standards.
1. Minimum Site Area. Each recreational vehicle park shall have a minimum of ten acres measured from the property lines of the park. [Source: 9.84.100]
2. Minimum Lot Dimensions. [Source: 9.84.100, modified] a. Seasonal Long -Term Stay Lots. Minimum area of recreational vehicle lot shall be 2,000 square feet.
b. Short-Term Camping Lots. Minimum area of recreational vehicle lot shall be 1,800 square feet.
3. Minimum Lot Development Standards.
a. A paved or stabilized parking pad. Unpaved surfaces are prohibited; and b. At least one vehicle parking space.
4. Existing Recreational Vehicle Parks. In formally classified ownership/membership parks existing at the time of the adoption of these regulations, no park trailers shall be placed on a recreational vehicle lot less than 1,500 square feet in area.
5. Frontage of Parks and Lots. [Source: 9.84.110, modified] a. Park Frontage. Each recreational vehicle park shall have a minimum frontage on a public street of 300 feet.
b. Seasonal Long -Term Stay Lots . The frontage of a recreational vehicle lot shall be a minimum of 30 feet on a roadway.
c. Short-Term Camping Lots. The frontage of a recreational vehicle lot shall be a minimum of 20 feet on a roadway.
6. Setbacks. [Source: 9.84.120]
a. Minimum Setbacks of the Park. Setbacks in which no recreational vehicle lot or accessory structures except for fences are to be located:
i. Front setback: 25 feet.
ii. Interior setback: 10 feet.
b. Setbacks. The body of any recreational vehicle, park trailer or structure, except seat walls, may not be placed within three feet of a roadway, rear lot line or one of the side lot lines. However, storage structures may be placed on cement pads that were in existen ce before the effective date of October 16, 1987, regardless of setback. Setbacks are not required where the lot line is adjacent to a common open area that is at least ten feet in width at that point. c. Separations. The minimum distance between the body of any recreational vehicle, including slide outs, or park trailer and any other recreational vehicle, including slide outs, or park trailer shall be 10 feet.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-31
7. Landscaping. [Source: 9.84.130]
a. Park Yards. All required yards within a recreational vehicle park shall be fully landscaped and irrigated. No required parking or vehicular maneuvering areas shall be allowed in required yards, except entry roads crossing through said yards.
b. Common Areas. All common open areas, except for natural areas, shall be landscaped and irrigated whenever possible.
c. Landscape Materials. Drought tolerant landscaping shall be utilized whenever possible to minimize water usage. Turf may be utilized with a desert plant palette for variety, however; six-inch concrete mow strips shall separate turf from desert landscaping in any common area.
d. Patio Area. Each recreational vehicle lot shall contain at least 100 square feet of outdoor patio area.
e. Tree Requirements. One shade tree per recreational vehicle lot shall be required.
8. Common Recreation Area. [Source: 9.84.140, modified]
9. Common recreation area shall be required for all recreational vehicle parks totaling 200 square feet per recreational vehicle lot . The recreation area may contain social halls, swimming pools, game courts, open areas, and/or other similar recreational facilities or uses. Open areas may be either designed for active or passive recreation, provided that the slope of the land does not exceed a gradient of 10 percent. Grades above 10 percent shall be common area, but not counted as recreation area.
Perimeter Screening. A perimeter screen of landscaping material that shall grow to at least six feet in height shall be maintained around the perimeter of any recreational vehicle park and a decorative block wall of at least six feet in height shall be provided.
Planting screens or walls shall not exceed three feet in height for a distance of 20 feet on either side of the primary entrance of the park for the safety of vehicles entering and leaving the premises. Requirements of this Section may by modified by the Planning Commission if a project presents specific circumstances that would prohibit compliance with this regulation. [Source: 9.84.150, modified]
10. Lighting. [Source: 9.84.160]
a. Lighting shall be indirect, hooded and positioned so as to reflect onto the roadway and away from the recreational vehicle lot and adjoining property. b. Lighting standards shall not exceed 10 feet in height. The height of all light standards shall be measured from the elevation of the adjoining pavement of the roadway. Lighting standards in recreational areas may be higher than 10 feet if specifically approved by the Planning Commission. c. Exterior lighting shall be consistent with Chapter 9.95 (Outdoor Lighting).
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-32
11. Improvements of Lots and Coverage. All recreational vehicle lots shall contain paved areas for vehicle parking, outdoor patio and for the parking of the recreational vehicle, provided that no more than 75 percent of each lot is covered with hard surface material. Hard surface material shall include concrete cement, brick, pavers, gravel, or any other material that is nonpermeable. This coverage requirement does not apply to landscape areas and/or materials such as decomposed granite, decorative rock or loose pavers. Asphalt is not permissible on individual lots. [Source: 9.84.170]
12. Access and Circulation. [Source: 9.84.190]
a. Entry Roads. The entry roads shall be at least 100 feet in length from the property line and shall have no access to recreational vehicle lots or roadways.
Access from an entry road to an interior roadway may occur after the first 100 feet of required access road.
b. Lot Access. Each recreational vehicle lot shall front on a roadway. No recreational vehicle lot shall take access from a public street, alley or entry road. Upon development, each recreational vehicle lot shall be designed at an angle from the roadway in order to provide recreational vehicle parking access to the lot.
c. Entry Roadway Width and Specifications. All entry roadways shall be designed and constructed in conformance with all applicable codes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Uniform Building Code and the Uniform Fire Code.
d. Internal Roadways.
i. Internal private roadways shall provide:
(1) A minimum unobstructed width of 24 feet for two -way traffic; and
(2) A minimum width of 16 feet for approved one-way roadways. ii. Internal roadways shall be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, or equivalent all-weather paving material.
iii. Dead-end roadways exceeding 150 feet in length shall provide approved emergency vehicle turnaround facilities.
13. Outdoor Storage. [Source: 9.84.210]
a. No construction or flammable material shall be stored within a recreational vehicle lot, road or common areas except in special storage areas. b. Central/common and special storage areas shall be screened by an opaque living hedge or masonry wall not less than five feet in height and shall be clearly designated on the approved plans.
14. Trash Removal. A trash removal plan for the recreational vehicle park shall be submitted at the time of application. This plan shall include the type of trash collection facilities; location, size, and number of trash receptacles; and frequency of removal.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-33
Trash collection areas shall be fully screened and inaccessible to animals. [Source:
9.84.220]
15. Utilities. [Source: 9.84.240]
a. Electrical Service. Only one power supply connection shall be made to a recreational vehicle. Electric power supply equipment shall be located on the rear half of the recreational vehicle lot.
b. Water Service. Each lot shall be served by a domestic water supply system. c. Sewer Service. Recreational vehicle parks shall be connected to sanitary sewer facilities. Each lot shall be serviced by the system and shall provide a connection point to the system that is designed to prevent spillage from contaminating the ground area.
16. Movement of Recreational Vehicles. [Source: 9.84.250] a. Wheels and/or similar devices shall not be removed from recreational vehicles or park trailers, nor shall any fixture be added or barrier be placed which shall prevent the recreational vehicle or park trailer from being moved under its own power or by a passenger vehicle. However, the "tongue" of a park trailer may be removed and fixtures may be placed around the foundation for aesthetic purposes.
b. Skirting is allowed provided it can easily be removed and there are proper openings for ventilation.
J. Operational Standards.
1. Management Requirements.
a. Recreational vehicle parks shall maintain onsite management or a designated local contact available at all times. The operator shall maintain records documenting:
i. Occupancy duration;
ii. RV space assignments; and
iii. Compliance with stay limitations.
b. Operations Management Plan. As part of the Conditional Use Permit approval process, the operator/applicant shall provide an operational management plan addressing the following items at a minimum:
i. Occupancy tracking procedures;
ii. Stay limitation enforcement;
iii. Noise management;
iv. Security measures;
v. Maintenance responsibilities; and
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-34
vi. Compliance with prohibitions on permanent residency and short -term rental use.
2. Noise.
a. Quiet hours shall be established between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. b. Excessive noise, outdoor amplified music, or nuisance activities that disturb adjacent properties shall be prohibited.
K. Existing Recreational Vehicle Parks and Campgrounds. [Source: 9.84.280]
1. Classifications. As of October 16, 1987, the City recognizes six recreational vehicle parks and one recreational vehicle campground as meeting the recreational vehicle park classification and/or recreational vehicle campground as defined in this code.
Since these facilities were approved before later code amendments, the classifications as defined were not operable at time of approval. Therefore, the following establishes the classifications for the existing parks:
a. De Anza Palm Springs Oasis Recreational Vehicle Resort (as part of the Mobile Home Park), 36 -100 Date Palm Drive, CUP 1019 (Riverside Co.). (formerly Rental Park Classification)
b. Royal Palms Recreational Vehicle Park (as part of the Mobile Home Park), 34- 851 Date Palm Drive, CUP 1880E. (formerly Rental Park Classification) c. Outdoor Resorts, 69 -411 Ramon Road, CUP 3 -017, Tract Map 19355. (formerly Ownership/Membership Parks Classification)
d. Desert Shadows Recreational Vehicle Resort, Phase 2, 69-801 Ramon Road, CUP 3 -015, Tract Map 19340. (formerly Ownership/Membership Parks Classification)
e. Desert Shadows Recreational Vehicle Resort, Phase 1, 69-801 Ramon Road, CUP 3 -015, Tract Map 19340. (formerly Extended Occupancy Parks Classification)
f. Sungate Country, 69 -333 East Palm Canyon Drive, CUP 2175 -E. (formerly Extended Occupancy Parks Classification)
g. Palms RV Resort, 35-091 Cathedral Canyon Drive, CUP 1073 (Riverside Co.). (formerly Recreational Vehicle Campground Classification)
2. Subdivision of Lots. Subdivision to create recreational vehicle lots for sale or long - term lease is allowed within ownership/membership or extended occupancy recreational vehicle parks subject to all applicable codes. [Source: 9.84.260]
3. Nonconforming. Where the use, structure, operation or any facility of the above parks and individual lots contained therein does not conform to the regulations of this Code, it shall be considered lawfully existing nonconforming and shall be allowed to continue.
However, any new use, structure or facility shall meet the requirements of this Code, except where specifically stated otherwise.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-35
4. Converting to Other Classification. When an existing recreational vehicle park or recreational vehicle campground requests reclassification to another classification, an application for a Conditional Use Permit shall be made to the Planning Commission as provided in this Code. All requirements of the requested classification shall be met.
5. Existing Travel Trailer Parks. All other recreational vehicle parks, areas in mobile home parks designated for recreational vehicles, trailer courts and other uses containing recreational vehicles and travel trailers are, for the purposes of this Code, considered travel trailer parks. Existing travel trailer parks shall not be expanded in area. However, the placing of recreational vehicles and park trailers and accessory structures is allowed provided all applicable building codes are met. [Source: 9.84.290]
9.130.130 Retail Sales, Grocery Store Small/Neighborhood Market A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to allow for small grocery stores and neighborhood markets that are compatible with adjacent residential uses and support neighborhood walkability while addressing potential light, noise, and other impacts from new neighborhood markets. [Source: NEW]
B. Standards for all Small Grocery Stores and Neighborhood Markets. All small grocery stores and neighborhood markets in any zone shall comply with the following development and operational standards: [Source: NEW]
1. Hours of Operation. Small grocery stores and neighborhood markets may only be open for operation between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m., daily.
2. Retail Floor Area.
a. Grocery Staples. All small grocery stores and neighborhood markets shall dedicate a minimum of 30 percent of floor area to the sale of:
i. Staple groceries, such as grains, canned goods, oils, baking ingredients, and perishable ingredients, and/or
ii. Produce, such as fresh or frozen fruits and vegetables. b. Alcohol and Tobacco. No more than 30 percent of retail floor area shall be dedicated to the sale of alcohol and/or tobacco products and paraphernalia.
3. Maximum Food Preparation and On-Site Dining Area. Any food preparation and/or on-site dining areas shall not exceed 25 percent of the total floor area.
4. Outdoor Seating. If provided, outdoor seating shall be located directly adjacent to the structure and shall not exceed 300 square feet in area.
5. Fenestration. Windows shall cover a minimum of 40 percent of facades fronting a public roadway.
6. Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, and Access).
7. Trash and Recycling. Trash and recycling receptacles shall be provided near the front door, outside of any public right-of-way.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-36
8. Security and Crime Prevention. Small grocery stores and neighborhood markets shall have drop safes, closed circuit television (CCTV) or an equivalent security system with retrievable electronic data kept in operation and maintained, and signage that discloses no more than $100 is kept on the premises after 9:00 p.m.
9. Drive-in and drive -through facilities are prohibited in conjunction with small grocery stores and neighborhood markets.
C. Standards for Small Grocery Stores and Neighborhood Markets in the R1 Zone. All small grocery stores and neighborhood markets located in the R1 zone shall comply with the following development and operational standards in addition to the standards in Subsection B above: [Source: NEW]
1. Site Standards.
a. Location. Small grocery stores and neighborhood markets shall be located on a corner parcel. [Source: NEW]
b. Sidewalk. Sidewalks shall be provided along all street frontages. [Source:
NEW]
2. Development Standards.
a. Minimum Street Frontage. Small grocery stores and neighborhood markets shall measure a minimum of 30 feet in width along any façade fronting a public roadway. [Source: NEW]
b. Entrance. The entrance to the small grocery store or neighborhood market shall be located along a façade fronting a public roadway, within 1 5 feet of a corner of the structure. [Source: NEW]
c. Maximum Retail Area. The retail area shall not exceed 5,000 square feet. [Source: NEW]
3. Noise.
a. Deliveries shall be limited to between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. [Source: NEW]
b. Outdoor amplified noise of any type is prohibited. [Source: NEW]
4. Trash and Recycling. Trash and recycling enclosures shall comply with the requirements in Chapter 9.80 (Trash and Recycling Enclosures). [Source: NEW]
9.130.140 Retail Sales, Restricted
A. Purpose and Intent. The standards established in this Section provide standards for restricted retail sales, as defined in Division 8 (Definitions), to address potential impacts arising from the nature of products sold at such establishments. [Source: NEW] B. Standards for all Restricted Retail Sales. All restricted retail uses shall comply with the following: [Source: NEW]
1. Hours of Operation. Restricted retail sales uses may only be open for operation between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., daily. [Source: NEW] Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-37
2. General Permit and License Requirements. Restricted retail sales uses shall comply with the following permit and licensing requirements: [Source: NEW] a. Conditional Use Permit Required. In compliance with Chapter 9.230 (Conditional Use Permit), a Conditional Use Permit is required to establish any restricted retail sales use. [Source: NEW]
b. Regulatory Permits and License/Clearances. Restricted retail sales u ses shall obtain any applicable permits and licenses from the City, County, State, or Federal agency that governs the use. Conditions of the Conditional Use Permit shall include a provision requiring the applicant to provide written proof of any applicable permits and licenses to the City prior to commencement of the use. [Source: NEW]
3. Security and Crime Prevention. Restricted retail uses are subject to review and approval by the Police Department prior to commencement of the use. The following may be required and become provisions of the Conditional Use Permit, at the discretion of the Police Department: [Source: NEW]
a. Installation of a CCTV (or equivalent) inside the business with retrievable electronic data maintained regularly and of sufficient resolution to identify customers involved in criminal offenses; [Source: NEW]
b. Central station silent intrusion alarming of the business with personnel access in strategic locations within the premises; [Source: NEW] c. Use of a money safe or vault, as approved by the Police Department .
Personnel shall have the ability to make frequent cash and/or check drops and a policy shall be instituted to limit available cash on hand; and/or [Source:
NEW]
d. While closed, the business will provide sufficient interior night -lights for nighttime security. [Source: NEW]
C. Standards for Smoke Shops. Smoke shops are defined as dedicating more than 15 percent of the total floor space and/or more than a two-foot by four-foot section of shelf space for display for sale of smoking, drug, and/or tobacco paraphernalia. All smoke shops shall comply with the following development and operational standards, in addition to the standards in Subsection B above: [Source: NEW]
1. Location. Smoke shops shall comply with the following location standards: [Source:
NEW]
a. Smoke shops shall not be located within 600 feet of establishments commonly frequented by youth, including, but not limited to, schools, religious institutions, public libraries, and public parks; and
b. Smoke shops shall not be located within 500 feet of residential zoned parcels.
2. Conditions. The following are required and will become conditions of the Conditional Use Permit: [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-38
a. No smoking shall be allowed inside the shop; [Source: NEW] b. No person under age 18 may enter the business, even if they are accompanied by an adult; [Source: NEW]
c. All employees shall be 18 or older; [Source: NEW]
d. No products may be sold by means of self -service or vending machine assisted; [Source: NEW]
e. Business shall not distribute free tobacco products or promotional items; [Source: NEW]
f. Business shall not sell or offer for sale cigarettes or other tobacco or smoking products not in the original packaging provided by the manufacturer and with all required health warnings; [Source: NEW]
g. All signs shall comply with Chapter 9.105 (Signs); [Source: NEW] h. Businesses shall comply with State law , including, but not limited to , Health and Safety Code Section 11364.5, as amended from time to time.
D. Standards for Firearm Sales. All r etail sales of firearms shall comply with the following development and operational standards, in addition to the standards in Subsection B above:
[Source: NEW]
1. Location. No retail sales of firearms shall be located within 1,000 feet of a school, or 500 feet of a place of assembly, preschool, daycare facility, youth centers, park, library, or other firearm sales establishment. [Source: NEW]
2. Permit Requirements . The retail sales of firearms shall comply with the following permit requirements: [Source: NEW]
a. An application for a Conditional Use Permit for firearm sales shall be referred to the Police Department for review and comment. [Source: NEW] b. In addition to making the findings required for the issuance of a Conditional Use Permit, the Review Authority shall consider the following factors in determining whether to grant or deny a Conditional Use Permit: [Source: NEW] i. The proposed location would comply with the requirements of this Section; [Source: NEW]
ii. The proposed location would be consistent with the character and uses of the surrounding neighborhood; [Source: NEW]
iii. The proposed use would not affect the welfare of the area residents; and [Source: NEW]
iv. The proposed use would not be in conflict with any provision contained in this Code. [Source: NEW]
3. Conditions. The following are required and will become conditions of the Conditional Use Permit: [Source: NEW]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-39
a. Firearms and ammunition shall be maintained in a secured location so that access is controlled solely by the dealer or employee and not accessible to the public. This includes any firearm or ammunition on display or in storage. [Source: NEW]
b. Display of semi -automatic firearms is prohibited in any window display or in store. [Source: NEW]
c. Sales of semi-automatic firearms shall be by appointment only. [Source: NEW] d. All storage of ammunition and other firearms related merchandise classified by the California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 9, California Fire Code as a hazardous material and shall be subject to approval of the Fire Chief. [Source: NEW]
e. Firearm Sales Accessory to General Retail Sales. All Conditional Use Permits issued to establish retail firearm sales operating as an accessory use to a General Retail Sales use shall not exceed five percent of the total floor area of the General Retail Sales use, including all display, storage, and firearm sales areas. [Source: NEW]
f. The Commission may require additional conditions necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Section and other sections of this Code. [Source: NEW]
9.130.150 Senior Housing
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards for the development and operation of multi-unit residential facilities that provide housing and/or personal care to senior residents to ensure the long-term availability and affordability of units that consider special needs of senior residents. [Source: 9.98.010, modified]
B. Applicability. The development standards established in this Section shall apply to all multifamily dwelling units with age restrictions for senior adults. [Source: NEW] C. Development Standards. Senior housing developments constructed under the provisions of this Chapter shall comply with the minimum development standards in the zoning district in which they are located, in addition to the standards established in this Section. In the event of conflict between these standards and the underlying zoning regulations, the requirements of this Section shall apply. [Source: 9.98.030, modified]
1. Parking. Senior housing developments shall comply with the following standards:
a. Number of Parking Spaces.
i. A minimum of one parking space shall be provided per dwelling unit, not to exceed the maximum number of spaces in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, and Access).
ii. A minimum of 10 percent of required parking spaces shall be designated as handicapped spaces.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-40
b. Covered Parking. A minimum of 75 percent of parking spaces shall be covered.
2. Private Open Space. Private open space shall be provided in compliance with Chapter
9.60 (Residential Open Space).
3. Indoor and Outdoor Common Open Space. A minimum of 30 square feet of indoor and 40 square feet of outdoor common open space shall be provided for each unit.
4. Dwelling Unit Size. Each dwelling unit shall have at least one bedroom and contain 500 square feet of habitable floor area, plus at least 200 square feet additional floor area for each additional bedroom
D. Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs). Covenants, conditions and restrictions shall be required before development construction to enforce age limitations, relocation when a household survivor is not a senior individual, maximum occupancy limitations, and long-term project maintenance and repair, and shall allow the City to the right -of-entry and enforcement of local regulations. CC&Rs shall be recorded with the County Recorder's Office before issuance of a Building Permit. [Source: 9.98.050, modified] E. Annual Review. Once every 12 months, the owner and/or manager of the senior housing development shall submit to the City a statement of proof that each occupied unit is occupied by at least one individual who is a senior citizen or is occupied by the manager. [Source:
9.98.060, modified]
9.130.160 Sexually Oriented Businesses
A. Purpose and Intent. It is the purpose and intent of this Chapter to regulate sexually oriented businesses to promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the citizens of the city and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to prevent any conflicting location or concentration of sexually oriented businesses within the city. The provisions of this Chapter have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the content of any communicative materials, including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this Chapter to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented materials protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market. [Source: 9.82.010]
1. Location of Sexually Oriented Businesses. The City's Development Code requires that sexually oriented business shall be allowed only in a zon ing district where such uses are specifically allowed. Permits for sexually oriented businesses shall be required and governed by the procedures and policies specified in Chapter 5.18 of this Code. In addition, any sexually oriented business shall be subject to the following restrictions: [Source: 9.82.050, modified]
2. Separation Requirements. Sexually oriented businesses shall not be established within 1,000 feet of another such business, 250 feet of East Palm Canyon Drive (State Route 111), or within 750 feet of any of the following: [Source: 9.82.030, modified] a. Religious institution;
b. School, day care center or day care home;
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-41
c. Youth organization;
d. City Hall, City offices, library, or other governmental facility;; e. Place of assembly (e.g., place of worship, meeting halls for clubs and other membership organizations, banquet halls, community centers); f. Public park or playground;
g. Recreational facility, (e.g., game arcade, bowling alley, skateboard rink, skating rink, etc.), or similar area where minors regularly congregate; h. Any residential use; and/or
i. Any residential zoning district.
3. Exception. Sexually oriented business may be located within a regional retail shopping mall which consists of no less than 250,000 square feet under one roof, and containing not less than 15 separate businesses under that same roof in any commercial or industrial zoning district wherein such sexually oriented business shall have its only frontage upon enclosed malls or malls isolated from direct view from public streets, parks, schools, churches, or residentially zoned property.
B. Measurement of Distance. Distances shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, from the nearest property line for which the sexually oriented business is proposed to be located to the nearest property line of a use or district listed above . [Source:
9.82.040, modified]
9.130.170 Single-Room Occupancy (SRO)
A. Purpose and Intent . This Section establishes standards to encourage the development of single-room occupancy (SRO) units which create permanent, affordable housing for small households and for people with special needs in proximity to transit and services. [Source; NEW]
B. Operational Requirements. SRO facilities shall comply with the following operational requirements: [Source: 9.31.130, modified]
1. 24-hour on-site management shall be required of SRO facilities with six or more units.
2. A management plan shall be implemented to address management and operation of the facility, rental procedures, safety and security measures, and building maintenance and staffing.
C. Development Standards for Single Room Occupancy Facilities. SROs shall comply with the following development standards: [Source: 9.31.140, modified; NEW]
1. Single-Room Occupancy Facilities. The following standards shall apply to SRO facilities:
a. Common Area. Four square feet of common area per unit shall be provided, with at least 200 square feet of total interior common space, excluding janitorial storage, laundry facilities, and common hallways. [Source: NEW] Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-42
b. Laundry Facilities. Laundry facilities shall be provided in a separate room at the ratio of one washer and one dryer for every 20 units or fractional number thereof, with at least one washer and dryer per floor. [Source: NEW] c. Cleaning Supply Room. A cleaning supply room or utility closet that includes a wash tub with hot and cold running water shall be provided on each floor of the SRO facility. [Source: NEW]
2. Single-Room Occupancy Units. The following standards shall apply to individual SRO units.
a. Unit Size. Each SRO unit shall have a minimum unit size of 150 square feet up to a maximum unit size of 400 square feet, including a minimum ten square feet of storage space. [Source: 9.31.140]
b. Occupancy. An SRO unit shall accommodate a maximum of two persons. [Source: NEW]
c. Bathroom Facilities. SRO units shall contain one of the following types of bathroom facilities:
i. Partial Bathroom. A partial bathroom facility shall include at least a toilet and sink. If a full bathroom facility is not provided in-unit, common bathroom facilities shall be provided in compliance with the State Building Code for congregate residences with at least one full bathroom per floor. [Source: NEW]
ii. Full Bathroom. A full facility shall include a toilet, sink, and bathtub, shower, or bathtub/shower combination. [Source: NEW]
d. Kitchen Facilities. SRO units shall contain one of the following types of kitchen facilities:
i. Partial Kitchen. A partial kitchen shall include, at a minimum, a microwave oven, a sink , and a refrigerator. If a full kitchen is not provided in-unit, common kitchen facilities shall be provided with at least one full kitchen per floor. [Source: 9.31.140, modified] ii. Full Kitchen. A full kitchen shall include, at a minimum, a sink, a refrigerator, and a stove, range top, or oven. [Source: NEW]
3. Parking. Parking for a n SRO facility shall comply with the parking standards established in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, and Access). [Source: NEW]
4. Existing Structures. An existing structure may be converted to an SRO facility, consistent with the requirements of this Section. [Source: NEW]
5. Tenancy. Tenancy of SRO units shall be for a minimum of 30 consecutive days. [Source: NEW]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-43
9.130.180 Solid Waste Management: Community Composting, Recycling Facilities, and Recycling Centers
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section regulates community composting, recycling facilities, and recycling centers to divert compostable and recyclable materials from landfills while protecting the health, safety, and welfare of surrounding land uses. [Source: 9.96.160, modified] B. Federal, State, and Local Agency Requirements. All community composting, recycling facilities, and recycling centers are subject to other applicable permits and requirements from Federal, State, and local agencies that have jurisdiction over the proposed operations, including, but not limited to, the R iverside County Department of Health and local solid waste enforcement agency. All required regulatory approvals shall be on file with the City Planning Department. [Source: 9.96.160, modified]
C. Operational Standards. Community composting, recycling facilities, and recycling centers shall comply with the operational standards established in this Section.
1. Documentation. The operator of a community composting, recycling facility, or recycling center shall maintain the following records to be provided to the City upon request: [Source: 9.96.160, modified]
a. Receipts for each delivery accepted at the facility, including information about the city of origin, the amount, and the type of material being accepted. b. A summary of all deliveries accepted at the facility. c. Any additional data required by the City.
D. Reverse Vending Machines. Reverse Vending Machines are prohibited. [Source: NEW] E. Community Composting. Community composting facilities shall comply with the following standards. [Source: NEW]
1. Compost piles, systems, and containers shall not be located within 100 feet from a residential structure.
2. Community composting facilities may include three -bin systems, windrows, aerated static piles, vermicomposting, and other similar on-site composting systems.
3. Compost piles, systems, and containers shall be screened from the street and adjacent parcels through walls, fencing, and/or other similar screening.
F. Recycling Facility, Small Collection. Small collection recycling facilities shall comply with the following standards. [Source: NEW]
1. Collection containers shall not occupy more than 350 square feet nor three parking spaces, not including space that will be periodically needed for the removal of materials or exchange of containers.
2. Collection containers shall be set back at least 20 feet from any public right-of-way and drive aisle and shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-44
3. Collection containers shall be constructed of durable waterproof and rustproof materials, secured from unauthorized removal of material, and shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate materials collected and the collection schedule.
4. Containers shall not be located within 50 feet of any residentially zoned parcel.
5. Collection containers shall be of a color and design to be both compatible with the surrounding uses and neighborhood.
6. Signs. Signs may be provided as follows:
a. Recycling facilities may have identification signs with a maximum area of 12 square feet for each side or exterior surface; and
b. Directional signs may be installed with the approval of the Director if found necessary to facilitate traffic circulation.
7. Additional parking spaces shall not be required for customers of a small collection recycling facility located in an established parking lot of commercial/industrial use.
8. Use of parking spaces by the facility and by the attendant, if provided, shall not reduce available parking spaces below the minimum number required for the use unless a parking study shows that existing capacity is not fully utilized during the time the recycling facility is in operation.
9. The site shall be maintained clean, sanitary, and free of litter and other undesirable materials, and shall be cleaned of loose debris daily.
G. Recycling Facility, Large Collection. Large collection recycling facilities shall comply with the following standards. [Source: NEW]
1. The facility shall not abut a parcel zoned for residential use.
2. Structure setbacks and landscape requirements shall be those provided for the zoning district in which the facility is located.
3. All outdoor storage shall comply with Section 9.130.20.F (Outdoor Storage)
4. The parcel shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary manner, free of litter and any other undesirable materials, and shall be cleared of loose debris daily.
5. All collection of recyclable materials shall be conducted exclusively during operational hours.
6. Dust, fumes, odor, smoke, or vibration, above ambient levels, shall not be detectable from adjoining parcels.
H. Recycling Center. Recycling centers shall comply with the following standards. [Source: NEW]
1. The facility shall not abut a parcel zoned for residential use.
2. Processing facilities are limited to baling, briquetting, compacting, crushing, grinding, shredding, sorting of source-separated recyclable materials, and repairing of reusable materials.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-45
3. A processing facility shall not exceed 45,000 square feet, may have up to an average of two outbound truck shipments of material each day, and shall not bale, compact, or shred ferrous metals other than beverage and food containers.
4. Outdoor storage shall be screened by a six -foot-high opaque fence or solid masonry wall in combination with landscape materials. Storage, excluding truck trailers, shall not be visible above the height of the required wall.
5. All collection of recyclable materials shall be conducted exclusively during operational hours.
6. Dust, fumes, odor, smoke, or vibration, above ambient levels, shall not be detectable from adjoining parcels.
9.130.190 Time-Share Use or Occupancy of Land
A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this Section is to allow and regulate time -shares in appropriate areas of the city. [Source: NEW]
B. Allowed Zoning Districts. A time-share shall be allowed through a Conditional Use Permit only in zoning districts where a hotel land use would be allowed in compliance with Division 2 (Zoning Districts Regulations and Development Standards). Time-shares are prohibited in any development where condominium by-laws, or covenants, conditions and restrictions expressly prohibit time-shares. [Source: 9.92.020, modified]
C. Transient Occupancy Tax. All time -shares shall be subject to the provisions of the City's transient occupancy tax ordinance. [Source: 9.92.040]
D. Development and Operational Standards. Time-shares shall comply with the following development and operational requirements: [Source: NEW]
1. Minimum Units. Time-shares shall have a minimum of 50 units in the development. [Source: NEW]
2. New Time -Share Development. Time-share developments shall comply with all standards for hotel development in the applicable zoning district. [Source: NEW]
3. Minimum Length of Stay. The minimum length of time any guest occupies a time - share shall be 7 consecutive days. [Source: NEW]
4. Operation. The time-share use must be composed of time -share interests. [Source:
NEW]
5. On-Site Management. An on -site manager shall be present on site at all times. [Source: NEW]
6. Additional Requirements. The commission may impose additional conditions to time- shares as it determines are necessary to protect the public safety, health, peace and welfare and mitigate impacts of time -shares on the city’s stock of housing units, City services, and on-site circulation
E. Conversion of Condominiums to Time-Shares. Condominiums may be converted to time - shares only when in compliance with the following requirements: [Source: 9.92.050, modified] Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-46
1. The conversion of condominiums to time -shares shall comply with all standards in Subsection C above.
2. A minimum of 50 percent of the owners of condominium units (not including those owned by the applicant and/or the developer) shall receive notification, either personally or by receipted certified U.S. Mail, including a description of the number and percentage of current condominium units that are proposed to be converted to time - share units..
3. Time-share rights or entitlements shall not be sold or offered for sale unless there exists a valid final subdivision public report for the sale of such time -share rights or entitlements, issued by the State Department of Real Estate.
9.130.200 Two-Unit Residential Developments and Urban Parcel Splits A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes development standards for two -unit residential developments and urban parcel splits consistent with the provisions of Government Code Sections 65852.21 and 66411.7 and State law, including Senate Bill (SB) 9 (2021) to encourage the development of a variety of housing types. [Source: 9.116.030, modified] B. Applicability. The procedures and standards established in this Section shall apply to all single-family properties meeting the requirements of Government Code Section 65852.21. [Source: NEW]
C. Permit Application and Review. [Source: 9.116.040, modified]
1. Application. An applicant for an SB 9 two -unit residential development or an urban parcel split shall submit an application on a form prepared by the City, along with all information, materials, and fees prescribed by such form.
2. Review. Consistent with State law, the Director shall consider and approve or deny a complete application for a SB 9 two -unit residential development or an urban parcel split ministerially, without discretionary review or public hearing.
3. Nonconforming Conditions.
a. A SB 9 two -unit residential development may only be approved if all nonconforming zoning conditions are corrected.
b. The correction of legal nonconforming zoning conditions is not a condition for ministerial approval of a parcel map for an urban parcel split.
4. Approval. The ministerial approval of a SB 9 two -unit residential development or a parcel map for an urban parcel split shall take effect when the City has confirmed that all required documents have been recorded.
5. Specific, Adverse Impacts. The Director may deny an application for a SB 9 two-unit residential development or a parcel map for an urban parcel split if the Building official makes a written finding that the project would have a specific, adverse impact, as defined and determined in Government Code Section 65589.5 (2)(d), on either public health and safety or on the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-47
D. Qualifying Requirements. A proposed SB 9 two-unit residential development or urban parcel split shall meet all of the following requirements in order to qualify for ministerial review in compliance with the provisions of this Section: [Source: 9.116.050, modified]
1. Zoning District. The parcel shall be located in a single-family residential zoning district as defined in Chapter 9.20 (Residential Zoning Districts). a. Exception. Proposed SB 9 two -unit residential development or urban parcel splits shall not be located on any parcel identified in Government Code Section 65913.4 (6), unless the development satisfies the requirements specified in Subsection (6).
2. Historic District or Property. Proposed SB 9 two -unit residential development or urban parcel splits shall not be located within a historic district or on a property included on the State Historic Resources Inventory, as defined in Section 5020.1 of the State Public Resources Code, or within a site that is designated or listed as a City landmark or historic property .
3. Allowed Demolition or Alteration of Residential Development. a. Proposed SB 9 two -unit residential development or urban parcel splits are prohibited from demolishing or altering residential development that is:
i. Subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of moderate, low, or very low income.
ii. Subject to any form of rent or price control.
iii. Occupied by a tenant within the last three years.
b. Up to 25 percent of exterior structural walls of an existing residential development may be demolished if the parcel has not been occupied by a tenant in the last three years.
4. Property Owner. The subject parcel shall be owned solely by one or more individual property owners , community land trust, or a nonprofit corporation, excluding any corporation or corporate person of any kind, including, but not limited to, a partnership, LP, LLC, C corporation, or S corporation.
5. Prior Urban Lot Split. The parcel proposed to be subdivided:
a. Shall not have been established through a prior urban parcel split. b. Shall not be adjacent to any parcel that was established through an urban parcel split by the owner of the subject parcel or by any person acting in concert with the owner of the subject parcel.
E. Separate Conveyance. [Source: 9.116.070, modified]
1. Two Dwellings on One Parcel. Primary dwelling units located on the same parcel may not be owned or conveyed separately from one another.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-48
2. Dwellings on Separate Parcels. T wo parcels resulting from an urban parcel split may be separately conveyed in compliance with the following:
a. If dwellings or accessory structures (such as garages) on different parcels are adjacent or attached to each other, the urban parcel split boundary may separate them for conveyance purposes if the structures meet Building Code safety standards and are sufficient to allow separate conveyance. If any attached structures span or will span the new parcel line, appropriate covenants, easements or similar documentation allocating legal and financial rights and responsibilities between the owners of the two parcels ("CC&Rs") for construction, reconstruction, use, maintenance, and improvement of the attached structures and any related shared drive aisles, parking areas, or other portions of the parcel shall be recorded prior to approval of a final parcel map for the urban parcel split.
b. Condominium airspace divisions and common interest developments are not allowed on parcels created through an urban parcel split or containing an SB 9 two-unit residential development.
F. Rental Term. The rental of any SB-9 two-unit residential development shall be for a term longer than 30 days. Short-term vacation rentals are prohibited in any dwelling unit on a parcel created through an urban parcel split or containing an SB 9 two-unit residential development. [Source:
9.116.090, modified]
G. Prohibited Uses . Nonresidential use s are prohibited on parcels created through an urban parcel split or containing an SB 9 two -unit residential development. [Source: 9.116.080 , modified]
H. Site Standards for Urban Parcel Splits. [Source: 9.116.110]
1. Parcel Area.
a. Each of the resulting parcels shall be between 60 percent and 40 percent of the original parcel area.
b. Each resulting parcel shall measure at least 1,200 square feet in parcel area.
2. Access. Each resulting parcel shall adjoin the public right-of-way.
3. Minimum Width. Each resulting parcel shall have frontage on the public street of at least 20 lineal feet.
4. Easements for the provision of public services and facilities shall be provided, as determined by the City Engineer.
I. Development Standards. Qualifying SB 9 two -unit residential development and any development on a parcel created through an urban parcel split shall be subject to the following standards and criteria: [Source: 9.116.120, modified]
1. Minimum Unit Size. Each new primary dwelling unit shall meet or exceed the following minimum sizes:
i. Studio or one bedroom dwelling unit. 500 square feet.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-49
ii. Two or more bedrooms dwelling unit. 700 square feet. b. A primary dwelling that was legally established before the submittal of a complete application for an urban parcel split or an SB 9 two -unit residential development and that is smaller than 800 square feet may be expanded, in compliance with this Section.
2. Setbacks.
a. Minimum side and rear setbacks for a SB 9 two -unit residential development shall be no less than four feet. All other setbacks shall comply with the setback requirements of the zoning district.
b. Detached dwelling units and associated covered parking shall be a minimum of 10 feet from each other, unless all structures are single-story and not more than 16 feet in height, in which case the minimum separation shall be five feet.
3. Parcel Coverage. The maximum parcel coverage shall not exceed the maximum coverage of the underlying zoning district, except where such coverage would physically preclude the construction of up to two units or physically preclude either of the two units from being at least 800 square feet in floor area. The parcel coverage shall include all structures (primary and accessory), covered porches and patios, and covered parking areas.
4. Parking. Parking facilities shall comply with all parking requirements in Chapter 9.70 (Parking, Loading, And Access). [Source: NEW]
a. Exceptions:
i. The parcel is located within one -half mile walking distance of either:
(i) a high-quality transit corridor as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the State Public Resources Code; or (ii) a major transit stop as defined in Section 21064.3 of the State Public Resources Code. ii. The parcel is located within one block of a car-share vehicle location.
5. Unit Design Standards. Both primary dwelling units in a SB 9 two -unit residential development shall use the same exterior colors and/or materials, including the exterior walls, roof pitch, and roofing material.
6. Deed Restriction. The property owner shall record a deed restriction that provides constructive notice of the restrictions resulting from the two -unit residential project or urban parcel split that states the following:
a. The property is developed as a two unit project or formed as an urban parcel split and is therefore subject to the City's two unit residential or urban parcel split regulations, including all applicable limits on dwelling size and development.
b. Expressly prohibits any rental of any dwelling on the property for a period of less than 30 days.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-50
c. Expressly prohibits any nonresidential use of the parcel. d. Expressly requires the individual property owners to live in one of the dwelling units on the parcel as the owners' primary residence and legal domicile. e. In the case of an urban parcel split, expressly requires the individual property owners to live in one of the dwelling units on the parcel as the owners' primary residence and legal domicile for a minimum of three years.
9.130.210 Vehicle Sales , Used and Vehicle Rental Facility, Passenger and Recreational
A. Purpose. This Section regulates used vehicle sales and vehicle rental facilities for passenger and recreational vehicles to allow such uses while ensuring compatibility with surrounding land uses and ensure quality development along major city corridors. [Source: 9.96.170, modified] B. Location/Site Improvements. [Source: 9.96.170]
1. Used vehicle sales enterprises shall be limited to locations within permissible zon ing districts on Ramon Road. However, enterprises dealing exclusively in the sale of exotic, antique or similar specialty used vehicles may locate within any zon ing district where such use is specifically enumerated and the enterprise includes the display of fifteen or fewer such vehicles for sale. Further, used vehicle sales enterprises operating as of January 1, 1996 are allowed to continue at the existing dealership locations at 68-318 and 68-350 E. Palm Canyon Drive (Webb Motors) and 68-406 E. Palm Canyon Drive (Affordable Cars) until such time as said dealerships cease operating. Once operations cease including change of ownership, reorganization, or any similar discontinuance of the businesses, no further use of the property for used car sales shall be allowed. This provision shall become effective only after the amortization period established in this Section has been exhausted;
2. A minimum lot size of 17,500 square feet shall be required for used vehicle sales or vehicle rental enterprises except where such use is to be conducted entirely indoors;
3. Vehicle display/storage areas shall be physically separated from required parking/vehicle maneuvering areas and marked and signed as such. Display parking shall be limited to the areas delineated on the approved site plan and no part of any area designated for vehicle display/storage shall be credited toward required customer/employee parking. All vehicle parking and maneuvering areas shall be all weather surfaces. Vehicles shall not be displayed, parked or stored in required landscape areas;
4. Each site shall contain an office sufficiently sized for the conduct of the operation.
Portable office trailers and other temporary structures are not allowed;
5. All exterior lighting shall be installed and maintained in such a manner that glare and intensive light sources shall not be visible at the property line. Such fixtures shall contain glare control features to the satisfaction of the Planning Department;
6. All security improvements, fencing, gating, etc. shall be subject to approval by the Planning Department before installation. Barriers proposed to be erected around Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-51
vehicle display areas shall not exceed 36 inches in height. Chain link fencing is prohibited. Further, all such improvements shall be architecturally integrated with the site, structure, and landscape improvements.
C. Operational Standards. [Source: 9.96.170]
1. Incidental vehicle repair shall only take place in an enclosed structure consistent with the requirements of Section 9.130.230 (Vehicle Repair Shop);
2. Public address systems or any similar external loudspeaker systems are prohibited;
3. Outdoor display shall be limited to those areas designated on the approved site plan and display of vehicles on elevated platforms, ramps, or any similar device is prohibited.
D. Nonconforming Uses. Used vehicle sales and vehicle rental enterprises shall be deemed nonconforming if they do not have a Conditional Use Permit approval granted by the City or fail to meet any of the development standards contained in this Section and/or any other applicable development requirements or design policy of the City, including, but not limited to, those criteria within this title, specific plans, and City design guidelines. At the time of review of a Conditional Use Permit application, the Planning Commission or City Council shall have the discretion to review the entire scope of potential issues including the appropriateness of the nonconforming use its existing location and may deny said application and require abandonment of the nonconforming use. [Source: 9.96.170]
9.130.220 Vehicle Fueling Stations
A. Purpose and Intent. This Section establishes standards specific to Vehicle Fueling Stations . [Source: NEW]
B. Accessory Uses or Combined Uses. Restaurants and convenience food markets or other similar uses may be allowed if the Planning Commission finds that: (1) the activity is integrated with the service station operation and both activities are compatible with the other; (2) the accessory use in combination with the service station operation will not cause hazards on, or congestion to, adjacent city streets or surrounding traffic patterns; and (3) the additional required parking for the accessory use can be adeq uately designed so as to maintain clear aisleways and not interfere with the dispensing of fuel. [Source: 9.96.150] C. Location of Vehicle Fueling Stations. [Source: 9.96.150]
1. No more than two vehicle fueling stations shall be located at any intersection of streets, (whether wholly or partially within the City's limits). The terms "intersection" and "street" shall have the same meaning as stated in Sections 365 and 590 of the St ate Vehicle Code.
2. When vehicle fueling stations are proposed at locations other than at an intersection they may not be located any closer than 2,500 feet from any other service station, said distance to be measured from the closest point on the nearest property line of a proposed location of a vehicle fueling station by a straight line to the closest point on the nearest property line of any other vehicle fueling station.
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-52
3. Exceptions. A vehicle fueling station may be allowed at any other properly zoned site provided that at least one of the following apply:
a. The parcel has frontage on a street and is between a freeway on or off -ramp and the next street that intersects with the said required frontage street; or b. The site is part of a comprehensively planned commercial center of over five acres in area; or
c. The Planning Commission finds that the proposed fuel dispensing volume constitutes a secondary use of the site or business or that the fuel dispensing activities of surrounding land uses (including uses outside the city) which affect the separation criteria are deemed minor or secondary activities and that the addition of the proposed use would not have adverse impact on traffic circulation or surrounding uses.
D. Minimum Site Area. Vehicle fueling stations shall be located on a parcel containing at least 20,000 square feet. Any proposal to add to or, expand motor fuel dispensing activity to an existing use on a parcel of less than 20,000 square feet shall not be allowed, unless the Planning Commission in compliance with a Conditional Use Permit, finds that the site can adequately support the increased use without adversely affecting public streets or surrounding land uses. [Source: 9.96.150]
E. Parking. Each vehicle fueling station site shall have no less than three spaces available and marked for parking of vehicles, excluding those vehicles being serviced at said station. In addition to the above-required spaces, uses allowed as accessory or combined uses shall meet parking requirements specified in Chapter 9.58, Off-Street Parking. [Source: 9.96.150] F. Installation of Call Detectors. If a service station is located at a street intersection where traffic signal devices are installed or proposed to be installed by the City or by the State, there shall be installed on said service station site "call detectors," if said detectors are dete rmined necessary by the City Engineer or engineer of that governmental body having jurisdiction over the operation of traffic maintenance signals, said determination to be made and imposed as a condition of site plan approval. [Source: 9.96.150]
G. Sale of Diesel Fuel or Liquid Gas. Diesel fuel and/or liquid propane gas (LPG) may be sold if approved in connection with site plan approval. [Source: 9.96.150] H. Access/Reciprocal Agreements. Access drives shall be at least 100 feet from any street corner as measured from the intersection of the ultimate right -of-way lines at said corner. All driveways shall be designed to provide vehicle queuing in a manner which minimizes possible hazard or slowing of vehicles on adjacent city streets. Reciprocal access/parking arrangements may be required with adjacent properties to enhance public convenience and safety. [Source:
9.96.150]
I. Walls and Screening. Low profile screen walls, landscaping, earthen berms or any combination thereof shall be installed on project boundaries to partially reduce public view of parking areas, service, and fuel dispensing bays as determined by the Planning Commission. [Source: 9.96.150]
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-53
J. Landscape improvements. At least 10 percent of the net site area shall be fully landscaped.
Landscaped planter areas at least six feet wide (as measured from the property line) shall be provided on site along all street frontages, side and rear property lines or lease lines excep t where approved cross drives exist. However, greater planting area shall be provided where specified by specific plans, specific zoning district standards or other established City policies and guidelines. [Source: 9.96.150]
K. Restrooms/Comfort Stations. Restrooms shall be provided and maintained for convenient patron use during business hours. [Source: 9.96.150]
L. Service stations which contain self -service fuel dispensing shall provide for vehicle air/water, windshield washing and trash disposal. [Source: 9.96.150] M. Exterior area and flood lighting proposed (whether in parking areas or under canopies) shall be shown on plans. Exterior lighting shall be consistent with Chapter 9.89 "Outdoor Lighting Standards" of this Code. [Source: 9.96.150]
N. No outdoor merchandising displays, including, but not limited to, snacks, propane tanks, beverages, etc. shall be allowed in an area outside any structure or City approved outside display area, for purposes of physically selling, distributing, or displayin g goods, wares, merchandise, or services. [Source: 9.96.150]
O. Accessory Alcohol Sales. Sales of alcoholic beverages that are accessory to a vehicle fueling station shall be allowed only in compliance with the following standards: [Source: 9.96.110, NEW]
1. Accessory alcohol sales shall not exceed 50 percent of the floor area of total sales and/or services.
2. Accessory alcohol sales may only occur between the hours of 8 a.m. and 8 p.m.
3. All alcohol sales shall be in compliance with any applicable Alcoholic Beverage Control (ABC) licensure and all other applicable regulations of this Development Code.
9.130.230 Vehicle Repair Shop
A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that vehicle repair shops are designed and operated in a manner that is compatible with surrounding commercial development and nearby sensitive land uses. These standards are intended to minimize visual, noise, odor, and operational impacts w hile promoting high -quality site design and pedestrian -oriented commercial environments. [Source: NEW]
B. Applicability. The following standards shall apply to all vehicle repair shops, including those with repair activities, tire shops, oil change facilities, body repair establishments, and similar vehicle service uses. [Source: NEW]
C. Specific Plan. Vehicle Repair Shops within the 90 -43A Specific Plan area shall comply with all applicable standards of the Specific Plan. [Source: NEW] D. Development Standards. [Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.115 Standards for Specific Land Uses
4-54
1. Front Setback and Access. All structures shall have a minimum 35-foot front setback to allow ingress and egress from the public right-of-way to the service bays.
2. Windows. The exterior walls and doors of any structure, excluding bay doors and/or security grills, housing a vehicle use, which are parallel to a street, shall consist of at least 50 percent transparent windows, unless otherwise prohibited by law.
3. Service Bays
a. Location. Service bay doors or vehicle entrances, exits, or openings shall not face any residential use.
b. Stacking. Service bays shall accommodate a vehicle stacking capacity of one vehicle within the service bay and one located on the pad outside the service bay doors.
c. Aisles. Service bay aisles shall be a minimum of 25 feet for the center aisle space to ensure safe vehicle movement and reduce the need for constant, climate-altering door operation.
4. Wash Racks. Every wash rack shall be constructed or arranged so that entrances, exits and openings shall not directly face any residential use.
5. Vehicle hoists. Vehicle hoists of any type or size, shall be located and operated only inside a structure enclosed on at least three sides.
6. Flooring. Concrete flooring or a similar materials is required for all repair areas. All repair areas shall include floor drains and oil -water separators, particularly for wash bays.
7. Landscape Buffering. When adjacent to residential uses, a landscaped buffer strip of at least 10 feet is required between the residential use and the vehicle repair shop .
The landscape buffer strip shall include a combination of approved City trees, shrubs, and groundcover per Chapter 9.55 (Landscaping).
8. Pedestrian Design. Onsite pedestrian circulation shall be provided with minimum three-foot wide pedestrian walkways from public sidewalks and parking areas to structure entrances.
E. Operational Standards. [Source: NEW]
1. Accessory Sales. Accessory sales activities shall not occur outside a fully enclosed structure.
2. Noise Control.
a. Vehicle repair operations shall comply with all applicable City noise standards. b. Noise-generating activities, including engine testing, use of pneumatic tools, metal fabrication, or amplified sound, shall occur entirely within enclosed structures.
c. Outdoor speaker systems, outdoor engine testing, and prolonged idling of vehicles are prohibited adjacent to residential uses.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.115 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-55
3. Hours of Operation. Hours of operation for vehicle repair shops and associated onsite activities located within 300 feet of a residential use shall be limited to:
a. 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday; and b. 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Sundays and holidays.
4. Visual Clutter. All windows and glass doors shall be maintained free of any signs.
5. Odor and Air Quality. All painting, coating, and chemical-related activities shall occur within properly ventilated and filtered enclosed structures.
6. Waste and Hazardous Materials.
a. All waste fluids, chemicals, and hazardous materials shall be stored in accordance with applicable State and Federal regulations including but not limited to OSHA, IBC/IFC, and NFPA 30A.
b. Outdoor storage of tires, batteries, oils, or hazardous materials shall be prohibited unless fully screened and contained behind a solid wall or fence with a minimum height of six feet. Items stored outdoors shall not exceed the height of the screening.
7. Site Maintenance. The site where the automotive use is located shall be kept clear of weeds, rubbish, and all types of litter and combustible materials at all times.
8. Prohibited Operations.
a. Vehicle dismantling, salvage operations, or long-term vehicle storage shall be prohibited unless expressly permitted within the zoning district. b. Outdoor coating and painting is prohibited.
c. Use of temporary canopy tents shall are prohibited.
d. Trailers and/or temporary modular structures shall not be permitted as a work area.
Chapter 9.120 Standards for Temporary Land Uses
4-56
Chapter 9.120
Standards for Temporary Land
Uses
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.120 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-57
Chapter 9.120 Standards for Temporary Land Uses
Sections
9.120.10 Purpose and Intent
9.120.20 Applicability
9.120.30 Types of Temporary Land Uses
9.120.10 Purpose and Intent
This Section establishes specific uses that are considered to be temporary uses for the purposes of this Development Code. [Source; NEW]
9.120.20 Applicability
Temporary Uses shall comply with the permit requirements established in Chapter 9.235 (Temporary Use Permit). [Source: NEW]
9.120.30 Types of Temporary Land Uses
A. Allowed Uses. A Special Use Permit is required for the following uses: [Source: 9.68.020,
9.96.020, 9.96.030, 9.96.080, 9.96.070, 9.96.090, NEW]
1. Events. Swap meets, flea markets, farmers markets, parades, bicycle races, marathons, festivals, concerts, carnivals, and other similar events.
2. Seasonal Sales Lots. Seasonal sales activities (e.g. Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas, etc.) including temporary residence or security trailers on nonresidential properties. All seasonal sales lots shall comply with all sign regulations in Chapter
9.105 (Signs).
3. Off-Site Construction Yards. Off-site storage yards used in conjunction with an approved construction project. The Special Use Permit may be extended by the Planning Department for the duration of the construction project;
4. Temporary Offices. Temporary structures or trailers used for offices, storage, or first sales of homes before completion of an approved development project. The Special Use Permit may be extended by the Planning Department for a maximum of two times for a period not to exceed an additional 90 days each.
5. Temporary Parking Lots. Temporary parking areas in conjunction with an approved temporary or permanent use. The Permit may be approved for no more than 20 days.
Temporary parking lots:
a. Shall comply with all sign regulations in Chapter 9.105 (Signs). b. Shall mitigate for the impacts of dust.
c. Shall not allow overnight camping.
Chapter 9.120 Standards for Temporary Land Uses
4-58
6. Temporary Residence. A temporary residence of a property owner when a valid Building Permit for a new dwelling unit is in force. The Permit may be approved for no longer than 12 months, or upon expiration of the Building Permit, whichever first occurs. Temporary residences:
a. Shall not be larger than 400 square feet.
b. Shall not be located within a front setback.
c. Shall be located a minimum of five feet from a rear or side property line and not beyond the front facade of the primary residence.
d. Any proposed deviation from this Subsection may be considered through the Minor Use Permit process.
7. Any other similar use that the Planning Department determines is temporary in nature and is found to be compatible with surrounding uses.
B. Exempt Temporary Uses. Uses not requiring a Special Use Permit are: [Source: 9.68.020, modified]
1. On-Site Construction Yards. On-site contractors' construction yards, in conjunction with an approved construction project.
2. Garage and Rummage Sales. Outdoor sales of used goods for up to one two-day weekend per quarter within a 12-month period.
3. Emergency Facilities. Emergency public health and safety needs/activities.
4. Any use specifically regulated in another Chapter of this Code.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.125 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-59
Chapter 9.125
Cannabis Businesses
Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses
4-60
Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses
Sections
9.125.00 Purpose and Intent
9.125.10 Relationship to Other Laws
9.125.20 Permit Required
9.125.30 Application and Processing Procedures
9.125.40 Findings for Approval
9.125.50 Development and Location Standard
9.125.60 Conditions of Approval
9.125.70 Limited City Liability
9.125.80 Inspections
9.125.90 Enforcement
9.125.00 Purpose and Intent
A. The purpose of this Chapter is to regulate cannabis business land uses, as allowed by Section 26200 of the State Business and Professions Code, in a manner designed to minimize negative impacts on the city and neighboring uses, and promote the health, safety, morals, and general welfare of residents and businesses within the city. [Source: 9.108.010] B. This Chapter is further adopted and established in compliance with the specific authority granted to the City in Section 7 of Article XI of the State Constitution and Section 26200 of the State Business and Professions Code. This Chapter shall govern all cannabis businesses within the jurisdiction of the City. [Source: 9.108.010]
9.125.10 Relationship to Other Laws
A. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Chapter and the provisions of MAUCRSA or any other applicable State or local law, the more restrictive provision shall control.
B. Except as expressly stated in this Section, cannabis businesses shall comply with all other City codes and regulations. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed as permitting a cannabis business to operate at any time in a manner that is in violation of all other applicable State and local laws.
9.125.20 Permit Required
A. Where one or more types of cannabis businesses are listed as a conditionally allowed use in a zoning district in Division II of this Title 9 of the code, a cannabis business of the type conditionally allowed in the subject zoning district may only operate after obtaining a Conditional Use Permit in compliance with this Chapter and Chapter 9.72 of this code. No Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.125 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-61
person may operate any cannabis business that is a conditionally allowed use without having first obtained a Conditional Use Permit. [Source: 9.108.040] B. All cannabis businesses shall be operated in strict compliance with the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions of the MAUCRSA, the provisions of Chapter 5.88, this Chapter, Chapter 9.72 of this code, and all other applicable State and local laws and regulations, as well as the terms and conditions of its local license and Conditional Use Permit. [Source: 9.108.040] C. The Planning Department is authorized to make policies and procedures consistent with the intent and spirit of this Chapter concerning the applications, the application process, the information required of applicants, the application procedures and the administration and procedures to be used and followed in the application and hearing process. [Source: 9.108.040] D. Chapter 9.72 of this code shall govern and apply to Conditional Use Permit s for cannabis businesses applied for or obtained in compliance with this Chapter unless this Chapter expressly states otherwise. All requirements contained in this Chapter shall be in addition to the applicable requirements of Chapter 9.72. [Source: 9.108.040]
9.125.30 Application and Processing Procedures
A. All applications for a Conditional Use Permit shall be filed with the Planning Department on the official form supplied by the City and shall be accompanied by the application fee established by resolution of the City Council, as may be amended from time to time.
B. An application for a Conditional Use Permit shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following information:
1. Confirmation that the proposed premises is not currently allowed by the State or county for the production of non-cannabis infused food products.
2. The address of the proposed cannabis business.
3. A site plan and floor plan of the cannabis business denoting all the use of areas of the cannabis business, including storage, employee areas, exterior lighting, restrooms, security cameras, areas of ingress and egress, signs, limited access areas, and restricted access areas, if included.
4. Plans and specifications for the interior of the proposed premises if the structure to be occupied is in existence at the time of the application. If the structure is not in existence or alteration to the structure is required at the time of the application, the applicant shall file a plot plan and a detailed sketch for the interior and shall further submit an architect's drawing of the structure to be constructed.
5. The name and address of the person that owns the real property upon which the cannabis business is to be operated. In the event the applicant does not legally own the property, the application shall be accompanied by a notarized acknowledgement from the person that owns the property that a cannabis business shall be operated on their property.
6. A description of the design of the proposed premises evidencing that the design conforms to applicable City laws.
Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses
4-62
7. For a Cultivation Site or Manufacturing Site.
a. A description of the source of power (electric utility company, solar, diesel generators), the size of the electrical service or system, and the total demand to be placed on the system by all proposed uses on-site. b. For a cultivation site, verification of all water sources used by the proposed premises and verification that the proposed premises does not utilize water that has been or is illegally diverted from any stream, creek, or river. c. For a manufacturing site, a report from a professional engineer that details the type of equipment that shall be used to extract cannabinoids from cannabis. If flammable gas, flammable liquefied gas, flammable and combustible liquids, or compressed carbon dioxide (CO2) are used for extraction, then the report shall certify that only closed -loop extraction system(s), that are UL or ETL listed or have a sign off by a professional engineer, capable of recovering the solvent are utilized.
d. For a manufacturing site, a separate diagram of any room where extraction occurs that details the location of the extraction equipment, areas of ingress and egress, emergency eye -wash station, any other fire suppression or emergency equipment required by Title 8 of this code, City and State building codes, fire codes, electrical codes and all other applicable laws.
8. A statement in writing by the applicant that he or she certifies under penalty of perjury that all the information contained in the application is true and correct.
9. Authorization for the Planning Department to seek verification of the information contained within the application.
10. Any such additional and further information as is deemed necessary by the Planning Department to administer this Section or this Chapter.
C. The Planning Department and appropriate City Staff shall review, verify and investigate all information on the application and prepare a report for the Planning Commission incorporating the findings of such investigation and verification, including, but not limited to, the suitability of the proposed location, and the applicant's compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, Chapter 5.88 and Chapter 9.72.
9.125.40 Findings for Approval
A. The Planning Commission shall not hold a public hearing on or approve any application for a Conditional Use Permit to operate a cannabis business unless the applicant holds a local license in good standing. [Source: 9.108.060]
B. In addition to the findings established in Section 9.72.010 of this code, a Conditional Use Permit for a cannabis business shall only be granted subject to the following findings: [Source:
9.108.060]
1. The cannabis business as well as all operations as conducted therein, fully comply with all applicable building, electrical, zoning and fire codes, accessibility requirements of the Americans with Disability Act, and all relevant City and State law; and Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.125 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-63
2. The cannabis business fully complies with and meets all operating criteria required in compliance with State laws, Chapter 5.88 of this code, any other provisions of this code, and any specific, additional operating procedures and measures as may be imposed as conditions of approval in the Conditional Use Permit; and
3. The cannabis business shall be located in a zoning district where cannabis businesses of the type proposed are conditionally allowed, and all of the applicable locational restrictions in Section 9.108.070 are satisfied.
4. For dispensaries, the issuance of a Conditional Use Permit to the applicant shall not result in or add to an excessive concentration of dispensaries and/or result in a need for additional law enforcement resources.
C. The Planning Commission may deny an application for a Conditional Use Permit if it determines that one or more of the findings required by Section 9.72.010 or Subsection B of this Section for the granting of a Conditional Use Permit cannot be made. [Source: 9.108.060] D. Based on the information established in the application and City Staff's report and testimony presented at the public hearing, the Planning Commission may impose reasonable terms and conditions on the proposed cannabis business in addition to those specified in and required to be included in every Conditional Use Permit granted under this Chapter. [Source: 9.108.060]
9.125.50 Development and Location Standard
A. A Conditional Use Permit for a cannabis business shall not be approved unless the proposed cannabis business shall be located in a zoning district in which cannabis businesses of the type proposed are conditionally allowed. In addition, a Conditional Use Permit shall not be approved for a cannabis business unless all of the following locational requirements applicable to the type of cannabis business proposed are satisfied: [Source: 9.108.070]
1. Dispensaries. No dispensary shall be located:
a. Within 600 feet of a school, day-care center, or youth center; or b. Within 250 feet of a residential zoning district.
c. Within 250 feet of the RR (Resort Residential) zoning district.
2. Cultivation, Manufacturing and Distribution Sites. No cultivation, manufacturing, or distribution site shall be located:
a. Within 600 feet of a school, day-care center, or youth center; b. Within 300 feet of a residential zoning district; or c. Within three hundred feet of the RR (Resort Residential) zoning district.
3. All distances specified in this Section shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or topography, from the nearest point of the structure in which the cannabis business is, or shall be located, to the following locations, or until the City limit is reached. If the cannabis business is, or shall be located, in a multi-unit structure, the distances shall be measured from the nearest point of the suite in which the cannabis business is or shall be located.
Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses
4-64
a. Setbacks from schools, day -care centers and youth centers, shall be measured to the nearest property line of the parcel where such use is located. b. Setbacks from residential zoning districts shall be measured to:
i. The nearest point of any legally allowed structure located in a residential zoning district; or
ii. If there is land within a residential zoning district with no legally allowed structure, the measurement shall be to the nearest property line unless the nearest property line is within the public right-of-way, in which case the measurement shall be to the edge of the right-of-way furthest from the proposed cannabis business.
c. Setbacks from the Resort Residential zoning district shall be measured to the nearest property line of the parcel.
9.125.60 Conditions of Approval
A. All Cannabis Businesses. Every cannabis business Conditional Use Permit shall include the following conditions of approval. [Source: 9.108.080]
1. The cannabis business shall submit and obtain approval of an odor control plan meeting the requirements of Chapter 5.88 of the Cathedral City Municipal Code. When required by the odor control plan, the cannabis businesses shall install and maintain an exhaust air filtration system with odor control that prevents internal odors from being emitted externally. Should compliance with the odor control plan fail to properly control odor, the local licensing authority may impose additional or modified plan restric tions.
2. The applicant or its legal representative shall:
a. Indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all claims, damages, legal or enforcement actions, including, but not limited to, any actions or claims associated with violation of Federal law associated with the operation of the cannabis business; defend, at its sole expense, any action against the City, its agents, officers, and employees related to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit or the operation of the cannabis business; reimburse the City for any court costs and attorney fees that the City may be required to pay as a result of any legal challenge (or Federal enforcement action) related to the City's approval of a Conditional Use Permit, and to execute a separate agreement to this effect.
b. Maintain insurance in the amounts and of the types that are acceptable to the City in compliance with guidelines and policies established by the local licensing authority and name the City as an additionally insured on all City- required insurance policies.
3. All windows on the premises of the cannabis business shall be appropriately secured and cannabis securely stored.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.125 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-65
4. All cannabis businesses shall comply with the City's lighting standards including, without limitation, fixture type, wattage, illumination levels, shielding, and secure the necessary approvals and permits as needed.
5. All cannabis businesses and all equipment used in the conduct of the business, shall be operated in compliance with all applicable State and local laws and regulations, including all building, electrical, and fire codes, and in compliance with the businesses' State and local licenses.
B. Manufacturing Sites. Every Conditional Use Permit for a manufacturing site shall include the following conditions of approval: [Source: 9.108.080]
1. All manufacturing of cannabis products shall occur in an enclosed locked structure.
2. Manufacturing activities shall only occur in the areas depicted on the floor plan submitted by the applicant and shall not exceed the square footage authorized in compliance with the Conditional Use Permit.
3. If hazardous materials, flammable gas, flammable liquefied gas, flammable and combustible liquids, or other flammable material, as those terms are defined in CFC Section 202, are to be used in the processing of cannabis, then the provisions of CFC Section 407 shall be applicable where hazardous materials subject to permits under CFC Section 50 (Hazardous Materials) are located on the premises or where required by the Fire Department official.
4. Storage, use and handling of compressed gases in compressed gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems shall comply with CFC Chapter 53, including those gases regulated elsewhere in the City Development Code. Partially full compressed gas containers, cylinders or tanks containing residual gases shall be considered as full for the purposes of the controls required. Compressed gases classified as hazardous materials shall also comply with CFC Chapter 50 for general requirements and CFC Chapter 53 addressing specific hazards, including CFC Chapter 58 (Flammable Gases), CFC Chapter 60 (Highly Toxic and Toxic Materials), CFC Chapter 63 (Oxidizers, Oxidizing Gases and Oxidizing Cryogenic Fluids) and CFC Chapter 64 (Pyrophoric Materials). Prevention, control and mitigation of dangerous conditions related to storage, use, dispensing, mixing and handling of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in compliance with CFC Chapters 50 and 57.
5. Manufacturing sites are a Group F-1 (Factory Industrial Moderate-Hazard) Occupancy under the Fire Code. All new construction is required to be fire sprinkled in compliance with the Fire Code. For manufacturing sites that shall be sited in an existing structure, an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all structures containing a Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following conditions exists:
a. A Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet.
b. A Group F-1 fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane. c. The combined area of all Group F -1 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet.
Chapter 9.125 Cannabis Businesses
4-66
C. Cultivation Sites. Every Conditional Use Permit for a cultivation site shall include the following conditions of approval: [Source: 9.108.080]
1. All cultivation of cannabis shall occur in an enclosed locked structure.
2. Cultivation activities shall only occur in the areas shown on the floor plan submitted by the applicant, and shall not exceed the square footage authorized in compliance with the Conditional Use Permit.
3. Areas where cannabis is cultivated are wet locations, and the electrical system in such areas shall comply with Title 8 of this code, Article 300.6(D) of the National Electric Code, City and State building codes, fire codes, electrical codes and all other applicable laws.
4. Cultivation sites are a Group F -1 (Factory Industrial Moderate -Hazard) Occupancy under the Fire Code. All new construction is required to be fire sprinkled in compliance with the Fire Code. For cultivation sites that shall be sited in an existing structure, an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all structures containing a Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following conditions exists:
a. A Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet.
b. A Group F-1 fire area is located more than three stories above grade plane. c. The combined area of all Group F -1 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet.
D. Distribution Sites. Every Conditional Use Permit for a distribution site shall include the following conditions of approval. [Source: 9.108.080]
1. Distribution sites shall store all cannabis and cannabis products in a locked safe room, safe, or vault and in a manner to prevent diversion, theft, and loss.
2. The storage of cannabis and cannabis products shall only occur in the areas shown on the floor plan submitted by the applicant, and shall not exceed the square footage authorized in compliance with the Conditional Use Permit.
9.125.70 Limited City Liability
To the fullest extent allowed by law, the City shall not assume any liability whatsoever, with respect to approving any Conditional Use Permit in compliance with this Chapter or the operation of any cannabis business approved for such permit in compliance with this Chapter. [Source: 9.108.090]
9.125.80 Inspections
A. Recordings made by security cameras at any cannabis business shall be made immediately available to the Planning Department upon verbal request for the purposes of determining compliance with this Chapter and the cannabis business' Conditional Use Permit . [Source:
9.108.100]
B. The Planning Department shall have the right to enter all cannabis businesses from time to time unannounced for the purpose of making reasonable inspections to observe and enforce compliance with this Chapter and the cannabis business's Conditional Use Permit . Such Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.125 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-67
inspections shall be limited to observing the premises for purposes of determining whether the cannabis business is being operated or maintained in compliance with this code, State law, and other applicable laws and regulations. [Source: 9.108.100] C. Applicants and permittees shall cooperate with employees and investigators of the City who are conducting inspections or investigations relevant to the enforcement of this Chapter. No applicant or permittee shall by any means interfere with, obstruct or impede the any City official from exercising their duties under the provisions of this Chapter and all rules promulgated in compliance with it. [Source: 9.108.100]
9.125.90 Enforcement
The operation of a cannabis business in violation of any conditions of approval or the provisions of this Chapter or Chapter 9.72 is a violation of this code, and a public nuisance. The City may seek to remedy such violations by any means provided for in law or equity, including but not limited to the enforcement mechanisms and remedies provided for in Title 13 of this code, or take action to revoke the Conditional Use Permit in compliance with Section 9.72.130. [Source: 9.108.110]
Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus
4-68
Chapter 9.130
Density Bonus
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.130 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-69
Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus
Sections
9.130.00 Purpose and Intent
9.130.10 Authority and Conflicts
9.130.20 Eligibility and Types of Bonuses and Incentives
9.130.30 Waivers
9.130.40 Parking
9.130.50 Application Submittal and Processing
9.130.60 Severability
9.130.00 Purpose and Intent
A. Purpose. This Chapter incorporates State Density Bonus requirements, including additional density, waivers, concessions, and other incentives for affordable housing for qualifying persons, projects, and facilities, as established in Government Code Sections 65915 through 65918. [Source: 9.48.010, modified]
B. Intent. The provisions established in this Chapter are intended to encourage the production of affordable housing and facilitate the granting of various incentives, waivers, and concessions for qualifying persons, projects, and facilities , consistent with the City's General Plan Housing Element. [Source: 9.48.010, modified]
9.130.10 Authority and Conflicts
A. Authority. This Chapter and its provisions are adopted under the authority of Government Code Section 65915 et. seq. [Source: NEW]
B. Conflicts. Where regulations are not specifically addressed in this Chapter, or in the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Chapter and the Government Code, the provisions of the Government Code, as amended over time, shall apply. [Source: NEW]
9.130.20 Eligibility and Types of Bonuses and Incentives A. Compliance with State and Local Requirements. To be eligible for a density bonus, incentive, or concession under this Chapter, a proposed housing development project shall satisfy the eligibility requirements established in Government Code Section 65915(b)(1) and comply with all other applicable provisions of this Development Code, unless otherwise allowed by this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
B. Eligible Projects. Excluding any units allowed by the density bonus, the City shall grant a density bonus or incentive for eligible projects, if requested by the applicant, in compliance with Government Code Sections 65302, 65913, and 65915 et. seq. Eligible facilities inclu de:
[Source: NEW]
Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus
4-70
1. Very-low income housing with at least five percent of the total units restricted for sale or occupancy to very low income households in compliance with Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(B);
2. Low-income housing with at least 10 percent of the total units restricted for sale or occupancy to low income households in compliance with the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(A);
3. Moderate-income housing with at least 10 percent of the total units restricted for sale to moderate income households in compliance with the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(D);
4. Land Donations in compliance with the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(g);
5. Senior citizen housing developments in compliance with the requirements Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(C);
6. Student housing developments with at least 20 percent of the total units restricted for lower income students in compliance with the requirements Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(F)
7. Housing developments with at least 10 percent of the total units restricted for transitional foster youth, disabled veteran, or homeless persons in compliance with the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(E)
8. Housing development projects with 100 percent of the units, exclusive of a manager's unit or units, restricted for lower income households, except that up to 20 percent of the total units and density bonus units may be for moderate income households, in compliance with the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(G).
C. Density Bonus. [Source: NEW]
1. Eligible development projects shall be granted a density bonus in compliance with Government Code Sections 65915-65918.
2. The density bonus shall be an increase in the number of units allowed beyond what is typically allowed by the General Plan, or any applicable provision of the Development Code, a specific plan, and/or a master plan, depending on the percentage of affordable units provided. The amount of the bonus varies based on the type of affordable housing offered and shall be determined in compliance with Government Code Section 65915.
The density bonus shall be established in a written agreement that is recorded against the property and subject to review and approval as established in Section 9.125.060 (Application Submittal and Processing) of this Chapter. [Source: NEW] D. Concessions and Incentives. [Source: NEW]
1. Applicants can request a number of concessions or incentives that is allowed based upon the percentage of affordable units as established in Government Code Section 65915.
2. The types of incentives and concessions available to eligible applicants are established in Government Code Section 65915, and include, but are not limited to: [Source: NEW] Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.130 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-71
a. Reduction in development standards or a modification of Development Code requirements or architectural requirements, provided the reduction or modification exceeds the minimum building standards approved by the State Building Standards Commission in compliance with Part 2.5 (commencing with Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code; b. Parking requirement reductions;
c. Increased structure height or floor area ratio (FAR); d. Approval of mixed -use zoning in conjunction with the housing development project if commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses shall reduce the cost of the housing development and if the commercial, office, industrial, or other land uses are compatible with the housing development project and the existing planned development in the area where the proposed project is located;
e. Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the developer or the City that result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide affordable housing costs, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or affordable rent, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50053.
3. The requested concessions or incentives are subject to review and approval as established in Section 9.125.060 (Application Submittal and Processing) of this Chapter.
4. The City shall not be required to approve any incentive or concession that is not required by Government Code Section 65915.
9.130.30 Waivers
A. Requests. An applicant may request a waiver of any development standard that shall have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a housing development project at the densities or with the concessions or incentives allowed for the project. The waiver may provide complete relief or partial reduction from a development standard. [Source: NEW] B. Number of Waivers. A housing development that receives a waiver of any maximum controls on density in compliance with Government Code Section 65915 shall only receive a waiver to allow a height increase of up to three additional stories, or 33 feet, in compliance with Government Code Section 65915(e)(3). [Source: NEW]
C. The waivers are subject to review and approval as established in Section 9.125.060 (Application Submittal and Processing) of this Chapter. [Source: NEW] D. The City shall not be required to approve any waiver that is not required by Government Code Section 65915. [Source: NEW]
9.130.40 Parking
Upon the written request of the developer of a housing development that qualifies for a density bonus, the City shall permit vehicle parking ratios, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, which do not Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus
4-72
exceed the parking ratios established in compliance with Government Code Section 65915. [Source:
NEW]
9.130.50 Application Submittal and Processing
A. Requests. Requests for a density bonus, incentive, waiver, or concession shall comply with the following: [Source: NEW]
1. An applicant for a density bonus shall submit a request for the specific density bonus, incentive, or concession established in Government Code Sections 65915 -65918.
2. The applicant may file a request either before filing a development or entitlement approval of a proposed project or concurrently with an application for project approval.
B. Determination of Complete Request. Within 30 calendar days of filing the application, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing whether the application is complete and provide the applicant a determination as to: [Source: NEW]
1. The amount of the density bonus for which the project is eligible;
2. The parking ratio for which the project is eligible, if requested by the applicant; and
3. If a concession, incentive or waiver is requested, whether the applicant has provided enough information for the City to decide if the application is eligible for a concession, incentive, or waiver.
C. Review of Complete Application for Density Bonus. [Source: NEW]
1. An application for a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification, or revised parking standard shall be considered by and acted upon by the approval body with authority to approve the housing development. Any decision regarding a density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification, or revised parking standard may be appealed to the Planning Commission and from the Planning Commission to the City Council.
2. The applicant and City Staff shall prepare a proposed written density bonus agreement with terms, conditions, covenants and restrictions for any density bonus, incentive, concession, waiver, modification or revised parking standard. The proposed density bonus agreement shall be prese nted to the approval body for review and approval or denial based upon the requirements of Government Code Section 65915 and this Chapter of the Development Code.
D. Consideration of Request for Concessions and Incentive. The City shall grant an incentive or concession requested by the applicant, unless the City makes a written finding, based on substantial evidence, of any the following: [Source: NEW]
1. The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions, consistent with Government Code Section 65915(k) to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5, or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in Government Code Section 65915(c).
2. The concession or incentive would have a specific, adverse impact, as defined in Government Code Section 65589.5(d)(2), upon the public health and safety or on any Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.130 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-73
real property that is listed in the State Register of Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low -income and moderate- income households.
3. The concession or incentive would be contrary to State or Federal law.
E. Consideration of Request for Waivers. The City shall grant a waiver requested by the applicant, unless the City makes a written finding, based on substantial evidence, of either of the following: [Source: NEW]
1. The waiver would have a specific, adverse impact on health or safety, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact.
2. The requested waiver would have an adverse impact on any real property that is listed in the State Register of Historical Resources.
3. The waiver would be contrary to State or Federal law.
F. Requirements for Density Bonus Agreement. [Source: NEW]
1. The density bonus agreement shall include the following items:
a. The total number of units including restricted units approved for the housing development, the number of density bonus units granted, and the number, type, location, unit size (square footage), number of bedrooms, tenure of restrictions and affordability, and level of affordability of restricted units. b. Standards for determining affordable rent or affordable ownership cost for the restricted units.
c. A schedule for completion and occupancy of restricted units in relation to construction of nonrestricted units.
d. A description of any incentive, concession, waiver, modification, or revised parking standard being provided by the City.
e. Provisions to ensure affordability of the restricted units, including but not limited to, and where applicable, tenure and conditions governing the initial sale of for-sale restricted units.
f. Where applicable, tenure and conditions establishing rules and procedures for qualifying tenants and prospective purchasers, setting rental rates, filling vacancies, and operating and maintaining units for rental restricted units. g. A description of remedies for breach of the agreement by either party. The City may identify tenants or qualified purchasers as third -party beneficiaries under the agreement.
h. The required term setting forth the duration of the density bonus agreement, which shall be at least 55 years for affordable units designated as rental housing, and 45 years for affordable units designated as for-sale units.
Chapter 9.130 Density Bonus
4-74
i. Other provisions to ensure implementation and compliance with this article and Government Code Section 65915-65918.
2. Execution and Recording.
a. The density bonus agreement approved by the City shall be executed by the applicant, property owner, or other person authorized to impose covenants, conditions, and restrictions on the property and the proposed housing development.
b. Before issuance of a Building Permit, the density bonus agreement shall be recorded against the property in the Official Records of the County to ensure the housing development shall comply with the affordability covenants for the duration of the density bonus agreement term.
3. Development and Operation.
a. The affordable units within a housing development that approved under this Chapter shall be constructed concurrently with the unrestricted units, except as specifically established in the density bonus agreement. b. Residents of the affordable units shall be entitled to use all of the same amenities within the housing development.
c. The number of bedrooms of the affordable units shall be proportional to the number of bedrooms in the unrestricted units of the housing development. d. The exterior appearance of the affordable units shall be of the same design and appearance as the overall housing development by having the same structure form, exterior construction materials, roof form, siding and trim, and window placement and type.
e. Housing developments shall comply with all applicable development standards, except those that may be modified as provided by this Chapter. In addition, all units in housing developments subject to this Chapter shall comply with all applicable State Building Standards Codes, including but not limited to residential and fire code requirements.
f. No Building Permit shall be issued, nor any development approval granted, for any improvements within a housing development subject to this Chapter which do not meet the requirements of this Section.
g. No affordable unit shall be rented or sold except in compliance with this Chapter and the recorded density bonus agreement.
h. The entry into and execution of a density bonus agreement shall be a condition of any application for a discretionary land use permit, including but not limited to subdivision maps, site plans, and Conditional Use Permit s, for a housing development proposed under this Section.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.130 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-75
9.130.60 Severability
If any provision of this Section or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, the remainder of the Chapter and application of the provisions to other persons not similarly situated or to other circumstances shall not be effected thereby. [Source: NEW]
Wireless Telecommuncations
4-76
Chapter 9.135
Wireless Telecommuncations
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.135 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-77
Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommunications
Sections
9.130.00 Purpose and Intent
9.130.10 Authority and Conflicts
9.130.20 Eligibility and Types of Bonuses and Incentives
9.130.30 Waivers
9.130.40 Parking
9.130.50 Application Submittal and Processing
9.130.60 Severability
9.135.10 Purpose and Applicability
A. Purpose. The purpose of this Chapter is to establish standards for antennas and wireless telecommunications facilities. These regulations are intended to provide for the managed development of antennas and wireless telecommunications facilities in a manner that recognizes and enhances the community benefits of wireless telecommunications technology and reasonably accommodates the needs of citizens and wireless telecommunications service providers in accordance with Federal and State rules and regulations (Telecommunications Act of 1996). These regulations also intend to protect neighbors from potential adverse impacts of such facilities, and to preserve the visual character of the established community through appropriate design, siting, screening, maintenance, and location standards. [Source: NEW] B. Applicability. The standards of this Chapter shall apply to any wireless telecommunication facilities, antennas, and structures for which land use approval is required, except for those facilities specified in Section 9.130.020 (Exemptions). [Source: NEW]
9.135.20 Exemptions
Each exempt facility listed in this Section shall fully comply with all other applicable requirements of the Municipal Code to the extent not specially exempted in this Section, including but not limited to the adopted California safety codes, including, C alifornia Building Standards Code (Title 24), Electrical Code, Plumbing Code, Mechanical Code, and Fire Code. [Source: NEW] A. The requirements of this Chapter do not apply to antennas or antenna structures established in this Section, unless otherwise noted in this Chapter. [Source: NEW] B. Over-the-Air Reception Devices (OTARD) Antennas. [Source: NEW]
1. Satellite Dishes 39.37 Inches (one meter) or Less. Direct broadcast satellite (DBS) antennas and multipoint distribution services (MDS) antennas measuring one meter or less in diameter and are either:
Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommuncations
4-78
a. Intended for the sole use of a person occupying the same lot to receive direct broadcast satellite service, including direct -to-home satellite service, or to receive or transmit fixed wireless signals via satellite; or b. A hub or relay antenna used to receive or transmit fixed wireless services that are not classified as telecommunications services.
2. Non-Satellite Dishes 39.37 Inches (one meter) or Less. Non-satellite dish antennas measuring one meter or less in diameter and are either:
a. Intended for the sole use of a person occupying the same lot to receive video programming services via multipoint distribution services, including multichannel multipoint distribution services, instructional television fixed services, and local multipoint distribution services, or to receive or transmit fixed wireless signals other than via satellite; or
b. A hub or relay antenna used to receive or transmit fixed wireless services that are not classified as telecommunications services.
3. Television Broadcast System (TVBS) Antennas. TVBS antennas are exempt provided that all the following are true:
a. The antenna is located entirely on and/or above the subject property; and b. No portion of any ground -mounted antenna is within a required front setback for the primary structure, in front of the primary structure, within a required side setback of a corner lot, or adjacent to a street.
C. Satellite Earth Station (SES) Antennas. SES antennas measuring two meters or less in diameter located on a property within any commercial or industrial zoning district that comply with all the following provisions. SES antennas are not exempt from obtaining a Building Permit and Zoning Clearance for review of placement to ensure that maximum safety is maintained.
1. The antenna is located entirely on and/or above the subject property; and
2. No portion of any ground -mounted antenna is within a required front setback for the primary structure, in front of the primary structure, within a required side setback of a corner lot or adjacent to a street.
D. Amateur Radio Antennas. Antennas and antenna structures constructed by or for FCC - licensed amateur radio operators that comply with all the following provisions. Such an antenna or antenna structure is not exempt from obtaining a Building Permit and Zoning Clearance for review of placement to ensure that maximum safety is maintained.
1. The antenna structure, when fully extended, measures 35 feet or less in height, and measures 24 inches or less in diameter or width;
2. The antenna boom measures 20 feet or less in length and is three inches or less in diameter;
3. No antenna element exceeds 32 feet in length or two inches in diameter or width, except for mid-element tuning devices which shall not exceed six inches in diameter or width; and
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.135 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-79
4. The turning radius of any antenna does not exceed 26 feet.
5. All antennas and antenna structures shall comply with Section 9.130.060 (General Development Standards), and other applicable provisions of the Municipal Code.
E. Public Safety Facilities. Telecommunications facilities used only for public safety or other noncommercial governmental functions, including personal wireless services, used and maintained by the City, or any fire district, school district, hospital, ambulance service, governmental agency, or similar public or semipublic use.
F. Temporary Mobile Facilities. Mobile facilities placed on a site for less than seven consecutive calendar days, provided any other necessary permits are obtained.
G. Co-location Facilities. A proposed co -location facility that meets all of the requirements of California Government Code Section 65850.6.
H. Emergency Facilities. Wireless telecommunications facilities erected and operated for emergency situations, as designated by the Police Chief or City Manager, so long as the facility is removed at the conclusion of the emergency.
9.135.30 Permits Required
Telecommunication facilities, antennas, and structures shall obtain the following applicable permits unless exempt under Section 9.130.020 (Exemptions). [Source: NEW] A. If the facility, antenna, or structure will be located in the public right-of-way, the following permits are required. [Source: NEW]
1. Encroachment Permit.
a. An Encroachment Permit shall be required for any facility located within the public right -of-way other than a qualifying Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Section 6409(a) Modification. Applications for facilities within the public right -of-way are su bject to review and approval by the City Engineer. An Encroachment Permit for a facility shall only be approved if the facility is in compliance with the applicable general development standards in Section 9.130.060 (General Development Standards) within t he public right - of-way. The processing of an Encroachment Permit for purposes of a wireless telecommunications facility shall be subject to full cost recovery for City staff time processing the permit.
b. An Encroachment Permit shall be required for accessing, working, or staging within the public right-of-way or on city-owned public property for the purposes of constructing a wireless telecommunications facility.
2. Zoning Clearance. A Zoning Clearance shall be required for any Section 6409(a) modification. If the Section 6409(a) modification is within the public right -of-way the facility may be subject to review and approval by the City Engineer.
3. License. A license entered into with the City shall be required for use of any City - owned property within the public right-of-way.
Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommuncations
4-80
4. Building Permit. A Building Permit shall be required for any wireless telecommunications facility or modification thereof, unless it is specifically exempted.
B. Encroachment Permit for Construction. An Encroachment Permit shall be required for accessing, working, or staging within the public right -of-way or on city-owned public property.
Private Property and Public Property (excluding public right-of-way).
1. Design Review. Design Review is required for the following facilities:
a. A monopole or any other antenna structure constructed by or for an FCC - licensed amateur radio operator which, when fully extended, is between 35 and 60 feet in height, and/or has a turning radius exceeding 26 feet (when the antennas are rotated).
b. A wireless telecommunications facility other than a Section 6409(a) modification, or an application for a small wireless facility collocation.
2. Minor Use Permit. A Minor Use Permit shall be required for any wireless telecommunications facility that is a small wireless facility involving a new or replacement structure or that involves the collocation of a personal wireless services facility that is not a Section 64 09(a) modification. The Director shall administratively review, process, conditionally approve or deny an application for a Minor Use Permit in accordance with the procedures established in Chapter 9.225 (Minor Use Permit).
3. Zoning Clearance. A Zoning Clearance shall be required for any Section 6409(a) modification. No Design Review shall be required for a Section 6409(a) modification.
4. Conditional Use Permit. A Conditional Use Permit is required for the installation of:
a. An amateur radio antenna that is not exempt under this Chapter, when fully extended, exceeds 60 feet in height.
b. Any large wireless telecommunications facility, monopole, or any other antenna structure constructed by or for a personal wireless services provider, not otherwise covered in this Section.
c. Building Permit. A Building Permit shall be required for any wireless telecommunications facility or modification thereof, unless it is specifically exempted.
d. Encroachment Permit. An Encroachment Permit shall be required for accessing, working, or staging within the public right -of-way or on City-owned public property.
e. License/Lease. A lease or license entered into with the City shall be required for any facility located within or upon City-owned public property.
5. Temporary Use Permit. A Temporary Use Permit is required for the installation of any wireless telecommunications facility intended or used to provide personal wireless services on a temporary or emergency basis, such as a large -scale special event in which more users than usual gather in a single location or following a duly proclaimed local or state emergency as defined in Government Code Section 8558 requiring additional service capabilities for a period not to exceed 90 consecutive calendar days.
Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.135 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-81
9.135.40 Application Submittal Requirements
An applicant seeking approval for a wireless telecommunications facility or a modification to a preexisting wireless telecommunications facility in accordance with this Chapter shall complete and submit an application to the Planning Department for review and processing, upon the approved form. [Source: NEW]
9.135.50 Findings
In addition to the required findings for the applicable permit under Division 6 (Application Processing Procedures), the Review Authority responsible for reviewing an entitlement permit in accordance with this Chapter may approve the permit only upon making one of the following findings: [Source: NEW] A. Any and all applicable requirements in this Chapter have been satisfied; or B. To the extent the proposed wireless telecommunications facility does not comply with all applicable requirements, the applicant has requested an exception in accordance with Section
9.130.080 (Exceptions) and the findings for granting an exception can be made.
9.135.60 General Development Standards
A. General Development Standards. Each wireless telecommunications facility located on private property shall be designed, installed, and operated in compliance with these development standards, unless specifically stated otherwise in this Section. [Source: NEW]
1. Location Requirements.
a. Limitation. No more than one monopole or any other antenna structure is permitted on any lot.
b. Airport Safety Zones. A wireless telecommunications facility shall not be installed within designated Airport Safety Zones Palm Springs International Airport, as identified in the General Plan, or for any other airport or heliport, unless the Airport Operator and the Airport L and Use Commission indicate in writing that the facility would not adversely impact airport operations. c. Co-location. Facilities owned by multiple wireless telecommunications providers shall be collocated on a single tower, monopole or structure to the extent technically feasible and aesthetically desirable to minimize proliferation and visual impacts of new facilities.
d. Visibility from Public Places.
i. A wireless telecommunications facility installed in a location readily visible from a public trail, public park, or other publicly owned outdoor recreation area shall be sited and designed to be effectively unnoticeable within the existing natural and/or manmade environment. ii. The smallest and least visible antennas possible should be installed which will reasonably accommodate the operator’s communication needs.
Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommuncations
4-82
iii. The City shall retain the authority to limit the number of antennas and related equipment at any site to minimize potential visual impacts e. Setbacks. A wireless telecommunications facility and any related ground - mounted equipment shall not be located in the front or street side setback of any lot, or within 200 feet of a lot with a residential use. The 200 -foot linear measurement shall be taken from th e base of any antenna structure, any structure that is supporting antennas, and/or any ground -mounted support equipment to the nearest property line of the residential use.
2. Screening and Design Requirements.
a. Antennas. Antennas, antenna structures, and related equipment shall incorporate architectural, landscape, color, and/or other treatments to minimize potential visual impacts.
b. Natural Appearance. Ground-mounted facilities shall be screened with natural vegetation or designed as a stealth facility. Examples include a water tank, artificial tree such as a Date Palm, and rocks. Existing and new landscaping materials, especially trees, shall be used w here possible to screen antenna and antenna towers from off-site views.
c. Painting. The equipment and supporting structure shall be painted a single, neutral, nonglossy color (e.g., earth-tones, sky blue, light gray etc.) and, to the extent possible, compatible with the appearance and character of surrounding land uses.
d. Glare. All exterior surfaces of the facility shall be constructed or treated with nonglare and nonreflective material.
e. Blending with Architecture. Building-mounted antennas shall be in scale and architecturally integrated with the structure design in such a manner as to be visually unobtrusive. This shall include use of complementary materials and complementary colored paint. Screening may include l ocating the facility or equipment within attics, steeples, cupolas, and towers or within a new architectural addition to a building or structure which is architecturally compatible with the structure. Applicants are also encourag ed to design wireless telecommunications facilities to serve as public art, particularly those in commercial, office, or mixed-use zoning districts.
f. Specific Plan Areas. Within any specific plan area, all wireless telecommunications facilities shall be completely screened from the view of surrounding properties. Appropriate locations may include inside attic spaces, steeples, cupolas, towers, below parapets, or concealed in architectural features.
g. Exterior Lighting. Exterior lighting is limited to:
i. One exterior light with a maximum wattage of 100 watts over a door to equipment sheds. Light fixtures shall be equipped with cutoff lenses to minimize spill-over of light to adjacent properties; and Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.135 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-83
ii. Other lights required by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) for communications facilities within designated Airport Safety Zones for Palm Springs International Airport.
h. Wall- and Structure-Mounted Facility Dimension Standards. i. Roof-Mounted Antennas. Roof-mounted antennas shall be set back from the edge of the roof a distance at least as great as the height of the antenna.
ii. Wall-Mounted Antennas. Wall-mounted antennas shall not exceed a total of 50 square feet per structure face.
i. Unauthorized Access. All facilities shall be designed to be resistant to and minimize opportunities for unauthorized access, climbing, vandalism, graffiti, and other conditions which would result in hazardous conditions, visual blight, or attractive nuisances.
j. Noise Standards. Each facility shall be operated in such a manner to minimize any noise impacts. The maximum noise generation limit for communications facilities and transmission equipment is 50 decibels (measured on the CNEL scale) measured 10 feet from any noise -generating use on the site. Final building plans for new and remodeled facilities shall include a letter from a qualified acoustical engineer certifying that building plans comply with this standard.
k. Height. A wireless telecommunications facility, whether structure - or ground- mounted, shall be no taller than 12 feet above the maximum allowed height limit of the primary structure in the zoning district in which the facility is located. l. Equipment Shelters/Appurtenant Structures. All accessory equipment associated with the operation of the wireless telecommunication facility shall be located within a structure, enclosure, or underground vault that complies with the development standards of the zoning district in which the accessory equipment is located.
m. Undergrounding. Extensions of electrical and telecommunications landlines to serve wireless telecommunications facilities shall be undergrounded. n. Signs. Wireless telecommunications facilities shall include the installation of all-weather emergency information signs on -site in a reasonably visible location. Each sign shall indicate, at minimum, the site address and a 24-hour emergency contact phone number.
o. Service Roads. Existing roads and easements shall be used to the extent feasible. New service roads shall be limited to a width of 10 feet, unless a wider road is deemed necessary by the City.
p. Compliance with Laws. All wireless telecommunications facilities shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Chapter as well as the Building Code, Electrical Code, Plumbing Code, Mechanical Code, Fire Code, and Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommuncations
4-84
rules and regulations imposed by State and Federal agencies. All wireless telecommunications facilities shall meet current standards and regulations of the FCC, California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC), and any other agencies with authority to regulat e wireless telecommunications service providers. If existing standards or regulations are changed, the applicant shall bring its facility into compliance with the new standards within 90 calendar days of the effective date of such standards, unless otherwi se mandated by the Federal or State agency. Changes to approved projects are subject to review and approval by the Director or other applicable City decision -making body.
Failure to comply with adopted new State or Federal requirements shall be grounds for permit revocation in accordance with Section 9.130.140 (Revocation).
q. Public Health. No wireless telecommunications facility shall be sited or operated in such a manner that it poses, either by itself or in combination with other such facilities, a potential threat to public health. i. No facility or combination of facilities shall produce, at any time, power densities in any inhabited area that exceed the FCC’s maximum permissible exposure (MPE) limits for electric and magnetic field strength and power density for transmitters or any mo re restrictive standard subsequently adopted or promulgated by the City, County, State, or Federal government.
ii. Absolute compliance with FCC Office of Engineering Technology (OET) Bulletin 65, as amended, is mandatory, and any violation of this Chapter shall be grounds for the City to immediately terminate any permit granted under this Chapter, or to order the immed iate service termination of any nonpermitted, noncomplying facility constructed within the city.
B. Special Provisions for Amateur Radio Antennas and Antenna Structures. In addition to the general development standards in this Section, amateur radio antennas and antenna structures shall comply with the following standards: [Source: NEW]
1. Height. The minimum height and size necessary to reasonably accommodate the operator’s communication needs, in accordance with FCC regulations as established in FCC Order “PRB-1.”
2. Retractable monopoles may be required for antenna structures over 35 feet in height which are in or within 200 feet of a lot with a residential use. The City may require that, at times when not in operation, the monopole be retracted to the lowest elevatio n possible to maintain a safe clearance above any nearby building, accessory structure, overhead utility, landscaping, and/or any other site improvements.
9.135.70 Nonconforming Provisions
Any wireless telecommunications facilities existing before the adoption of this Code that are nonconforming to the provisions of this Chapter may continue to be operated, repaired, and maintained Division 4 – Standards For Specific Land Uses Chapter 9.135 Public Review Draft – May 2026
4-85
but shall not be enlarged, expanded, relocated or modified in a way that increases nonconformance with this Chapter, unless otherwise allowed by Federal law. [Source: NEW]
9.135.80 Exceptions
A. The City Engineer, Director, or other Review Authority considering the permit application may grant exceptions to the design and location standards for wireless communications facilities subject to this Chapter if it is determined that the denial of an application or strict adherence to the location and design standards would: [Source: NEW]
1. Prohibit or effectively prohibit the provision of personal wireless services, within the meaning of Federal law; or
2. Otherwise violate applicable laws or regulations; or
3. Require a technically infeasible location, design, or installation of a wireless facility;
4. Involve only minor noncompliance with a requirement, provided such noncompliance either results in no increase in visual harms to the community or provides other benefits.
B. If the applicant requests an exception and the review authority considering the application finds that an exception is warranted, said requirements may be waived, but only to the minimum extent required to avoid the prohibition, violation, or technically i nfeasible location, design, installation, or minor nonconformance.
9.135.90 Standard Conditions of Approval
The City Engineer, Director, or other Review Authority considering the permit application under this Chapter shall have discretion to modify, supplement, waive, or amend these conditions on a case -by- case basis as necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to protect public health and safety or allow fo r the proper operation of the approved facility consistent with the purpose of this Chapter. [Source: NEW]
A. Permit Term. Any permit for a wireless communications facility will automatically expire at 12:01 a.m. local time exactly 10 years and one day from the permit issuance date, except when California Government Code Section 65964(b) authorizes the City to issue a permit with a shorter term.
B. Code Compliance. The permittee shall maintain compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.
C. Inspections – Emergencies. The City or its designee shall be allowed into the facility area to inspect the facility upon reasonable notice to the permittee. The permittee shall cooperate with all inspections. The City reserves the right to enter or direct its designee to enter the facility and support, repair, disable, or remove any elements of the facility in emergencies or when the facility threatens imminent harm to persons or property.
D. Contact Information for Responsible Parties. The permittee shall maintain accurate contact information for all parties responsible for the facility, which shall include a phone number, street mailing address, and email address for at least one contact person All contact information for responsible parties shall be provided to the Director upon permittee’s receipt of the Director’s Chapter 9.135 Wireless Telecommuncations
4-86
written request, except in an emergency determined by the City when all such contact information for responsible parties shall be immediately provided to the Director upon that person’s verbal request.
E. Indemnities.
1. The permittee and, if applicable, the owner of the private property upon which the tower and/or base station is installed shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its agents, officers, officials, and employees from:
a. Any and all damages, liabilities, injuries, losses, costs and expenses, and from any and all claims, demands, lawsuits, writs of mandamus, and other actions or proceedings brought against the City or its agents, officers, officials or employees to challeng e, attack, seek to modify, set aside, void, or annul the City’s approval of the permit; and
b. Any and all damages, liabilities, injuries, losses, costs and expenses, and any and all claims, demands, law suits or causes of action, and other actions or proceedings of any kind or form, whether for personal injury, death, or property damage, arising ou t of or in connection with the activities or performance of the permittee or private property owner or any of each one’s agents, employees, licensees, contractors, subcontractors, or independent contractors.
2. Permittees shall be strictly liable for interference caused by their facilities with the City’s communications systems. The permittee shall be responsible for costs of determining the source of the interference, all costs associated with eliminating the in terference, and all costs arising from third party claims against the City attributable to the interference.
3. In the event the City becomes aware of any such actions or claims, as mentioned in this Subsection, the City shall promptly notify the permittee and the private property owner, if applicable, and shall reasonably cooperate in the defense. It is expressly agreed that the City shall have the right to approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the legal counsel providing the City’s defense, and the property owner and/or permittee (as applicable) shall reimburse City for any costs and expenses directly and necessarily incurred by the City in the course of the defense.
F. Adverse Impacts on Adjacent Properties. The permittee shall undertake all reasonable efforts to avoid undue adverse impacts to adjacent properties and/or uses that may arise from the construction, operation, maintenance, modification, and removal of the facility. Any natural screening afforded by site conditions, including, but not limited to, the presence of trees, landscaping, topographical features, or structures on the site that shield the facility from view, shall be considered stealthing elements.